GRAMMAR

OF

SENTENCE

ENGLISH

THE

BY

RIGDON

JONATHAN

*'

Mend

your

speech

lest you
little,

mar

your
"

HINDS,
NEW

YORK

NOBLE

"

Kino

ELDREDGE
PHILADELPHIA

fortune'*
Lsab

tiarvard Umversi^)

Ubnuy-^L^ ^ 0
08f"koFEd"caHon
'

GHtof the Publishers.

V

RIGDON'S
of the

Grammar

English

English

Gnimmar

for the

English

Grammar

for

Analysis
Outlines

of the
in

with

60

Diagrams.
of

25

Arithmetic.

Outlines

in

Psychology.

cents.

25

cents.

iHANSf-hrtl.LL

oiVARD

COLLEGE

26

miu

Norwood

"
and

LIBRARY

1921

BIGDON.

JONATHAN

J. 8. CuhlnK

to

1890, 1903,

Copyright,

Co.

"

Berwick

Boiton, Mmb.,

Smith
U.S.A.

75 cents.

Infinitives

cents.

in

cents.

cents.

Discussion

and

Methods

By

40

Beginners.

Grammar

cents.

School.

Common

English Sentence,

Participles. 25

85

Sentence.

Go.

and

^^

'"

TO

MEMORY

THE

iFatfjer

J"2

WHOSE

INTEREST

WAS

OF

IN

MY

INSPIRATION

ENGLISH

TO

PREFACE

the

Since

classes,
could

been

positions
what
be

may

omitted.

The

has

fundamental

science

it

of present
to

ability

the

new

that

and

could

writer

to

that

of

not

than

the

nine.
historical

out

forms

an

attention

with

and
and

care

for

the

among

More

effort
it

is

The

class

but

has

made

been

Preface

It

is

in

book

as

English

sential
unes-

grammar

earlier

English
the

and

ninety

exhaustive

the

the

estimated

been

for

is

than

regarded

of

page

attention,

no

has

studying

logic

to

thought
the

the

are

it

study

of

be

not

constantly
or

of

between

This

work

thoroughly
in

grammar.

opportunity

an

relations

overdo

to

"

founda/tions

essential

must

teacher

expressions.

keep

to

features

the

the

verbal

not

indispensable

better

much

book.

afford

to

patience,

and

grammar

his

well

tion
exposi-

an

fundamental

received

so

elsewhere

new

will

their

it

now

the

"

it

This

find

of

the

by

he

it is

remain
has

read

ever

should

because

this

is

grammar

accidence.

English

Introduction

work

Not
been

determined

is

knowledge

done

pupils

must

th^

grammar

feature

Elizabeth.

one

book

correctly

chiefly
of

will

one

Conspicuous

The

to

has

one

every

sentence

have

but

purpose

of

age

The

(1)

it,

than

the

vrrite

hundred

every

more

thai

others

do

the

historical

The

one.

old

English

and

usage,

speak

to

partly because

"

allowed

rewritten.

"

that

sentence,

eatresses,

the

of

ideas

the

of

thought

matter

examined.

carefully
The

changed,

tion,
elabora-

what

been

entirely
but

to

and

riot

has

There
determine

further

need

modified,

been

has

been

students.

points
be

different

sixty

opportunity

opportunity

book

The

sentence

every

what

should

in

text

thousand

ten

no

statements

as

better

tenable,

are

unused.

pass

nearly

offered

it

twelve

appeared,

Sentence

English

used

has

aggregating

have

what

of the

author

THOUSAND.^

THIRTIETH

Grammar
the

ago,

years

THE

thought

will

require

mastered.

this

phase

mind

that

of

Yet

the

gramvtvar

psychology.

First

Thousand
v

may

be

seen

on

to

page

292.

work,
is

PREFACE

VI

An

(2)

THIRTIETH

TO

earlier

THOUSAND.

and

fuller explanation of some

fundamental
which
subject
a
verb, subject
distinctions, among
of
(a)
are,
of a thought, and subject or agent of an ojct; (b) object of a verb,
object of a thought, and
object of an
act; (c) a verb, the thought
rekUion
the
related
and
in
it expresses,
action
thought
Any"

identification

implied

or

express
A

(3)

series

systematic

class to

the

master

in

ends

widely different, things

of

these

confusion.

everlasting
is

It

reviews.

of

contained

matter

closely related, but

in

possible

not

these

for

without

reviews

in English grammar
and
being well grounded
abundantly able
to apply its principles in correct
expression.
exercises
in the construction
to
of original sentences
(4) More
illustrate
consideration.
the
Of
all gramprinciple under
matical

exercises, this
A

(5)

is

best.

the

such
as
grammatical
difficulties,
Transitive
and
Intransitive
and
Copulative
Verbs; Attributive
and
Verbs;
Voice, Mode,
Tense;
Participles;
Infinitives and
Indirect
terrogativ
InDirect
Conjunctive or Relative,
Inten-ogative, and
Conjunctive Adverbs, Relative
Pronouns;
Ordinary
Indirect
Conjunctive Adverbs, Direct Interrogative Adverbs, and
discussion

fuller

all

of

Interrogative Adverbs,
of

Purpose
Grammar

Book.

the

for teachers
of

that

English grammar.
well
adapted

not

Grammar
better

one

that

suited

to

for

cares

Analysis will find

with
Diagrams,
To

wishes
with
more

the

of

mar

and

English

not

it in

the

that

Sentence

use

this

hands

of

for

the

study

Analysis

of

the

Normal
June

1, 1903.

Collbob,

it is

The

author's

Common

Schools

of

book
hand-

essentials

yet ready for this book

; and

any

Diagrammed

English

Sentence

spoken kindly of the Gramauthor

its original form, the
his gratitude, together
express

have
in

this
more

book

more

accurate,

helpful.
JONATHAN

Central

as

as
a

master,

beginners.

Grammar

opportunity to
the
hope that they will find
interesting, and in every way
to

serve

the

than

more

extended

more

thousands

many
the

those

of

to

the

form

schools, and

the

in

needs

the

intended

normal

something

Except

for Beginners

are

and

want

to

is

final

and

present

Sentence

of the English
for high schools

text-book

its

In

"

RIGDON.

CONTENTS.

PART

I.

INTRODUCTION.
PAOX

SOME

FOUNDATIONS

THOUGHT

OF

LANGUAGE

11
.

OF

PARTS

SPEECH

Pbopebties

of

OF

PARSING

DEFINED
Parts

the

THE

16
of

OF

PARTS

Speech

22

SPEECH

23
....

SUBJECTS,

AGENTS,

VERBS,

ACTIONS,

AND

OBJECTS

24
.

COMPLEMENTS

26

SENTENCES

27

Classes

Sextences

of

28

PHRASES

.30

Classes

Phbases

of

80

CLAUSES

32

Classes

Clauses

of

32

LETTERS

CAPITAL

33
.

PUNCTUATION

.33

GENERAL

REVIEW

35
.........

II.

PAET

THE

PAETS

OF

SPEECH.

NOUN
Classes

38
of

Nouns

Sub-classes
Pbopebties

38

of
op

40

Nouns

41

Nouns
.42

Person
.

Number

43

Gender

47

Case

50
vii

CONTENTS.

VIU

PAGB

Declension

Fabsino

of

Review

THE

Nounb

op

of

,63

Nouns

04

Nouns

65

PRONOUN

66

Classes

of

Pronouns

66
........

Pronouns

Personal

68

of Personal

Declension

of Personal

Parsing

Interrogative

Belative

of
of

Declension

Interrogative Pronouns

to

Pronouns

and

of

Review

of

of

be

preferred

Use

in Each

of Relative

of Relative

of

Outline

of

Syntax
Review

of

of

Pronouns

Kind

Pronouns

79

Relative

82

of Clause
.

83
....

.85
.

with

80

Pronouns
Pronouns

and

tive
Interroga.87
88
90

Substantives

108

Pronouns

109
109

Adjectives

of

Parsing

Personal

81

Substantives

Sub-classes
Comparison

78

Clauses

ADJECTIVE
Classes

77

Pronouns

Pronouns

Syntax

76
....

Filling Blanks

of

74

....

Pronouns

of Relative

Connective

Outline

73

Pronouns

of Relative

of Relative

Parsing

Pronouns

73

Interrogative

Comparison

Relative

72

...

of Relative

Classes

Kinds

Personal

Conjunctive

or

71

Pronouns

Declension

Parsing

Pronouns

Pronouns

with

Filling Blanks

THE

of Adjectives
Adjectives

109
.......

114

Adjectives

118

Adjectives

119

Adjectives
Adjectives

120
122

CONTENTS,

IX

PAOB

THE

123

VERB
Classes

of

Propebties

124

Verbs
of

142

Verbs

Voice

143

Mode

146

Tense

148

Person

and

Inflection
Parsing

of

of

Number

153

Verbs

163
167

Verbs
.

.
^

Outline
Syntax
Review

THE

of

of

Verbs

170

Verbs

172

174

ADVERB
Classes

of

Comparison
of

Outline

of

Syntax
Review

of
of

Parsing

of

of

176

Adverbs

Sulhclasses

THE

169

Verbs

of

175

Adverbs

180

Adverbs

Adverbs

180

Adverbs

182

Adverbs

182

Adverbs

184

186

PREPOSITION
Classes

of

Prepositions

186

Parsing

of

Prepositions

187

Outline
Syntax
Review

of

of

op

189

Prepositions

189

Prepositions

191

Prepositions

'

THE

192

CONJUNCTION
Classes

of

193

Conjunctions
.

Parsing

Outline
Syntax
Review

of

of

of

of

Conjunctions
Conjunctions

194
196

Conjunctions

196

Conjunctions

199

CONTENTS.

PA"B

INTERJECTION

THE

200
.........

Syntax

Interjections

of

INFINITIVES

PARTICIPLES

AND

Review

200

Infinitives

of

202

Participles

and

233
.

RULES

OF

SYNTAX

234
.

ANALYSIS

237

Classification

of

Sentences

Classification

of

Elements

238

241
.

Connectives

245
*

DIAGRAMS

AND

ANALYSES

248

Abridgment

266

Sentences

Diagrams

fob

Analysis

and

270
....

Review

PREFACE

INDEX

of

TO

Sentences

THE

and

FIRST

Elements

THOUSAND

291

292

297

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

OF

GEAMMAE

INTRODUCTION.

1.

is

find

We

includes

the

through

with

that

those

and

stones

3.

But

one's

real

life

The

world

of

objects

is

and

relate

them

form

ideas.

is to

affirm

is the

mental

4.

he

that

will

and

can

chairs,

and

fear

hope,

his

be

consists
used

By
his

think

for

in

objects

of

mind
an

object^ anything

objects.

life

with

in

think

To
A

thought

11

To

of

do

form

outward

This

outward

bodiment
em-

communication,

established

communication

cative.
communi-

others.

some

them.

symbols

is

he

nature

instrument
of

them

represent

directed.)

of

thoughts

this

thinking.

relation.

to

we

of

representation of

be

can

objects.

life

definition

relations

share

to

mental

broad

being.

others

It

language.

ment,

the

thought,

till

represent

thought

embody

induce

is

the

social

must

of
is

To

mind

wishes

He

and

immaterial

life, a

meaningless

affirmation of
is

books
as

Ten

mental

idea

mentally

Uan

this

An

which

toward

is

mind.

in

in

(Keep

such

objects.

terC material

Name

object.

second,

immaterial

thought,
as

also

hut

mind.

and

2.

is to

such

This

acquainted

things

in

object

directed.

become

we

only

belong

the

in

stars;

melancholy

class

he

material

senses,

An

objects.

may

that

represented

first

the

of

mind

things

five

be

can

In

things.

the

only

not

world

the

which

toward

anything

in

ourselves

only

by
by

agree^
those

12

OBAMMAB

that

the

participatein

ENGLISH

THB

OF

SENTENCE.

the

In

agreement.

broad

of

sense

used in expression.
word, Language is any and aU ayrriboh
and colors, motions
and forms, pictures
sounds
It includes

the

and

well

signs,as
5. (1) How
the
(2) Bo

words.

as

symbols of expressioncan
think?
animals
(3) Do

many
lower

name

yoy,

they

have

language f
6.
have

It will

readilybe

been

time

symbols, there
them

from

have

all

these

of

some

even

if there

used

the

do

of

have

prevented

how

they might

so.

and

causes

ever

system

same

that would
to

should

show

acted.
It

8.

is

clear,then, that

many

languages

agree

upon

as

there

system

one

at

use

time

any

there

language.

one

that

extent

he

be

will

systems of symbols.

are

language to the
symbols. A language is

use

men

causes

many

long continuing

Name

7.

when

are

that

seen

as

All

that

one

can

Any

of

is master

its

system of symbols established by

agreement for the expressionof thought.

9.

Name
The

10.
mind
This

languages,

language

process

directions

in two

moves

The

interpretsthem

in

mind

and

interprets

not

strictly a

thought.
mind
seizes its thought
is impression. The
in appropriatesymbols. This
embodies
them

seizes upon
movement

and

contents
is

several

and

symbols

expression.
(o)

The

objects may
language
11.

thought

process

also

included

be

the

which

in

under

seizes

impression^ though

process,

The

relation

seen.

Expression

always

be

the

between
can

little but

never

not

much

two

is

movements

easily

precede. Impression should

in advance.

The

two

are

should
be so
and
of one
inseparablemovements
process
developed. Expression without
impression is impossible^
and
impressionvnthout expression is worthless.

13

INTRODUCTION.

The

12.

to

is the

expressionof

is

worker.

Martha

teaches.

Martha

is

teacher.

studies.

ideas

as

there

as

kinds

many

of

enumerate

all

imaginary,

would

into

14.

few

science

inside

mind
A

them

as

can

These

of

ah

of

world

into

world, into

mind

and

consider

we

An

be

only

as

ran

they

except

attribute

thinker.
attribute

kinds

that

of

of

is,

each.

svi-

as

Name

We

is any

is, we

think
of

think

quality of

Name

of

matter

attributes.

That

attributes.

each

in
are

be

circle,but

thought,
thought

Since, then, realityincludes

objects,substance

outside

substance

of
stance.
sub-

of

quality.

definitions

the

motion
being, respectively,

twenty

may

is thinkable

inside

the outside

ultimatelybut two
think
We
they are.

Name

attributes.

be defined

15.

all fall

they

are

what

thought

each

(a)

as

or

resolved

the

thought as

Name
which

Yet

things having attributes

is a thing having
substance

and

and

mover,

and

see

us

as

motion

has

world, there

twenty stibstances.
of

will be

immaterial, real and

task.

is to say, whether

That

stances.

and

endless

an

organized

motion,

objects. Let
and

There

given form by the thought

thought by the realityit represents. The

and

and

the

ideas.

are

objects mentally represented, and

there are
kinds
of objects. To
as

ideas

is

analysisof

thought.
or

thought

objects,material

Language

matter

sentences,

twenty

are

be

student

classes.

it expresses,
final

is

Henry

of

elements

thought.

George

The

sary
neces-

sentence.

works.

Write

many

is called

George
Henry

13.

It

thought.

express

sentence

language is the portionof it that is

unit of

and

and

it is

so

neither

in terms

but

of

necessity. Things
substance

of the

two

general

attributes, thought

nor

bute
attri-

other.

must

classes
include

14

GRAMMAR

but

general classes

two

and

of ideas,stLbstance-ideaa

attribute-

thought,

attribute ;

and

What

are

there

are

to

mental

"

substance

understanding of the nature

of the relation between
affirmation

easilyleads

This

16.
a

SENTENCE.

Define each.

ideas.

of

ENGLISH

THE

OP

the

as, matter

than

more

mind

moves,

elements

necessary

not

an

of

two,

thought

thinks.

Certainly

substance-idea

and

an

attribute-idea.
We

17.
a

have, therefore, the

sentence,

and

of

expression

of

it

with

connect

or

idea

attribute

an

suj)stance-idea (Subject),

express

predicate

to

part

to

part

"

of

corresponding parts

two

the

it

(Predicate).

three
likelyto name
parts
of a thought,
a
subject idea, a predicateidea, and their
this relation
is the
relation.
But
thought itself, and
not
a
name
thing as one of
certainly a logician would

(a) Beginners

in

Logic

are

"

its

parts.

own

three parts of a
some
(li) Likewise
grammarians name
a
sentence,
subject,a predicate,and a copula; but it
should
be kept in mind
that the predicate,as the name
that predicates. It
indicates, is the part of the sentence
"

includes

office of

the

the

is the

farmer

copulative

expressed by

and

the

are

Besides

different

that

and

others

there

are

parts in this

three

is but

attribute.

letters

in

as

two

in

one

of

Any
a

the
the

sentence,

predicateare
are

monly
com-

as

George farms.

word, and

Certainly no

predicate 1

elements

the

sentence

sentence.

of the

the

but

single word,

subject there
some

offices of the

words;

part of the

contend
the

three

the

indivisible

an

this

In

attribute.

attributive

expressed by
What

of

sentence,

subject,and
and

that

Q-eorgeis a farmer^ Q-eorgeis

is is
is farmer is the predicate,of whigh

Thus, in the

copula

and

copula

farms
one

sentence,

are

it is

one

the

could

copula

maintaining
when

an

asked

that
to

15

INTRODUCTION.

point them
obligedto

in such

out

sentence

George farms," is
and substituting
in
"

as,

by adroitlyleaving it
But after
its stead its equivalent, George is a farmer."
such
a
performance it is always in order to insist.What
?
the three elements
in this sentence,
are
George farms
The
must
answer
be, The subject is George," the predicate
do

it

"

"

"

"

is
"

farms

"

there

does, indeed, have

does

attributive, as
word

one

and

"farms,"

two

or

part of the

sentence

"

farms

"

it is

is the

and
so

all outer

as

motion, and

language

speech,

the

Indeed, if
it could
element

be
not

in

realityis

divisible

realityinto

mind

its

form

needs

noun

and

one

should

made
further

the

than

but

resolvable

all inner

early

it contains

predicate,and

then, has

A
sentence,
subject "George."
subjectand predicate.

((?)Just

whether

more

no

word

office,copulativeand

predicate

every
but

double

The

others.

no

are

is the
ments,
ele-

two

into

as

matter

and

thought,

but

two

parts of

push

the

verb.

feel inclined to

plausiblethat
resolvable

the

is itself

sentence

for there

is

synthesis,

no

such

an

thing

a
subjectwithout
predicateor a predicatewithout a
In the
is the unit of language.
subject. The sentence
of all
form
mental
world, the thought is the elemental
if we
And
push on into the
thinking. It is the unit.
field of reality,
the parallelis perfect,
for we
do not have
and motion
have only matter
matter
moving or moving
; we
There
not the two
matter.
are
things mind and thought;
but only the one
thing, mind thinking or thinkingmind.
So it is next
that in the very
to certain
beginning of
not
two
even
language there were
parts of speech, but
The
substantive
contained
in
only one.
(subject) was
the
that
verb, so
a
single word
expressed an entire
find good evidence
sentence.
of this even
Indeed, we
in a highly developed stage of language.
For
example,
take awo,
meaning I love ; pluit^it rains^ etc.
as

16

GRAMMAR

OF

THE

ENGLISH

FASTS
18.

OF

By parts of speech
their

to

and

in the

uses

we

SENTENCE.

SFEEOH.

of

classes

mean

Let

sentence.

us

words

ing
accord-

learn

now

these

the

corresponding parts of speech. Incidentally

have
and the verb.
we
two, the noun
already named
19. Ifoim.
of words
is
use
Perhaps the most common
to name
be very inconvenient
to converse
objects. It would
about
write
A
or
objects without
naming them.
is a name
noun
of an object; as, Henry, man,
Indianapolis,
city,Ohio, state, St. Lawrence, river.
uses

"

(a) Observe
This
but

also such

is called

when

happy
20.
and
ahout
a

that

substantive

the

(1) Write
differingas
each.
(8)

line

over

21.

each

Pronoun.

objectwithout
pronoun.

as

Draw

one

over

times

we

This

it.

"

tfiat tries learns,

"

naming
they are

them.

used

designate an

often

who

Since

that

and

such

called pronouns.

words
A

is

tence,
sen-

be

can

you

so

word

above

named

Write

sentence

(4) Draw
each predicate.
wish
to designate an
done
is commonly
by a
noun.

and

you

Here

her.

J,

objectstheir names
Who spoke ? and A boy
designate objectswithout
same

are

used

pronoun

objectwithout

defined, a pronoun

each

he likes

and

puzzleshim.

line under

Many

as

disgraceful
; For

How

possible, (2)

subjectand

like him

subject of

To lie is

Aim, Ae, you^ and her designatethe

would.
Also, in the sentences,

to

object^

sentence

of twenty objectsnot

names

naming

in

the

is difficult

hard

so

much

"

made

; as.

well

work

you

stand

may
be

may

all his work

do

to

one

word

our

that

expression

anything

noun,

of the

sense

thought may be directed.

not
only such things as those just named,
mind, hope, love, beauty, laziness.
as

includes

(6) Any

broad

which

toward

anything

"

the

again

is that

naming
used

instead

of nouns,

part of speech

it.

instead

Or,

of a

as
noun.

it is

18

GRAMMAR

another

class of words

floor.

The

old master

little

pupil.

Such

without

made

Use

words

each.

(4)

in

(3)
each

Also

The

frail. (6)
27.

Give

Adverb.

that

attribute

the

the

word

as

we

have

In

and

"

You

are

the

express

adverbs.

substances.

Words

used

also called adverbs.

expresses

Adverbs

do, they
mode

either

The

the

itself the

has
is

expressed

He

only

He

attribute

was
prising
sur-

greatlyexpresses

words

slowly

as

and

certainly
right,"
and probably
certainly

"

"

mind

is

attributes

affirms

of

certainlyand

like

is the

adverb

attribute

an

note

of

probably are
part of speech that

attribute

an

or

mode

of

connection.

mental
(a)

Also, in

in which

modes

must

man.

the

word

Such

probably mistaken,"

slowly

surprised not

that

The

great.

the

We

of the

also

see

greatly surprised us,"

verb

the

man

(7) Why

attribute

an

man

attribute.

an

The

adjective descending

attribute

us

the attribute

called

greatlyare

of

The

"

an

Let

of

the

and

tences:
following sen-

watched

object sun.

attribute

already learned,

attribute

an

that

verbs.

fully

man.

expressed by descending

surprisingman.
had

in the

We

"

sentence,

asserts, it also expresses

substance

and

State

in the

Frailtyis

of the

slowly.

the hard

pronouns,

predicate. (5)

see

This

attribute,slow.

by

we

attribute

an

expresses

of

part of speech of each.

the

sun,"

descending

attribute

an

italicized word

In the

"

struck

words

lesson plain to his

difficult
adjectives. An adjective is

the nouns,

totters.

man

italicized

nate
twenty adjectives. (2) Desig-

out

each

either

it.

subjectand

of
clearlythe office

the

are

heavy ball

are

sentences

Point

without

the

assertingor naming

(1)

26.

The

part of speech that expresses

the

is

Such

following sentences

in the

SENTENCE.

attributes

to express

them.

naming

asserting or

ENGLISH

THE

OF

may

of mental

commonly
be

called

common

connection,

express

attributes
When

adverbs.
it is called

modal

of

attributes.
an

adverb

adverb.

When
expresses

they
the

PARTS

(1) Definean Adverb,

28.

TJ%e in sentences

(2)

adverbs.

lines

each

out

each

is

pronoun^

adverbs

and

Whether

it

only

asserts,

singer,"or both asserts and expresses

"Maude
it always expresses
sings^^^

substance

and

attribute.

express

/or him," by
and

the

of

act

him.
words
it

It

that

pronouns

ms

Words

for.

and

govern

is the
it and
30.

called

(1)

Use

be

in

the

each

predicate. (3)

words

Paul

express
and

relation

is

and

you

"He

In

relations.

unlike

noun
prothese

That

is,

without

affirming

this

Unlike

both

Draw

Point

verbs

line

out

(4)

the

over

nouns^

Q-ive your

call it.

is

prepositions.

of

each

object.

adverbs.

strong but Peter

In

the

object.

"

"

its

and

Conjunctions.

between

in. the

parts it relates.

verbs., adjectives^and

go,"

its

tleman
gen-

prepositions. (2)
twenty-five

sentences

and

relation

that

relation

called

for thinking each is what

81.

verbs

substantive

the

me

objective case.
respectivelythe objects of by
relation without
affirmingit
prepositions. The preposition

are

objects are

subject and

reason

also

to

express

governs

by

between

the

called

substantive
him

speech

object represented by

substantive

and

of

gentleman

relation

observed

be

between

relation

"The

part of speechthat expresses

pronouns^

will

the

attribute, as in

an
a

is

ever,
parts of speech, how-

expresses

that

Designate each
each

the

and

requires

s^nd

expresses

may

governs

The

In

element
Maude

"

only part

other

relation.

myself; and /or

coming

is the

Two

affirmrelation.

can
came

It

in

as

can

common

is the chief relational

verb

"

language.

that

twenty

called.

so

Preposition. The

29.
in

noun^

Adverb.

Adverb, Hodal

Common

carefullywhy each is so called*

subjectsand predicates. (6) Point
verb^ and adjective^and tell why

the

over

19

SPEECH.

modal

ten

(3) Explain

Draw

(4)

OF

came,"

"She

or

he

weak," the italicized

respect they resemble

verbs, they do
and

not

affirm

prepositions,they

20

GRAMMAR

have

power

relations

without

without

governing

lacks

governing

Words

substantives.

over

and

aifirming them

and

power

are

called

are

of speech

that

without

relation

expresses

that

that

substantives

over

power

conjunction is the part

The

conjunctions.

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

governing

no

express

OF

affirming it.
32.

parts

Use

in sentences

each

relates

conjunctions. (2) Designate the

out
connects.
subjects^
(3) Point

ten
or

predicates^nouns^
prepositions. (4)

verhs^ adjectives^adverbs^ and

pronouns^
Q-ive

conjunctions alike?

and

How

(5)

reasons.

(6)

verhs^ prepositions^

are

what

In

respect is

prepositionand unlike the conjunction?

(7^ In what respect is the prepositionlike the conjunction
and unlike the verb ?
(8) Justify your answers
by reference

the

verb

the

like

to the sentences

"

shall

These

A, ha^ and

each

in

words

them.

between

called

interjections.

of speech that expresses

between

Such

thoughts.

the

words

interjections.

are

other

ten

in

interjectionsand

tell what

feeling

expresses.

(a) If

we

adhere

closely to

expressionof thought^ the

as

able

be

bah

Name

34.

the

expressed by

feelings thrown

thoughts carefully,

our

thrown

feelingsare

feelingsare

isolated
a

that

see

observe

we

interjection is the part

The

as

If

Interjection.

33.
we

have written.

you

to

part of speech
express

all

that

the

definition

of

language,
be

interjectioncannot

but

without

takes

it

place

should

we

in

garded
re-

not

mental

our

processes.

(J)

The

thought

process

is

Expletives.

35.
into

excessive

"

of these

of

indicates
interjections
abnormally interrupted.
use

Any

word

in

our

language

eight classes,but there are

that are
often merely introductory and without
Those
most
dependence.
frequentlyused
one

that

the

be

put

may
a

few

words

cal
grammatiare

and^for^

OF

PARTS

thaU there;
"jPor

you."
in their

there

none

is

good

but

with

from

is settled."

indeed

so

n[ian

voice

mischief
is

is

unclean

I
words

spirit."

unto

say

he

was

"^nc?

did

that

you,

called

are

ents."
par-

there

That

"

unto

his

to

"And

one."

heaven."

Such

come."

disgrace

an

"But

''''And I say

pass."

to

act

to

synagogue

came

it eame

him

There

"

And

^^

as,

21

SPEECH.

the
Elias

Introductory

expletives.
Grammar

36.

Its

(a)

is

end

the

of

sentence.

the

of

structure

the

sentence,

higher language studies,a development

discrimination, and

of

power

for

the

study of

scientific mastery

preparation

necessary
the

the

the

habit

of correct

of

expression acquired

by intelligentpractice.
ItB

(6)
classes

divisiona

properties of words,

and

words

related

are

to form

but

(d) Syntax

of

is such

It may

speech

be
be

may

seen

so

formerly

were

under

the

of

separation
combination

from

grouped

the

ways

which'

in

named

as

divisions

of

the

form

of

either

analysis

or

sentence

will

as

show

the

1(2)
Verbs

will form

the

followingthat

under

five classes:

sentence.

all the

parts

Pronouns.

(In-finite,i
^

(rf) Connective

as

{^^"^l^^'
flnfinitives.

(3)
^

of parts

\^^{

(a) Substantives.

(6)

discusses

of its parts.

(/) Synthesis
37.

syntax

of the

treats

considered.

studied

Etymology

syntax.

sentence.

longer

is such

and

while

prosody

be

may

(e) Analysis
relation

no

are

and

(c) Orthography
Grammar,

etymology

are

or

X3

j.-

"

( Participles.

Relation

words.

\ 'i

'

r^

j.-

[ (7) Conjunction.
/^

ie)

Independent
^

J.

fC8)^

wordsJ
"

Interjections.

\^

/,.
^

Expletives.

22

GRAMMAR

OF

PB0PEETIE8

THE

OF

PAETS

OF

called

part of speech. It is sometimes

8PEE0H.

sentential

force of a

Grrammatical

Form

Modification.

or

Thus

89.

number,

than

more

41.
a

property of

mode

(Walk

verb.

of

mode

from

distinguishingone
and

nouns

pronouns

as,

I, we,

Tense,

40.

is

one,

book, books

is

SENTENCE.

of the
modification

Property is any

38.

ENGLISH

THE

of

denoting time,

is

property of the

walked.)

"

Comparison, a mode of denoting degrees of quality,

longer
property of adjectivesand adverbs.
Long
"

longest.

"

42.
of

The

all

following are

the

properties

of

the

parts

speech.

rJ\

7"r

(3)

Gender

)A

(6)

Voice

^0P"rt^"s

^^

^.

Properties of

nouns

pronouns,

and a

and

verbs.

pronouns.

Mode

\ Properties of

(7)

Tense

(8)

Comparison

The

preposition, the

(6)

nouns,

"

verbs.

property

of

conjunction,

adjectives and
and

the

adverbs.

interjection have

no

matical
gram-

properties.
43.

Inflection

undergoes
(1) by

(3) by
44.

of

denote

to

change

the

word

in

addition

Sometimes
in

a
a

variation

is any

in

grammatical
the
of

form

part of speech

property.

ending, (2) by

It

different

may

words,

auxiliaries.

property

is indicated

by

the

positioh

sentence.

and pronouns.
of nouns
inflection
of adjectivesand adverbs.
(6) Comparison is inflection
of verbs.
(^) Conjug^ationor Synopsis is the inflection

(a)

Declension

is

be

28

PARSING.

Exercise.

45.

liberty of

The

1.

could

2. Ours

ment

sweetest

from

the

drops

deep

its silver

land

every

12.

wherever
there
I am

here

not

15.

here

not

am

torrent, and
here

that

to say

makes

deny

to

deny

to

that

spreads

There

E.

thousand

sometimes

of

it
sail.

purpling

its bank.

14.

Sir,

its bounds.
a

16.

ous
dangerI am

But

government,
would

spiration
in-

ders
its bor-

Upon

becomes

world

and

thought

oversteps

cities upon

the

It wanders

11.

13.

sometimes

and

sand
thou-

bosom

fruit of truth.

every

stream

disappear,

D.

float.

it surrounds.
and

it,civilization,humanity,

"

its

source

without

barbarism.

rill,as
by

distil

it breaks

its broad

On

securely

towns

and

which

art, invention, discovery,

destroys

would
society itself,

ancient

genius

river

that

the

govern-

great, exalting,

heaven,

7.

grace

that

all free

augmented

genial, cordial

of

of
from

around.

10.

oar.

It is a

that

It is

safely and

flower

every

dews

gushes

it touches, whatever

grows

the

properties.

to

It is like

each

top to separate again into

There

8.

3.

which

to

its

name

it.

6.

earth.

science, morality, religion,may

through

It

mountain

the

barks.

dips

poetry

the

by

6.

irrigatingstreams

thousand

There

9.

irom

and

bounteous
bears

of

without

it.

form

to

them^

is fed

It

4.

caverns

affluents, that dash

exist

not

Speech

i^ the highest safeguard

press

river.

abounding

their

the

of

Part

know

belongs^and^ if you

word

and

the

Tell

"

all that
to

return

its

Baker,

PAEsrsfa.

whigh

word

the rule

and

(a) Parsing
the

is

Parsing

46.

parts of

(6) By

in

naming

the

order

part

of speech

to

its construction^
belongs^its class^its properties^

governing
is

excellent

an

speech

the construction,

and

construction

exercise

to

determine

of

word

for
their

is meant

leading beginners

to

distinguish

relation.
its

dependence

on

other,

some

its government.

(c)
either

The

abridged parsing

oral

or

and

47.

In

capitalsare

See

all written

on

page

for

2.

Species.
Rules

oral ; the

parsing

see

complete parsing
that

the

may

234

All

the

Construction.

Parts

be

spelling,punctuation,

correct.

Model

Abridged

1.
(a)

written.

be

may

of

3.

Speech.
Rule.

24

GRAMMAR

OF

ENGLISH

THE

SENTENCE.

"

how

(1) 0,

well Mattie

Susan

and

play

their

upon

new

instruments.
0

is

has

interjection; it

an

grammatical

no

tion,
construc-

R. XVII.
is

Well
Mattie
And
R.

adverb

an

is
is

and

limits

subjectoiplay^

noun,

and

conjunction

R.

play^

R.

XI.
I.
Mattie

connects

and

Susan^

XII.
is

Play

and

verb

with

agrees

its

subjectsMattie

and

Susan^ R. XV.

Upon

is

and

instruments
Their

is

New

is

preposition and

play^ R.

SUBJEOTS,

AGENTS,

We

be

48.

must

distinctions
"

"

cut

is

verb

of "cut"

and

of the

of

action
and
or

thing

of

reality.

is tree.
49.

Here
The

object of
a

verb

if

is

as

action

but

we

that

an

talk

of

doer

of the

is the

thinking

and

language^ we

of words^ not

verb

always

shall

better

its

an

act,

object
ing
speakthat

say

its

in

object

things.

expresses

objectof

the

later, the

understand

always representedby

by

object

agent performs

terminates
are

object

the

was

act
we

is the

is the

verb^ its subjectis Bob^ and

is not

sometimes

"

tree,"
"

Bob

"

"tree

tree

the

cut

is the

the

we

Bob

agent

Now

speak

we

objectof
an

The

act.

But

cut

action; but

an

of

of the

sentence,

our

and

that

Observe

which

upon

"

OBJEOTS.

following important

real action

real agent;

object.

AND

the

sentence,

represents the real

an

receiver

mark

representing
a

instruments^ R. X.

ACTIONS,

to

the

cutting.

upon

the

VEBBS,

In

between

instruments^ R. VIII.

limits

careful

subjectrepresenting
act

limits

adjectiveand

an

relation

XIII.

and

pronoun

the

shows

subject;

and

the

the

object

agent of

26

GRAMMAR

An

(a)

objectis always

is,it is always

55.

love

pleasure.

Men

(2)

The

(3)

It is unbelievable.

(4)

John

(5)

It is

is

sun

; that

noun

an

or

noun,

pression
ex-

in
predicate-attributes
"

golden.

like to

We

(6)

(7) They

lost his hat.

surprising.

(1)

Children

sing.
help.

without

are

did

question is, Who

(8)

The

(9)

I know

that

We

in need.

(10)

(2)

Flowers

(3)

God

(4)

Birds

play.
bloom.
the

created
build

world.

are

the

be

last six, it will

bloom

words

other
scholar

to

divided

like

it ?

will come.

he

them

require attributes
(a)

In the

attributive
became

and

"

He

ill.

became

of these

scholar.

a.

like

verbs

some

with

sentences

play
like

others
addition

of

verbs

and

and

other

and

created

be

build

like the

verbs

last four

expressing qualities.
above
are

and

play

copulative ;

bloom

and

transitive

appointed

was

it may

represent recipients of action

while

build

like

therefore

may

Again,

incomplete.

that

given

Verbs

meaning.

words

intransitive

are

honest,"

"

sentences

; created

became

that

agreeable.

are

detective.

became, require the

their

words

"

complete

She

is

themselves, while

incomplete

require objects
to

in

complete and

that, some

seen

(7)

men

world, nests, agreeable,detective,ill,and

complete
into

(6)

Smith

observed

is, and

are^

Some

first two

complete

are

(5)

(8) George

7iests.

By comparing

created^ builds

"

Complements.

57.

be

as

adjective or

an

Distinguishthe objectsand

56.

used

expression

an

substantive.

(1)

and

or

noun

SENTENCE.

used.

so

the

ENGLISH

THE

predicate-attribute is always

(6)

OP

and

captain,"

the

are

intransitive

attributive
in

**

verbs

She
are

; are,
was

and

is, and

considered

transitive

and

copulative.
58.

(1)
an
affecting
59.

agent

(2)
as

verb

that

objectis
A

verb

an
affecting

represents the action

of

an

agent

as

Transitive.

that

does

objectis

not

represent the action of

Intransitive.

an

KINDS

OF

(3) A verb that requiresan

completeit is Capulative.

attribute

60.

61.

(4)

verb

that

(5)

Whatever

63.

(6)

The

does

requirean

not

its

of

subjectto

attribute

its

of

is Attributive.

subjectto completeit
62.

27

SENTENCES.

incompleteverb

completesan

objectthat completesa

transitive

is

plement.
Com-

verb

is

an

Objective Complement.
64.

The

(7)

Attributive

an

65.

In

each

following

tell whether

complement and
Columbus

(2)

God

(3)

She

(4)

Milton

(5)

She

(8)

It is

(9)

Whatever
He

was

designate

objectiveor attributive.

there

wets

light.

Lost.
of the

secretary
becomes

never

are

mistaken.

to(i8

made

was

the verbs

intransitive

or

it is

light,and

be

Paradise

lorote

He

(10)

there

thought

(7)

is

America.

discovered

said, Let

(6) Slang

tell whether

sentences

transitive
copulative,

or

(1)

verb
completesa copulative

Complement.

the

attributive

that

attribute

lady

convention.

gentleman.

or

reported absent.
for

good

be here.

to

us

is, is right.
President

became

after

he

had

served

several

terms

in

the

Senate.

Ask

(1)

ten

good questionson

articles 61-65.

(2)

swer
An-

them,
OF

EUTDS

SEITTEirOES.

the
Observing the attitude of our thoughts toward
that
of them
realities they represent, we
some
are
see
emotional
are
tions^
connecmerely intellectual declarations^ some
and others represent real relations
some
are
questions^
not
as
of
yet established^but to be requestedor demanded
66.

agent.

some

to use

67.

We

have, therefore, four kinds

of sentences

as

"

relation;

Declarative
as

"John

Sentence
has

bird

is

one

that merely affirmsa

in his

pocket."

28

GRAMMAR

An

68.

THE

OF

ENGLISH

i"

Sentence

Exclamatory

SENTENCE.

feeling aroused
a

bird

An

the

relation

hy apprehending a
pocket !

John

"

as,

the

expresses

has

"

in his

69.

that

one

is

InterrogativeSentence

existence

of

relation ; as,

that

one

Has

"

inquiresas

John

bird

in

to

his

pocket?"
An

70.

is

Imperative Sentence

the establishment

of

pocket."
71. Observing

relation;

that

one

requests hr demands
"John, have a bird in

as,

your

isolated

single^others

or

and

others

expression gives
A

72.

73.

but

connected

74.

In

(a)

the

one

it ; as,

last

dinate^
coor-

Their

to form:

"

singlethought;

two

or

more

flowers

"The

are

them."

that

one

more

or

The

"

as,

flowers

expresses
subordinate
are

principal

thoughts

fragrant because

them."

example,

flowers

"The

principalthought, and
them," the subordinate
thought.
the

expresses

as

that expresses

one

nourished
is

Sentence

nourished

has

rain

of sentences

expressionof

is

has

rain

togetherwith

depending upon

another.

upon

thoughts;

coordinate

Complex

thought
the

is the

one

are

hut

closely connected

are

Sentence

the

fragrant and

thonghts, some

onr

fragrant."

are

Componnd

of

three kinds

us

flowers

form

dependent

are

Simple Sentence

The

"

as,

the

also

"

are

the

rain

fragrant"
has

ished
nour-

expressingthe
complex sentence, the sentence
principalthought is called the principalsentence, and any
one
tence
expressing a subordinate
thought is a subordinate sen(b)

or

75.

(1)

In

clause.

Classes of Sentences.
As

TO

FORM:

(a) Simple.

"

Paul

"

(b) Compound.
(c) Complex.

"

"

walks.
Paul

Paul

walks
walks

and

because

Peter

rides.

Peter

rides.

'

KINDS

As

(2)
(d)

USE:

TO

Declarative.

"

The

"

"

(/) Exclamatory.

"

boys
be

Boys,

"

boys
are

honest

honest

honest.

the

following sentences

according to

"

last of all the

The

(1)

(2) Slavery they

(3)

When

should

(4)

Stand

by

(5)

What

Bards
have

can

form

In

(2)

The

(3)

Let

these

contrast

commenced

boys present

of the following

of Africa

live while

us

harvest

The

is

The

(2)

accordingto

sentences

rise

He

that

(5) Forgive
(6)

Now

(7)

It is

(8)

What

is

the

laborers

the

giddy

habit

thinks

debts,

thing

increased

borrows

man

our

are

few.

perish.

following sentences

judge

stir the fire and

one

is certain.

according to

"

acquire

us

but

plenteous,

of the

truly great

is valuable.

live.

we

decision

to

camel

repent, ye shall all likewise

ye

and

(3) Study

the

danger

the

but

Classifyeach of

(1)

Arabia

and

is doubtful

gain

form

(4)

be

convictions.

your

sands

the

(5) Except
78.

anywhere.

"

(1)

(4)

he.

was

education

Classifyeach

77.

both

The

honest,

are

the

Classifyeach of

76.
use

boys

Are

(c) InteiTogative.

(gr)Imperative.

29

SENTENCES.

OF

to be

no

lustre

of accurate

well

the

debtors.
fast.

shutters

this

people.

round.

turns

informed

thrillingexperiences

of the

splendid ancestry.

from

forgive our

we

close

irritation

expression.

world

the
as

the

; it is another

old

oak

might

to be

wise.
if it could

utter

The

song

(10)

It is

good

79.

Write:

(9)

that

moves

for

man

heart

nation's

that

he

bear

the

is in itself

yoke

in his

deed.

youth.

"

(1)

three

simple sentences,

(2)

three

compound

(3)

jthree complex

sentences,
sentences,

(7)

three

(4)

three

declarative

(6)

three

interrogativesentences,

(6)

three

exclamatory sentences,

imperative

sentences.

sentences,

30

OF

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

THE

SENTENCE.

FHBASE8.
A

80.
that

is not

with

great

(a) Any
called

according

verb

Major"
We

prepositional phrase,

d,

participial phrase,

speak

even

may

stood

as,
as,

"John

well

basis

considered, prepositional

are

(c)

word

The

of

speak only

modifier is

constantly

are

But

we

verb,

we

to say

and

and

81.

(1)

its
of

modifies

attributive
are,

form

in turn

Classes

determines

TO

(a)

Simple.

FORM

of

phrases

as

to

Ordinarily

sense.

that

verb

we

an

say

equal

With

form

of

action

its

both

he,"

determines
and

you

its

; and

relation

case

correctness

of both

object

object
the

us

constantly,
its

modifies
you

boys;

modifies

the verb's

we

Those

modifies

it determines

that

are

In

"

we

may

its

form

of

subject
the

say

and

he.

(c) Complex.

"

We

"

"

things.

TO

the

wicn."

maiden'*'* ;

of Plirases,

As

As

kinds

recipient of

verb

You

"

In

(6) Compound.

(2)

object.

is

us

his

for

objective,and

is

Us

the

as,

mistaken."

adjective modifier

an

When

means

its verb, and

complement.
are

object

its

by

objectivemodifiers.

correctly say
its verb.

toward

stands

was

broad

very

tease.

object expresses

the

the

bad

of

as

may

modifies

verb

subject

modifiers

object modifies

mean

often

us

hoy

adjective

an

infinitive.

is

tease

the

in

constantly,"

and

that

used

and

boys

adverbial.

and

as,

two

little

likes to walk

coming

'"''Alas

be

Thus

phrase,

He

**

as,

Susan

as

only

adjective,adverbial,

bad

as

as

The

elm'*'* ;

captain

interjection phrase,

an

basis.

or
"

adverbial

dog

"The

men

properly

may

as,

by the old

'*The

conjunction phrase, as,

(") In the following classification

or

of

phrase^

noun

**The

thefiocky

word

infinitivephrase,

an

its chief

interesting'*''
; an

very
"

rapidly

very

rapidly'*'*
;

is

Grammar

advance

We

as,

George

*'

/rom

away

its modifiers

from

have

may

phrase,

**

as,

is named

we

modifier

thrilling events^

wolves

the

together with

speech

which

basis

to

phrase,
**

part

phrase,

cried"

of

is full of

to drive

clamor

forming

as,

country

our

words

of

group

sentence;

history of

"The
came

is any

ThiBAe

He
"

basis:

left in the

evening.

To

well

direct

came

The

over

do

to

in the morning,

kite flew

at

well
noon,

of

the tops

different

are

and

at

night.

the trees.

"

(jd) Prepositional."ThQ
New

and

city of Brooklyn

is in

the

state

of

York.

(e) Infinitive.
"

He

came

to learn.

He

asks

permission

to remain.

81

PHRASES.

As

(3)

TO

USE:

"

(/) Adjective.
have

road

The

"

the

right to

(jg) Adverbial.

He

"

(Ji) Substantive.

v"Uley

is

All

rough.

vote,

his work

does
To

"

the

through

-voUh

divine.

is

forgive

care.

likes

He

(o be

lei

alone.

82.

Simple Plirase

83.

Compound

coordinate
84.

is

singlephrase.

Phrase

is

consistingof

one

two

or

more

which

is

phrases.

Complex

is

Phrase

one

modifierin

some

or
prepositional
phrase.
infinitive

85.

is

PrepositionalPhrase
its

and

An

Infinitive Phrase

is

87.

An

Adjective Phrase

is

88.

An

Adverbial

Phrase

is

89.

Substantive

Phrase

is

90.

(1)

as

prepositionalphrase

used

one

as

used

one

as

used

one

often

is not

basis is

used

as

an

an

infinitive.

an

adjective.
adverb.
noun.

substantively.

the

phrase,

(1)

To

see

(2)

He

came

(3)

We

do

(4) They

is to believe.
to learn
not

have

(5)

I got the

(6)

To

and

improve

to

v^ish to detract
been

invited

information

succeed

committing

91.

whose

one

following sentences, classifyeach

toform^ (2) as to basis and (8) as to use.
In

tion
preposi-

object.

86.

(a)

basis is

whose

one

in

from

covering

up

reputation.

your

to unite

in the

his health.

with

letter from

your

is harder

fault

class.

our

father.
than

to

keep

from

it.

Write

sentences

containing:

*
"

phrases,

(1)

three

simple phrases,

(6)

three

infinitive

(2)

three

compound

(6)

three

adjective phrases,

(3)

three

complex phrases,

(7)

three

adverbial

three

substantive

.(4)

three

phrases,

prepositionalphrases,

(8)

phrases,
phrases.

32

GRAMMAR

OF

THE

ENGLISH

SENTENCE.

GLAUSES.
A

92.

that is used
She

that

was

worth

throughout
above,

Be

(6)

subordinate
to

are

unlike

clause

hid'*

cannot

be

talking

about

how

or

in that
does

it

(1)

As

he

wanted.

was

that

died

day
yester-

for

synonym

the definition

with

but

sentence,

given

from

clause

clause.

Both

are

subject

contains

always

fiers.
modiand

not.

phrase,

phrase

horse

in accordance

in

as

'^

contain

may

house

that ia set

clause,

in,

as

^'

on

hill

We

were

happened,"*^

OF

GLASSES
93.

when

sentence

sentence,

contain

may
;

as

distinguish a phrase

phrase

used

it will be used

careful

predicate, while

forming

dollars.

is often

clause

this book

They
(c)

five thousand

signify a

to

words

modifier;as, He came
she was
hungry. The

word

The

of

group

as

said

(a)

is any

claxue

FORM

TO

That

(a) Simple,
(6) Compound,
"

he

"

was

That

"

GLAUSES.

is evident.

wrong

he

was

that

and

wrong

he

it is

knew

evident.

(c) Complex.
94.

(2)

As

use:

TO

"

Adverbial,

He

"

(/) Substantive.

"

was

is the

coordinate
97.

Simple Clause is
Compound

it is

motto,

Most

honest.

not

mystery.
should

men
men

may

work.
be

trusted, is

one.

singleclause.
is

Clause

is sick,

lam

is, All

motto

safe

that

that

he did

His

96.

it is evident

he said

he fell.

thinks

He

His

boy

lies where

How

95.

when

wrong

"

Here

(d) Adjective,
(c)

he

That

"

one

consistingof

two

or

more

clauses.

Complex

Clause

is

one

some

modifierin

which

clause.
98.

An

Adjective Clause is

99.

An

Adverbial

Clause

is

one

one

used
used

as

as

an

an

adjective.
adverb.

is

34

GRAMMAR

106.

The

THB

OF

ENGLISH

is used

Period

SENTENCE.

the end

at

of

declarative

or

an

imperative sentence.
(a)

The

period
used

expression

any

sections

the

107.

is used
as

The

after

sentence

heading,

parts of

or

within

and

all

figuresor

after

abbreviations^after
letters used

mark

to

production.
is used

Interrogation Mark

the

at

end

of

an

interrogativesentence.
The

(a)

interrogation mark

to denote

108.

uncertainty

The

(a)
other

It

is often

B.

used

those

To

within

Sule

From

and

of

it would

till

life away.

no

an

any

"

"

and

only

-^

principal

the

of

uses

Comma.

"

comma

Use

^"

when

comma

the construction

of some

part

obscure.

having the

as

pains,

was

make

construction

same

elements

the

are

morning

from

morning,
When

child, I thought
Excbption.

render

fears,pleasures and

night

sentence

the

"

Intelligence,integrity, industry,
hopes

of

inteijection or

an

for the

separate elements

after

sentence

frequently used,

most

the sentence
1

tence
sen-

expressed.

end

the

at

is

the

here.

the omission

of

of what

colon

General

110.

in

semicolon

The

are

used

comma

The

named

word

any

opposite

is used

Mark

within

Marks

(a) Only

the

after

word.

The

each

used

sentence.

exclamatory

109.

imply

to

or

Exclamation

exclamatory

be

may

the

up

till

as

whiled

child,I

her

"

Our

success.

interestingside

night, she

child, I spake

of

of life.
able
miser-

understood

as

child.

When

two

is needed

elements
; as,

"

are

closely connected

Learning

expands

and

by

elevates

junction,
con-

the

mind."

2.

To

set

parenthetical,or

oflf appositive,explanatory,

introductory,words, phrases,or

clauses

"

35

PUNCTUATION.

Dickens,

studies

which
all

and
to

the

all

associate with

To

The

wise

by

the

be

of human

nature.

itself most

lonely.

To

of

verb

omission

considers

man

what

Sule

General

letween

study

should
not

teacher

that

He

The

mind,

can

think,

do

speak plainly, I

not

care

him.

mark

3.

111.

things,

that, need

do

can

great novelist,is

"

fool,what

; the

wants

the

for

less

elements

he

Semicolon.

Ufie

"

than

closelyconnected

abounds

he

in.

semicolon

those

separated

comma.

It is the

good.

first

Improve

112.

point

wisdom

of

minute

every

Snle

General

avoid

to

; for time

for

the

evil ; the

second,

make

to

it

lost is lost forever.

Colon.

The

"

colon

is used

to

precede a supplemental or explanatoryremark.

1 admire

the sublime

passage

God

''

there

said, Let

be

light,and

there

light."

was

EXERCISE

IN

AND

PUNCTUATION

CAPITAI.IZATION.

closelythe capitalsand punctuation

(1) Observe
everything you read.
and
capitalizecorrectlyevery sentence
(2) Punctuate

113.

of

write.

you

114.

the follomng

In

complete and
A.

Define

(1)

idea.
is

language

are

(8)
How

elements

fall into

according
How

two

of
State

there

relation

Show

(20)

language
how

all

(27) Name,
mind
classification,

classes.

thought

and

motion

(9)

objects,both
and

define

and

matter

six.

in

ideas

material

belong

(30) What,

What

is

trate.
Illus-

(14)

State
them.

(28)
to

What

the

then,

is

What

possible?

are

and

(11)

(21)

gives/orm
each.

What

(18)

sentence.

fine
De-

(7)

Name

(16)

many
What

them.

Define

(24)

alike

Name

process,

How

(22)
f

language

between

(4)

thought.

(18)

language

the

given

Hlustrate.

differentlanguages

be ?

(19) Why?
to

have

have

(3)

Define

(6)
to

we

the

kinds.

two

come

of thought?
(26)

to this
are

may

(17)

gives /orm

(26) Explain.

(29)

many

each.

we

is it that

directions

two

What

do

How

be

answers

"

Name

is it to think

How

o/language

the

(28)

What

(12)
Define

(16)

(6)

(10;

clearly the

sentences:

object, (2)

language

the wm'e

correct

let

Review^

to

thought f

immaterial,
Show

how,

same

class.

are

the

two

36

GRAMMAR

What

illustrate

and

B.
or

In

(1) Explain.
(3) Explain.
of

speech

(4)

State

(1)
(2)

Name

the

In

(1)

what
?

D.

Define

inflection,

all the

(6)

must

of

reality.

What

(6) Explam

parts
ment.
state-

your

"

perform,
nitely
speech,statingdefi-

part of speech ?

What

(4)

expletive f

an

(2)

words

(0)

Illustrate.

attribute

their
the

of

Copulative

of

Define

In what
most

are

(6)

What

an

two

is parsing

action.

verb

and

the

What

Illustrate.

the

bases

two

that

illustrate each

verbs.
of

kind

to

of sentence

subject of

of the word

uses

(18)
Each

(20)

complete

(28)
classes
as

to

tinguish
Dismay

verbs.
verbs.

Intransitive

Complement.

complements.

rise

give

action.

an

the

Define

agent.

Illustrate.

Illustrate.

(26)

verbs.

kinds

two

is it to

and

(11)

Illustrate.

(22)

Attributive

illustrate

thought

define,and

are

(19)

Transitive

(27)

verbs.

What

between

Define

(4)

object of

relation

the

(15)

(21)

grammatical

(7)

and

predicate-attribute. (17)

(24)

verbs.

verb

State

act.

all

belongs.

each

(8) Distinguish subject

word?

(14)

jiveclasses.

Name

(3)

speech

predicate-attribute.

define,and

explain

part

of

object of

of speech ?

(23) Incomplete

(31) Name,

the

agent

(16)

part

(29) Name,

relation.

object and
what

Illustrate.

(10) Distinguish

(12) Distinguish
and

what

Illustrate.

construction

State

parts of speech under

(2)

tell to

(5)

the

to

is

property.

give

(26)

interjection

an

What

(3)

properties^ and

verb

words

and

respective offices,and

is

Arrange

(1)

and

expression

parts"

expletives?

as

(13)

three

part of speech.

sense

is it not

sense

Define

(34)

thought

of speech f

corresponding parts

each

Define

(3)

be

by parts

all

in

about

statements

offices that

seven

their

of

the following order

Observing strictly

C.

used

instead

is meant

indispensable

are

sentence

every

three

not

three?

not

similar

What

(32) Why

having
inseparableunity,

an

Make

(2)

each.

of

parts

reality,a sentence^
parts, is

SENTENCE.

Define

(31)

(36) Why

each.

two

even

ENGLISH

correspondmg

two

are

THE

thought

of every

elements

(33)

OF

(30)
of
use.

Name

sentences.

(32)

As

form.
E.

Referring

illustrate

"

to

the

outline

of

sentences.

Article

75,

37

PUNCTUATION.

ad

ae^

qf^

ag

Id,

he,

5/,

hg;

cd,

cCj

cf,

eg.

Define

(1)
each

of

broad

the

kinds

(1)

Define

and

of

to

the

(1)

one

(")

adjective,

illustrate

adverbial,

basis,

plain
Ex-

(4)
and

define,

Name,
to

as

of

outline

and

conjunction,

(6)

form,

to

as

verb,

noun,

modifier.

adf,

hdf,

cdf;

adg,

hdg,

cdg

adh,

bdh,

cdh;

(c)

to

as

trate
illus-

use.

Article

phrases,

which

to

81,

hef,

cef;

aeg,

beg,

ceg;

aeh,

beh,

ceh.

may

of

the

(3)

Distinguish

contained

clauses

outline

in

(a)

of

as

the
to

clauses.

clause

other.

form,

from

(6)

(b)

as

to

93

Articles

Name,
use.

and

"

and

use

be

kinds

the

aef,

Illustrate.

(2)

clause.

illustrate

Name

interjection,

word

(a)

Show

illustrate

illustrate

the

phrases

Referring

G.

phrases

define,

Name,

"

(4)

phrase.

define,

of

(3)

prepositional,

Referring

illustrate

94,

kinds

use

of

Illustrate.

(2)

participial,

the

F.

phrase.

following

the

infinitive,

illustrate
of

each

of

ad,

bd,

cd

ae,

be,

ce

"/

*/"

^"

five
the

uses

marks

of
most

capital
commonly

letters.
used

(2)
in

Name

punctuation.

and

PARTS

OP

SPEECH.

THE

made

Having

115.
tenee

as

whole,

shall

We

Columbus^

the

is

Sfonn

the

the

Brooklyn^

Parts

+
do

of

name

you

words

**

is

So

things.
but

nouns,

as

are

-^

can

have

the

there

be

can

is

subject of

but

of

there

word

There
We

(1)
to

state^

others

We
of

118.
Common

We
and

used

as

flock^

noun

his

with

Tom

was

only

far

so

rather

are

things

objection

be

may

calling

them

of

it

give
;

as,

Particular

have,

OF

ITOimS.

of

naming

as,

How

"

as

than
to

relation

their

of

names

calling

them

substantives.
that

words

stand

may

object

any

merely

name

to

denote

"

the

class

Joy, planet^ city^ river^ people^

as,

Class

or

may

"

it

belongs;

its class

Ohio^

ways

give

Common

"

(2)

two

are

it

James^

Kate^

verb,

may

which

you

to

as,

?"

combinatioii

or

GLASSES
117.

be

may

nouns

they

objection

no

any

for

uses

groimd

this

upon

it.

Porter.

There

signs.
I do

concerned,

Substantive

the

What

form

that

Speech

sen

thorough

angel^ worlds mind^

Jane

clause,

or

mathematical

expressions

other

sign, phrase,

and

?"

the

more

object;

an

farmer

water^

do

Such
to

and

"

word,

Any

of

of

Sfoun.

love^ brightness^ Mary

thottffht^
(a)

for

ready

now

of

with

begin

116.

are

each

examination

general

we

of

investigation

NOUN.

Name.
a

that

name

George^ Mars^
or

Individual

therefore,

two

Proper.
38

will

distinguish

London^

it from

Orinoco^

lish,
Eng-

Name.

general

classes

of Noons,

"

GLASSES

119,

Common
the

denote

to

OF

is

Noun

class

given

name

which

to

89

NOUNS.

it

to

objectmerely
hunter^ woman^

an

belongs; as,

mountains^ book.
A

120.

is

Proper Noun
others

it from

of its

class

Victoria^Rochys^ Standard
It may

(a)

and

common,
the
is

proper

or
a

common

about

the

(1)

musicians^'*
"Bolivar

succeed

may

the

same

as

Some

mute

**

saw

Old

to

which

father.

We

may

warmr*,"

Old

same

class ; as,

"

tinguish
to dis-

ceases

Such

Man

then,

say

it

Beethovens.^^

man

object

nothing

when

"the

any

the

The

?"

class

knows

Man
7%oun,

of the

to-day

admitted

old man,^^

an

proper

common

of

be

all other

it is therefore

class

The

boy's

others

"

the

used

the

Oiceros^^ "the

the

"

sions
expres-

"the
orators^""

ingloriousMilton here may

the Washington of South
America."
but he is neither
Solomon
a
tolerably,

"

was

says,

becomes

noun

objectfrom

the

are

boy

particular person,

Coesars^''"the

denote

to

improperly

very

proper
its

merely

Webster

from

man

may

^^

sentence,

Daniel

Websters

which

to

characteristics;
in the

rude

Daniel

class

And

when
has

are

name

In

proper.

statesman,"

particular

the

become

may

become

may

great

Webster's

used

but

denotes

of

common

distinguish one

to

noun,

it," he

here

say,

tinguish
dis-

Boone^ Queen

ustially proper

noun

was

Where

"

noun.

common

belongs;

Webster

is used

certain

having

name

we

usually
to

objectto

an

Daniel

as,

to

Dictionary,

that

seen

noun

used

noun,

Webster

Daniel

Daniel

when

; but

one

that
'*

sentence,

men

is

readily be

given

name

rest."
"He
nor

Samson.'*'*

(2)

common

becomes

noun

others

particularobjectfrom
Boatman, do not tarry."
any

"

as,

(a)
is

common

merely

symbol,

therefore

cannot
account
is soon

of which

be

meaning

sign,

or

defined.

it is selected

of
At

to

an

and

first

of the

be defined.

can

object

it is used

noun

has

represent its object ; but

class ;

same

proper

it is without

proper

tinguish
to dis-

noun

and

meaning
meaning,

the

on

signification

lost.

(Jb) Our
may

has

noun

when

proper

be

language
increased

has
as

more

new

than

40,000

common

classes of objects

nouns,
are

and

formed.

the
We

ber
num-

have

40

GRAMMAR

almost

an

names

of

unlimited

places

Two

(c)

City,

Parse

such

In

Sunday,
the

difficult to

follows

used

are

and

*'The

distinguish a

nouns

are

shines

sun

80,000

than

more

one

Dr.

name

Nevo

; as,

Starr

David

in

but

Jordan.

the

of

proper

and

"He

earth,^^ they

definitions

Venus,

Mercury,

the

on

from

common

*"*'

proper;

by applying

why

form

to

Dictionary,

and
Saturday,'*'*

italicized

show

pupil

There

single nouns.

as

the

^^

SENTENCE.

nouns.

often

are

International

combinations

planets,"

of proper

words

Webster^s

Sunday

ENGLISH

alone.

It is often

(d)

THE

number

more

or

York

^^

OF

noun.

Earth

are

preaches

are

every

(Let

common.

and

common

proper

nouns.)

The

121.
Noun

Noun

Proper
for

may^

has

convenience, he divided

All verbal

Collective
a

Such

collective

nouns

singularform

represents

sent
repre-

swarm.

of

group

may

objects.

animate

bunch, although they suggest collections

of

collective.

not

collective

(")

always

noun

pile, heap, and

as

objects, are

whose

one

of objects; as, Jlock^herd^

group

(a)

is

Noun

subclasses,

abstract.

are

nouns

into three

Common

Class.

Collective^Abstract^ and
(a)

2^e

subclasses.

no

noun

refer

may

its

to

object in

either

of two

ways

-^

(1) Singly, separately, individually;

(2) Collectively,as
lost

first use,

plural ;

as,

of these

uses,

require
beats

This

is

the

individuals

When
the

of
the

are

regiments
on

has

number

so

were

their

calling on
necks."

be

In the second

; it would

pronoun

; as,

fore
there"

Your

lost
as

to

No

student

speak

can

with

it.
is

noun

gender;
are

singular, neuter

distinction.

mastered

collective

neuter

gender

neuter

it should

to

caps.'^

of the

sex

it tries."

time

individuals

plural

in the

and

important

very

is of the

noun

their

on

the

by

referring

pronoun

silver buckles

singular verb,
every

is determined

noun

and

verb

the
have

club

till he

(c)
Here

and

collective

the

ours

assurance

noun

Your

"

of the

gender

the

objects represented,

bells

in which

whole

one

sight of.

In the

club

unit,

one

as,

pluralized, it usually

"There

sight

of.

refer

to

were

seven

collective

But

the

individuals

their commander."

"

The

becomes

or

class

eight swarms,^''

noun

; as,

herds

may
"

all

All
wear

be

used

day

the

silver

42

GRAMMAR

Second^
than

"

noun

look

as

one;

OP

ENGLISH

THE

stand

may
and

hook%

SENTENCE.

for

This

(4).

in

objector for

one

more

property is called

ITumber.

Thirds

"

the

objectof

an

or
specijied^

Fourth^

noun

female

noun

relations
For

the

to

in

(3),

sex.

This

stand

in any

part of the
be

it may

example,

President

may

book

objectof

an

objectwith

an

aex^

objectwithout

an

"

denote

may

the

in

sentence

and

verbj like proclamation in (1), and

is called

Relation.

the

to

noun

three

simplest

nominative

hatia

This

(6).

limit another

Also, it may

form

of

relation

each

constructions,

is

There

here.

given

objective constructions,

several

are

and

possessive constructions.
The

(6)

All

(c)
both

It will

(d)
which

these

Nouns

except

because

not

and
be

by

denote

to

appear

be

very

appropriate

universally used.

properties, Person^

is shown
to

does

Nominative

term

It is retained

one.

to

it.

possession. This is called a Possessive

This property^ depending upon
the relation of a
that governs
it^is Case.
part of the sentence

the

(a) Only
several

that governs

to denote

as

so

noun

Relation.

ObjectiveRelation.

an

ferent
dif-

finiteverb^ like
boy and girl in (5).
be the object
It may

of

definitely

of several

one

is called

Nominative

%ex^

property is Oender.

This

not

sex

subjectof

(4),

the male

Gender,

Number^

and

Case, belong

Pronouns,
observed
the
the

that

noun's

our

nouns

position in

possessive. They

not

are

inflected

the sentence
are

inflected

; and

for

for
not

Person,
for Case,
and

Number

Gender.

126.

Nouns,

then, have

four

properties: Person,

Nam-

ber, Oender, Case.

PERSON.

127.
whether

is the

Person

property of the

it

noun

represents the speaker^the person

the objectspoken of. Hence, there
three
are
Firsts which

spoken

denotes

to ; and

the

that

indicates^

spoken
persons

speaker ; the Second^ the

Third, the objectspoken of.
the

to^
:

or

the

person

PROPERTIES

Person

in

^^

the

stole

Most

(b)

All

predicate

(c)

The

first and

of

nouns

of the third

are

nouns

Anderson

person.

of the

are

second

of the

noun

apposition

absolute

(e)

guilty."

am

Henry

^^

by

not

third

person.

belong only

persons

to

of

names

or

persons,

objects personified.

(d)
that

thief."

and

tise

Anderson^

Henry

are

you

their

by

horse."

(a)

of other

"I,

43

NOUNS.

is indicated

nouns

change in form.
Henry Anderson,

OP

with

is found
of the

pronoun

in

other

no

first person

construction

; and

in the

than

tive
nomina-

by subscription.
of

noun

apposition with
by direct

first person

second

the

of

pronoun

have

but

person,

and

can

person
the second

constructions:

two

nominative

absolute

address.

NUMBER.

is that

Nxunber

128.

represents

noun

There

129.

property used

object,or

one

and

the

one,

as

box, child,star

one,

as

boxes, children, stars.

FORMATION

130.

Nouns

OF

form

than

more

numbers:

two

are

their

to

the

show

whether

one.

singular, denoting

plural,denoting

THE

the

than

more

PLURAL.

plurals by ordinary or

terminal

or
by a radical or root change.
inflection
Most
131.
nouns
form their
(1) By Terminal Inflection :
s or
as, book^ books ; hat,hats; apple,
es;
pluralsby suffixing
apples;pin,pins; flower,flowers; church, churches; bench,
"

benches

kiss,kisses.

Euphony determines
The
following classes
singular:
(a)

ending
a

in

ch

consonant

tax, taxes; topaz, topazes;

(b)
i

Nouns

of

es

or

is to

be

generally suflBx

nouns

suffixed.
es

to

the

"

Nouns

preceded by

whether

ending

in y

glory, glories; story,

(soft),s, sh^

x,

or

z,

and

some

nouns

in o,

trench, trenches; miss, misses; blush^ blushes;

motto, mottoes,

preceded by

stones

lady,

consonant,

ladies.

after

changing

y into

44

GRAMMAR

In

Old

English

for

suQixed

(c)
intov:

few

Badical

radical

when

into

in

ending

nouns

thief, thieves ;

(2) By
by

changed

been

written

words

plurals. Hence,

the

ie has

that

mean

find such

we

we

Change

of

geese ;

toothyteeth;

/e/

or

"

mouse^

the

the

number

of such

of the sentence

thus,

in the

garden.

(6)

;
"

Double

"I

"

fe

or

The

Plurals

one

we
t'e,^*

for

of the
women;

vowel
goose^

the

plural

for

as

series,salmon^ heathen.

in the

sheep,

plurals

"

from

be determined

"

their

NUMBER.

form

was

changed

louse^lice.

the Same
same

been

wolves,

wom^n^

OF

sheep

has

form

nouns

men;

mice;

must

noun

bought

(1) Some nouns

foreign,or two
:

a
"

y into

Change

modification

singular: sheep^deer^ grouse^

The

one

Plural

and
have

nouns

after

few

FECUIXA^RITIES

few

say,

*^

vjife,wives; life,lives; wolf

sound

glorie,storie, ladie^ with

y.

change ; that is,by

the
singular: man^

(a) Singular

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

OF

**

garden."
bought

some
"

five

The

other

sheep

part
were

sheep J*^

"

have

double

plurals

English plurals with

"

English and
significations
different
one

PBOPERTIBS

class of

Another

(2)
double

the

plurals with

OP

from

nouns

has

foreignlanguages

meanings

same

45

NOUNS.

"

snrouLAB.

Bandit

(Italian),

Cherub

(Hebrew),

Dogma

(Greek),
Formula
(Latin),
in technical

Except

scientific

or

language

the

English pluralsare

ally
gener-

preferred.

to be

((?)Plurals only :
Some

found

are

nouns

"

in the

only

plural :

"

annals

entrails

scissors

antipodes

nuptials

shears

breeches

i"antaloons

tongs

pincers

victuals

scales

vitals

drawers

FlnraLs

(d)

Singalars:

as

class of

Another

has

nouns

signification
; as,

"

the

plural form

with

molasses^ news^

meana^

the

gular
sin-

oddsy pains^

riches^tidings^amends^ gallows^thanks^ etc.

Also, politics^ ethics, optics, mathematics,
represent

science

Greek

plurals, but

is

(not are)

of

duty."

the

science

(e) Singulars only :

abstract

Many

regarded

are

of

as

quantity."

physics, and

singular. Thus,
"Ethics

Plural

Proper
or

es.

of

nouns

But

as

^'

matics
Mathe-

(not are)

the

"

have

plurals;
harshness^ meekness, prvdence, tenacity,etc.
(/)

is

others

some

nouns

Proper Nouns

no

as,

decorum^

"

generallyform
to those
ending

their

plurals by adding

in y, usage

is unsettled

good writers add 8, others drop y and add

Mary, Marys, or Maries ; Story,Storys, or Stories
Henrys, or Henries; Tally,Tullys,or Tullies,

ies;

some

as,

Henry,

46

GRAMMAR

The

(^)
formed

OF

ENGLISH

dot your

apostrophe and

the

i'" and

cross

plnral of compound

The

generally formed

is

is described

that

the

tion
addi-

prove

bottom

of the page

words

by pluralizingthe part
by

You

"

as,

are

D's/'

"

(K)

"We

the

At

"

signs

('s);

^'"."

your

by castingout the ^'"."

placed *'s, 's,+'s, and

were

SENTENCE.

plurals of letters,marks, jBgures,and

by adding

must

THE

rest;

of

ox-carts,

mouse-traps,

as,

word

the

brothers-in-law, sisters-in-law,billet-doux, courts-martial,

aids-de-camp, cupfuls,spoonfuls,coachfuls, wagon-loads,

commanders-in-chief.
few

compound

words

ploralize both

paxts

men-servanU^

women-

knights-templars (or knights-templar),

servants^

PLURALS

132.

of proper

Plural

by pluralizingeither

titles is formed

preceded by

names

the

NAMES.

PROPER

OF

the

or

name

title,but

both.

never

RULES.

(1) If the

"The

pluralUsed :
Miss

had

Scotts

(2)

title is Mrs,,

The

is

or

preceded by
"The

Browns.^'

Mrs.

title should

be

always

"The

On

(a)

this

point

singleladies

more

the

many

prefer

usage,

and

will become

the

the

Now

whether

custom

tell
to

greatest of all demands

intended.

title made

universal

be affixed

if
we

we
mean

title and

the

that

us

the

plural.

one

to

the

"

saw

lady

tor,
Doc-

Johnson.^^

true

the
named

to

while

law
the

of

or

Perhaps

most

polite literature
as

in

we

all others,

finally,I believe, it
titles of such

the

title ;

or

terms.

language requires

the

Banks,''

"Banks**

of two

pluralizethe title,

In this case,

is that it express
Miss

speaking

name.

in

prevail; and

not

language
"I

Messrs

In

the

pluralizeonly

and

noun

upon
say

name,

will

grammarians,

Grammarians

(b)
that

not

the

Mister^ Miss,

writers

good

many

pluralize the

to

find the

commonly

name

both

some

"The

unsettled.

is somewhat

same

two

Bank.'*'

Drs.

usage

of the
and

name,

grammarians
most

"The

DilV

Misses

it is

when

numeral:

"The

Irving.

"

pluralized

Professor^ etc., not preceded by

is always

name

Barlows.''''

Mrs.

two

flowers.**

gathering

been

the

numeral,

*'

but

the

first and

clearly the thought

it cannot
two

named

be

mined
deter-

"Bank."

PBOPBRTIBS

**

I called

named
*^

is

**

Motts,"

the

saw

office of Dr.

the

at

there

but

possibilityof ambiguity.

no

analogy, Would

require

pluralized,and

not

the

called

*^

Then

probably imply

named

really two

and

47

NOUNS.

Motts,'' would

are

Bank,^^

Misses

OP

office of

the

at

law

the

in

next

Drs.

we

Mott,*'

importance,

similar

Mister, Professor, and

that

if

But

Mott"

"

doctor

one

say,
there
of

that

titles should

be

name.

GENDER,

133.

As

already pointed out, nouns

relations their objectsbear to

several

may

the

express
This

sex.

property

is Oender.
134.
Such

Nouns

Nouns

186.

They

Nouns

of the
137.

Feminine

(a)

Instead

139.

140.

They

sex.

and

noun

as,

the

pronoun

of the

not

sex

noun

of its objectto

definitely

or

that

pronoun

sex.

word

will be used.

substantive

Masculine

Oender

represents

represents

boy,uncle^ bachelor^ Joseph.

of the

Substantive

sex.

Oender.

property/ of

Substantive

object;

male

is the

of

female

Oender.

of the Common

are

the relation

expresses

sex.

Oender.

represent objectswith

may

Oender

male

Oender.

Neuter

specified. They
138.

the

represent objectswithout

may

Nouns

Masculine

of

represent objects of the

may

of the

are

136.
are

of the

are

nouns

objects

represent

may

Feminine

Oender

female object; as, girl^aunt^ maid^ Josephine.

(a)
they

When

(5)

expressed by

his

light; "

pronoun

in the

sea."

"

moon

She

mellows
lowest

The

the

neuter

and

ship spread

of
a

old

on

shades

degrees

on

feminine
her

Cronest

his

"

The

as

persons

as, "The

nouns,

"

sun

sails."

shaggy

which

characteristic

gentle

-^Drakb.

breast.

personification,in

minor

; as,

conceived

"

masculine

manifesting only
remain

personified

are

looks down

The

In the
as

and

objects

be

may

dispenses

inanimate

brooklet

of

an
a

object

person,

hastens

is conceived

its

noun

to its home

48

GRAMMAR

141.

In

called
**A

simple

child

142.

object

the

as

and

small

Gender

animals

representing

lightlydraws

that

represents

an

the

such

sex

garded.
disre-

is often

objects

should

then

its breath."

Wordsworth,

"

for its mate.'*

of the

Common

Oender

as
definitely
specified,

not

sex

Neater

"

looking

is

SENTENCE.

book^ stump^ table^snow.

pronouns

Substantiye

with

represents an
child,parent,

children.

persons,
(a)

and

nouns

robin

ENGLISH

of children

neuter

"The

as,

speaking
The

be

sex

THE

of

Sabstantive

objectwithout
(a)

OF

substantive

single object

of

is of the

unspecified

gender

common

sex

or

number

it represents either

when

of

objects that

may

differ in

sex.

Nouns

143.
in three

(a)

rank, and

(6)
earlier
terms

words

of

are

stages of

not

now

so

language.

our

in

ends

many
At

ess

or

"

present
as

in

ess

best

the

PREFIXES

AND

SUFFIXES.

He-bear,

She-bear.

Man-servant,

Maid-servant.
Jones.

Mr.

Jones,

as

usage

applicable both

women.
BY

objects

SMiss
Mrs.

or

trix,

feminines

doctor, author, writer, engraver,

(3)

their

appellations of office,occupation,

are

generally

of

sex

of Inflection:

kinds

this class

the feminine

There

as

three

or

ways,

Most

distinguish the

may

Jones.

there

regards
to

men

in

were

such

and

to

50

GRAMMAR

female
need

And

8ex,

for

not

be

'''"Man

moHal,^^

and

ever

"man"?

is

who

the

objection to

and

each

sex,

and

this is the

tree

concerning

the

terms

they

better

is

noun

much

noun

without

sex

Neuter

get

can

is

as

to

necessary

we

it

so

apply

to

they

We

that

such

speak

to

miss

may

of

most

substantives,

parse

gender
of

and

and

male
much

the other

gender

no

such

do

nouns

contend

not

for

Unfortunately

; much

suggested

ever

The

that the

of

gender

object

of the

sex

is male

or

its

that

female.

object

is

object has.

the

neither

mean

It is

gender,
neither

but

gender;

best

the

simply

objects of

it has

but

term
sex.

if it were,
it would

interjections,and

^e

It

they
not

all.

difiBculties here

our

John

is as

I do

it indicates

no

object

something,

term

above,

no

noun

its

than

the

object

represent
have

at

best

is of the

noun

more

for it.

the

that

like adverbs

object

gender.

when

would

nouns

tells

gender.

by grammarians.
nouns

the

the
no

nouns

One

name

that

sex

that

The
each

it indicates

much

as

of

substitute

are

when

sex.

relation

sex.

from

and

specifiesthe

respect

the

that

has

When

tells any

to

seen

it indicates

those

true

valid

no

therefore

that its

us

common

gender

intended

be in that

(/)

and

determined

when

tells

have

but

gender just

certainly not

would
be

has

we

ground,

same

and

but

sex;

is without

therefore

when

it,
and

but

1 see

noun

gender

neither

gender literallyconstrued

been

never

as

say,

man,

men,

man,

it,is gender.

be

may

good terms,

is undetermined
And

as

undetermined

just as

the
of

the

on

the

of

proposed

gender

neuter

millions

to

sex,

John

object

been

must

we

not

are

than

no

it does

its

gender ; but,

We

criticise

to

and

man,

what, concerning

gender.

It has

gender, and

objected

Has

other, because

the

should

We

reason.

wishes

object as

confounding

that

us

as

sex.

neuter

have

been

has

matter

has

and

things concerning

tells

gender

have

material

same

we

sex,

gender,

same

no

therefore

without

us

common

different

tell

for

the

the

grammarian

common

gender.

common

thousands

such

objectof

an

for

man

We

property by which

the

.to sex,

for

for

anything,

us

tree

universe

term

even

and

geader

but

gender,

not

man,

term

term

object represented

the

tells

that

Neuter

(e)
since

saw

and

this man,

explore

reject the

to

be

not

may

reject the

reason

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

there

although

that

compelled

but

OP

by keeping

in mind

that

objects.

not

CASE.

145.

Nominatiye

sentences,
relations
the

nouns

to

the

and

Case.

"

substantive

expression
the

pronouns.

As

may

be

may

stand

that

governs

seen

from

in any
it.

one

the following
of several

Observe

both

'

PROPERTIES

(1) George

146.

In

verb^came.

(2)

It is

(3)

The

the

In

subjectof

147.
called
a

/came.

came.

It is /.

George,

boy, George,

(1) Q-eorgeand
In (2) they are

copula^is.

each

(3)

boy, /,

each

Zare

the

came.

suijectof the finite

complement of the finite

appositionwith Joy, which is
the

each

is in

relations

dependent nominative

dependent

The

came.

finite verb.

three

These

61

NOUNS.

OF

nominative

grouped together

are

constructions.
is in

construction

and

substantive
the

in

Nominative

Case.
148.

when

The

Nominative

it is used

149.

The

in

is the

Case

Dependent Nominative

WiUon

We

as

"

"

letter.

for him.

whose

copulativeverb

am

subject is

student,

Martha

They
She

We

is

were

we.

shall be
men

We

were

They

Your

learners.

have

been

thought

were

appositiontvith

supposed
a

is your

good

to be
to

citizens.

they.
be

we,

nominative

brother, Paul^

I, your
Your

/.

not

was

The

He

musician.

detectives.

are

They

In

are

"

(3)

construction,

Constructions
as

has

consent.

my

shall wait

Complement of
;

the

wrote

have

You

substantive

lawyer.

is my

Henry

nominative

dependent nominative

(1) Subject of a finiteverb

C2)

case

substantive

is here.

brother, Pa'iil.

brother, plead with

brother, /, pleads

with

you.
you.

as

"

62

GRAMMAR

150.

verbs

AU

beginner

finding its
changes as

example,

take

its

the verb

in the

finite verb.

required when
singular,but it changes
first person
singular,and
second person singularor

its

form

to

when

am

when

are

in the

learn

later

in the

is

called

the

were,

completinga
shall

subject. We
and

case

(a)
is

in

An

nominative
whose

participle

the

to
case

subject

substantive

is

rule

when

term
to

the

same

is the
all

cases.

one

must

it is

as

This

be
the

participle

absolute.

construction

completing
verb

be

to

is

pure

the

is,

am,

"

tive
substan-

case

same

appliesto
to the

monly
com-

as

its

objective

nominative.
A

remembered

complement

of

substantive
a

copulative

possessive.

is in

element, it modifies
of

well

as

is

verb
copulative

is in the
it

sponding
corre-

the

general rule

later that

see

the

nominative

of the

copulativeverb

absolute

exception

the

152.

the

to

The

in the

third person

or

infinitive

an

substantive

been.

is in the

corresponding
verbs.
We
infinite

Noun.

finite form

copula, that is, some

subjectis

subjectof

or

person

its

complement of

Predicate

applies chiefly to

was,

the

and

the

as

third

subject

being^are

possessivecase

iised

noun

commonly

be, are,

Its

its

6e, and

to

subject of

the

objectivecase
in the

commonly
A

that

in the

finiteverbs^ while

are

participles,
pleading and

151.

number.

sentences.

first,
second,

to plead and
infinitives,

is

it

not

or

Also, is is the present

subject is

to

plural. These, therefore,

shall

last two

by

is

It is therefore

brother.

verb

may

plead when its subjectis Z, but it is pleads

subject is changed to the third person
noun,

present form
when

ciples.
except Infinitives and Parti-

jBnite verbs

axe

SENTENCE.

distinguish a finite
and observing whether
present form
its subject is changed in person
or

The

For

ENGLISH

THE

OP

appositionwhen,
another

in the

without
same

a
case

necting
con-

and

the appositive
that
signification.Observe
that explainsthe other.
Apposition applies
in
careful
Be
to distinguisha substantive

PKOPERTIBS

apposition,as
the

Jones, the lawyer^ came," from

"

of

complement
^^

An

lawyer,

copulative verb,

modifies, and

it

used

as

the

complement

case

as

its

subject

and
the

This

difference

is in the

appositivehas not.,a connecting element

substantive
it explains.
Nominative

Absolute

Case.

When

"

far

stantive
sub-

to

join

or

noun

same

they
has^

predicatenoun

an

153.

substantive

So

same.

as

is

the

as

same.

the

means

is their

"Jones

as

copulative verb

used

one

case

same

the

means

of

and

the

in

appositiveis

it

resemble.

63

NOUNS.

OP

it to

noun
pro-

tive
when
it is the subjector attribuindependently.,
complement of a participlethat is used independently.,
when
substantive
it is in appositionwith another
so
used^
is used

or

it is in the Nominatiye
154.

The

Absolute

Nominative

(1) By

direct address

old

fathers,

"

"

"

England

(3) By pleonasm:
Out

are

here.

come

exclamation
Good

Constructions

Absolute

William^

(2) By

Case.

"

where

are

they

:
(4) By inscription
"

Dewey^s

Psychology.

(5) Subject of

:
independent participle

an

"

having

Wilson

overbid

(6) Complement of an
:

us,

we

failed

to

get the horse.

participle
independent copulative

"

Philip being

our

:
(7) In apposition

Wilson,

the

doctor, we

were

hopeful.

"

merchant,

get the horse.

having

overbid

us,

we

failed to

54

GRAMMAR

tive absolute

(6)
(c)

with

statement

it.

SENTENCE.

constructions

is in the

nomina"

first six

constructions

have

may

Illustrate.

asks

or

of

use

question

substantive

the

about

before

sentence

object it

expresses

"

These
The
Pleonasm

is to be

thought of

are

how

problems^

avoided

subscriptions,and
155.

problems^ they

several

forms

isolated

names

Possessive

Case.

The

Possessive

noun

or

are

monuments.

is used

pronoun

it is in the Possessive

Case.

"

of different
signification
; as,

noun

the

superscriptions,

as

coins,signs,and

on

When

PauVa

bonnet,

Mary^s

inscription, such

Constmctions

(1) Limiting

with

along

to express,

produces.

written

"

solve ?

you

wish

we

of

construction
possessive

156.

can

many

it

emotion

troublesome.

are

except when

object, the

an

((2) There

in

of the

one

independent

is the

Pleonasm

that makes
as:

of these

in any

in any

apposition

in

ENGLISH

case.

substantive

another

used

substantive

(a)

THE

OP

book,

JohrCa

pony,

Brown^a

philosophy.

(2) Limiting

of

noun

signification apposition;

same

as,

Majesty, Queen Victoria's government.

Her

(3) Subject of

participlethat

substantive

(a)
com

; the

me

speaking good

as

denote

may
HilVs

FORM

child's

book.

the

The

secured
of

owner

the

origin,

THE

and

possessiveby annexing

the

an

your

the

appointment.

object, as

sun's

Brown^s

clothing ;

kind, meiVs
as

dependent

her.

annoyed

French

Rhetoric

oil-fields ; the

Indiana's

Singnlar nouns

The

to

Tour

TO

157.

as,

whispering

author,

location,as

John's

possessive

The

use

has

rays.

POSSESSIVE.

plnrals not ending in sform

's to

the

the nominative;

children's

books. The

men''s

as,
hats.

their

PROPERTIES

158.

Plurals

The

(a)
In

's is

vndowes

(b)
law,"

habite.'*

For

singular
in most

nouns

the

forms

Without

between
The

the

Mr.
should

brings together
be much

may

"The

as,

the

to

(c)

The

to be

of

orations

the

the

pair

limited

Grammar

Shepherd* s
(e)

shoe

used,

the

sign

Logic

by

store,"

subject),

is annexed

and

McGuffey's

last;

In

as,

"The

with

tive, the

limited;

the

objective;

philosophy

well-established

such

"For

of

tions
excep-

sake,"

Jesus'

implying

only

the

to

sheep

number

noun's
do

must

and

deer

as

nouns

If the

needs

it.

possession

common

" Kellogg'*

Beed

"

store,"

Publishing House,"

Maynard*s

are

immediately preceding

one

furniture

and

of the

each

implying

not

nouns

each, and

is the

each

the

Lee

"

others

limited

; as,

of

by

Day''s and

two

or

"

Readers

possession

common

name

author

McGuffey's

last

the

Fowler^s
works

more

on

Readers

Swinton's

court-martiaV

in

noun
a

decisions,"

of the

Decisions

it, by

"The

the

emperor

to

the

annexed

courts-martiaV

"The

the

to
s

sions."
deci-

courts-martial.")

possessive

descriptive

is

possessive sign

the

terms

sign is annexed
as,

possession

Readers.

(Better, "
{g)

unless

compound

When

of
to

before

Swmton's

"

the

it

etc.

series

or

unless

prose

"The

have,

we

Bounds\

sake."

CasKs
"

Clark

in

before

Moses,"
As

nouns

"

Wade

"

; as,

(not Logics,

that

(/)

of

series

possessive is understood
"

of

part of the sentence

or

pair

perhaps

then

nominative.

's to the

is made

When

and

plural, of

or

loitnesses^s^

Miss

and

conscience'

"For

and

language

Demosthenes."

possessive sign is annexed

name

law

*'The

of

other

some
a

Bound!*

just made, however,

by annexing

shown,

used,

are

Xerxes,"

statement

(jA)Wheh

"

hissing sounds,

possessive,singular

is formed

; Miss

spoken

in

usage

distinction,in spoken language,

no

Banks'*

be used

goodness' sake,"

"For

be

Louis's

best

The

Jameses,

Banks^s,

elegantly expressed by using of

more

"The

Mr.

^^

Pope.

"

Prescott

"

it is better

but

orations";

Moses^

**

army,"

works."

Dennises

affairs."

would

Mr.

too' many

army

Socrates,"

and

always

as

Hemans^s,

s, there

Bank^s

^'

Charleses

Mrs,

; as,

from

omitted

Xerxes^

"

Demosthenes^

"

is.

or

es

Chaucer.

"

Is sometimeB

sign

s-sound

an

the s, also ;
**

crowne."

posBesslve
with

nexing
an-

charters.

Banks*

Ehglish genitive ending

old

Kingis

philosophy,"

Macaulay,

"

sanctions
etc.

end

to annex

cases

reign."

the

that

possessiveby

as,

of the

The

*'

euphony

Socrates^

*'

contraction

their

wings,

Birds'

65

NOUNS.

form

"

apostrophe ;

JBoy"'sports,

**

in

ending

the

only

OF

is

phrase,
term

limited
or

by

immediately

Napoleon'*s grave,"

by

in

noun

preceding

"The

position
ap-

adjec"

pronominal
the

noun

secretary of

the

56

GRAMMAR

is

noun

limited

explained by
is

noun

common

What

'*

Navy^" report,"

the

or

subject

of

be

in the

The

writer

(t)
by

The

The

of that

being

but

stopped

having

scholar

for

running

man^s

is not

doubted, and.

the

at Ao-

jeweller*8 y
substantive

use

of

tence
sen-

meaning

doubted,

not

No

either

stopped

is not

do
office,

the

We

the

scholar

proper

when

to

**

the

Otherwise
a

it,and

dependent

annexed

; as,

Acton,

at

being

writer^s

be

may

both

to

never

with

apposition

possessive sign

When

business."

the

mean

one

the
and
same

heard

ever

No

as.

of that

for office.

running

man

in

participle

SENTENCE.

else

one

no
noun

We

"

ENGLISH

possessive case.

changed.
heard

ever

one

is

noun,

proper

(Ji) The
is

I do

the

omitted,

or,

put

THB

common

ton^s, the jeweller,"

must

OF

only

is the

poBBeBsive

English

an

case

distinguishes

noun

its form.

159.

Objective Case.
is in the

construction
160.

"

substantive

Objective Constructions

(1)

Objectof

are,

transitive

made

the

spoke

God

world,

(3)

Svhject of an
He

(4)

to her

wants

his

Complement of
is
He

me

to be

"

U8,

"

spoke
:

me.

"

He

come.

to

wants

me

to

infinitive
copula whose

an

objective
;

thought

as

infinitive
; as
to

as

made

She

sister.

brother

"

verb /

(2) Objectof a preposition

;
She

objective

an

Objective Case.

The

God

having

as

your

come.

ject
sub-

"

sister.

He

thought

me

to be

her.

(5)

161.
may

have

In

apposition
;

saw

George,

the

saw

George,

him

substantive
another

applies to

in

in any

as:

"

hoy you
you

spoke of.

spoke

of the

first four

apposition with

all the

cases.

of.

it.

constructions

Illustrate.

Illustrate.

positio
Ap-

58

GRAMMAR

OF

Also, if there

is

THE

ENGLISH

question

as

SENTENCE.

whether

to

the

of

case

Q-eorgeis determined

by the preposition/or or the verb i",

it may
be answered
by omitting the preposition. Then we
have
It is Q-eorge^''*
in which
Q-eorgeis nominative, as
be shown
above :
as
by substitutingpronouns
may
"

"

166.

The

It is /.

It is he.

It is

It is

Indirect

we.

Object.

"

they,

transitive

verb

is often

objectivesof different significations,

direct object^
a
denoting that upon which th" action of the
indirect
verb directlyterminates, and
an
olject^denoting
different
a
thing that is also affected, but indirectly,
by
followed

by

the

action

same

two

"

as

teacher

My
The

act

hook

is

affected
as

therefore
also

indirect

the

be

the

object.

parsed

this

is for

the

as

Thus

book
act

same

often

spoken

indirect

of

objects

preposition^
usually to
sometimes
expressed.

and

"

Give

him

I sent
She

pencil

your

my

made

I asked

The

the

so-called

object of

/or, always clearlyimplied

But

reason

these

All

the

directlyupon
object.

direct

me

book.

me

gave

terminated

giving

me

should
or

of

"

friend
the

the

present

girl

boy

9,

dress

question

principalverbs

that

Give

pencil to

your

I sent

She

I asked

present

made

a
a

to

dress

by

friend.

my

for the

question

followed

him,

to

the

girl.
boy.

indirect

objects
allow, ask, bring,buy, get, give, leave, lend, make, offer,
are
pass, pay, present, promise,refuse, send, show, sing, teach,
tell,throw, and
The

indirect

are

write.
the

objectivecorresponds closelyto

Latin

dative.
167.

When
to

the
or

to

verb

teach, meaning

give instrtiction in,

either

to

is followed

give

by

structio
intwo

PROPERTIES

parsed as the direct object^and

object of a prepositionto be supplied.

either
objectives,
other

the
Thus

"

He

168.

Algebra

teaches

The

word

governing

expressed;

Cowards

**

"Full

be

for

walked

The

river

The

cannons

parsed

the

is

the

have.

But

that kind
Of

be
third

the

no

objectives. But
now

and

their

deaths."

lies."

nigJa.

adverbial

objectives. They

next
or

to

the
In

in.

the

relation.

thinks
that

is
is

the

relation

I should

objectsjof prepositionswe

the

last

by

sentences

be

supplied
it may

relation, and
he

tells

inserted

in

as

that
does

language

expressed only by

never

precisely
a
us

tion.
preposithat

before

in

such

always thought precisely

was

rather
are

In

such

Our

right when

times
Some-

last it is

preposition, and

prepositions were
the

substantives.

preposition can

no

mind

of

clearly implied.

at,

on,

Abbott

early English
it is

is

proper

of relation
course

before

case

in the

during ;

the

"

all

the

expresses

yet have

not

without

yards wider.

called

over

first it may

adequately

and

prepositionsnot expressed,
intransitive, and
adjectives have no

are

and

verbs

miles.

thundered

preposition

second

Oov-

the objectsof

power

it is

sentence

as:

value, and

measure,

objectivecase

times

thousand

are

a^

verbs

the

as

three

Algebra."

intransitive

five thy father

fathom

We

governing

the

die many

substantives

must

the

in

in

me

Objective without

or

timcj distance,

often

are

teaches

He

after

used

denote

ideas,

**

or

Objective

Nouns

"

adjectives,to
similar

me,"

to

Adverbial

erning Word.

Such

Algebra,"

me

equivalentto either,

be
**

teaches

He

**

may

be

may

the

as

59

NOUNS.

OF

parse

very

much

such

words

in need

as

the

of but

60

GRAMMAR

do

yet have, than

not

of

it is

unusual
169.

The

of

verb's

object; as:

is rather

influencecenturies

means

unnatural

an

Factitive

or

notable

before it
not

case,

is

even

Object.

"

transitive

by two objectivesof similar significat

expressing the receiver of the verb's
object. The other expresses the result

one

action, and

is therefore

called

resultant

"

Cigarettes have
appointed

We
Simon

Such

admit

followed

direct

is the

the

no

Besnltant

The
action

I must

objectivewithout

are

one.

is often

verb

by

SENTENCE.

they

say

thing exerting an

lorn; but
an

ENGLISH

to

This

words.

governing
case

THE

OF

words

he

should

be

objects of verbs
objects. A verb cannot

not

connective.

Since

made
her

him

leader,

surnamed

Peter.

parsed
but

in

govern

resultant

signifying to mdke^ they

idiot.

an

resultant

as

apposition

appositives^
"

with

the

direct

objectsnot joined by a
objects always follow verbs

are

two

sometimes

called

factitive

objects.
170. The
finite

verb

Objective Subject of
takes

its

Infinitive.

an

the

subject in

nominative

requiresits subject to be
infinitive
unless it is also the subjectof a finite

in the

an

"

We

**

They

think

Some

by

George

want

the

Iva

go."

to

to be

mistaken."

erroneously

preceding

infinitives.

apparent when
when

the

suppose

transitive

The
we

**

infinitive

that
verbs

that
is

the

her

words

and
such

him

want

such

not
a

verb

case,

as

think

Iva

is mistaken."

or

**

We

remain

think

so

"

go."

to

to be

governed

are

by

mistaken."

ing
follow-

the

to

native
nomi-

finite verb,

unchanged

"

**We

objectivecase

changes

case

as

position becomes

replaced by

although the preceding transitive

as:

verb

**They think

fallacyof

observe

We

Just

"

she is mistaken."

PROPERTIES

The

is

construction

OF

61

NOUNS.

Latin

the

in

common

and

Greek

languages, and is recognized by all English grammarians

deserving the name.
the subject of an
When
infinitive is also the subject of
a

finite

verb, it is nominative
George

171. The

wants

or

pronoun

is in the

The

is

same

as

as

its

case

"

wants

to go.

Infinitive

an

complement of a copulativeverb

subject.^^To

the

mbject of

this rule

being

itself

The

rule

The

Nominative

Case;

as:

Absolute

Nominative

ObjectiveCase;
We

lawyer^

The

as:

also

of

complement

an

when

Henry
You

complements

172.

him.

him.

to be

is

common

in

be

to

her

Tom.

him.

in

other

languages,

English.
copula

infinitive
its

is not

thought

Thus

in

teacher.
to

be

he,

nominative.

are

Objective in Apposition. Apposition is the

substantive^without

always

subject is objective.

tries to be

were

"

employed

we

employed

with

dispensed

but only
objective,

the

we

as:

"

thought

construction
to be

valuable.

he.

was

thought George

We

not

"

Tom,

was

Case;

George being he,

and

she

thought

George being

This

"

thought George

We

The

as

his services

lawyer made

is the

appliesto

We

The

there

copulativeparticiple

its complement is nominative;

possessive^
John's

Copula whose

rule, correctly stated, is, "-4

the

used

exception. When

one

of

ObjectiveComplement
"

He

to go.

Subject is Objective.
noun

as

"

connective

element^

to

use

modify

of

another

62

OBAMMAR

in the

same

of the

and

case

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THB

OF

Apposition
signification.

same

appliesto
The

Case:

Nominative

Peter,
The

Nominative

Possessive

We

that

173. The

Object of

voice

cannot

direct

verb

to

object

passive,and
the

to

in

one

in the

sition.
appo-

passive

subject represents

sentences

the

as,

heaven,"

becomes

after

subject

the

the

heaven^'^in which, of

the

copulative,the

the

in

both

jiriwanouns

case.

verb

in such
gave

[to]

sentences
me

passive voice,

object would

then

as,

dollar^'^'*

the

direct

subject

in the

remain

the

dollar

was

given [to]

me

object in

passive,and

object of

"

"A

the

Thus,

have, "The
course,

of

becomes

active

passive.

passive voice, we

the

verb

object after

complement

become

as

Its

becomes

active

resultant

"He

indirect

Verb."

the

the

should

is the

term

of

nominative

when

active

doctor.

passive voice, it

the

changed

the

called the firmament

called

is

is sick ;

horse

Peter,

in all such

ment

And

object.

an

called to the

in the

for

Passive

changing

are

doctor^

the

attributive

was

here

doctor^ come

explanatory

"God

changed

"

action.

an

the

When

the

govern

of

receiver

Case:

"

sent

Observe

"

the

ObjectiveCase:

The

doctor^ came

the

Case:
Peter

is

the

Absolute
Peter,

The

"

by

him."

the
the

its preposition

PROPERTIES

This

is easy,

have

it.

it is tbe

and

indirect

writers

the

attempt

we

the

cases,

given

was

there

and

form

nominative

passive verb

dollar.

as

is

no

of
:

"

"

tive
objec-

begins when
be the object of the
cannot
appropriate prepositionthat

but

It

it.

parse

grammarians, good

original direct object remains

passive verb,

to

passive verb,

the

would

grammarians

the

object the subject of

such
after

make

often

**

In

all

way

But, unfortunately for the

speakers
the

and

63

NOUNS.

OF

trouble

our

be

supplied. In such cases, about all we can say is,

that the noun
is idiomatically
objective^or objectivewithout
grammatical construction^or again, the objectof a preposition
can

yet have, but greatlyneed.

do not

we

is not

entirelysatisfactory.
but

peace,

that

only

such

It

consolation

Such

does
as

disposition

bring perfect

not

from

comes

the

ance
assur-

likelyto do better.
174. Objective by Enallage.
By a figureof speech called
enallage the subjectof a participleis sometimes
given the
no

else is

one

"

objectiveform
should

usage
sentence

Thus

a
:

expresses
"

175.

be

not

have

to

the

from

different

meaning

There

is

no

in the

harm

sittingon

man

entirelydifferent

an

There

intended.

one

is the

counter,''

from

thought

man's

sittingon

the

difference?

When

should

each

no

Declension

It will be

the

in the

is

harm

counter."

be usedf

of Nouns.
PLUBAL.

Nominative.

Boy.

Possessive.

Boy's.
Boy.

Objective.

form

possessive. This
it always gives the

encouraged, for

SINOULAB.

(a)

the

"

**

What

it should

when

observed

distinguishtheir

that
cases.

English
Only

Boys.
Boys'.
Boys.

nouns

the

have

but

possessive has

little variation
a

distinct

form.

in

.64

ENGLISH

THE

OF

ORAMMAB

To

176.

parse

give, in order,

is to

its

part of

sub-classes, its properties,its ernment

govconstruction, and the rule applying to its construction.

speech, its

and

classes

or

Rules
but

word

any

-HOUHS.

OP

PAESma

SENTENCE.

be referred

commonly

may

to

by number,

require them to be stated in

to its appropriate rule exercises
Referring a construction
of generalization
mental
the same
as
citing
process
teacher

the

full.

often

should

authorizes

the proposition that

certain

step in

rical
geomet-

demonstration.

Parsing

177.

affords

carefulness, and
but

of

most

good opportunity to
vrritten

be

teach

of it may

Some

accuracy.

it should
and

punctuation

in

ness,
neat-

be

ink, with

oral,

correct

capitals.
of

parsing is excellent, but

be easily overdone.
It is not
it can
nearly so helpful as
exercises
in constructing original septences to illustrate
But parsing is easier,and should
specifiedconstructions.
A

178.

always

reasonable

first.

come

Model

179.

amount

Parsing Nouns.

for

1.

Species.

4.

Person.

7.

Case.

2.

Class.

5.

Number.

8.

Construction.

3.

Sub-class.

6.

Gender.

9.

Rule.

Wise

(1)
Men^
waste^

n.,

R.

2?me,
wa%te^
(a)
180.

See

waste

time.

class, third, plu., mas.,

com.,

nom.,

subj. of

I.
n.,

R.

never

men

class, third, sing.,neut.,

com.,

obj.,obj.

IV.
Bules

Parse

on

page

234.

the italicized

(1)

Tender

(2)

The

men

nouns.

sometimes

have

strong loills.

beauty of her disposition is its cheerfulness.

of

66

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

THE

OF

THE

The

(1)

182.

SENTENCE.

PRONOUN.

told

man

that

me

hh

wife

left her pen

in

book.

my

(2)

Who

183.

We

used

are

words

the

is the

Pronoun

**

To

word

his

might

write

ask

came

The
This

dog,

which

188.

as:

or

toe

he, she,

dog

are

We

What

join

187.

or

that
**

instead

Such

objects.

uses

of

noun.

she

"

as:

nouns;
write

might

told

in Elizabeth's

name

nate
desig-

to

FSOITOnirS.

Alexander

"

her

Elizabeth
with

book

book

in her

name

that

Elizabeth

Alexander's

pea"

Pronouns.

question;

To

These

sentences

can

she

as

do

"

InterrogatiyePronouns.

are

is the

three

of

Personal

To

OF

Elizabeth

instead

are

These

(3)

in these

Or,

used

of
repetition

Elizabeth's

These

Who

the

told

pen*^;

C2)

have

avoid

Alexander

with

words

naming

it.

naming

is

Pronoun

Pronouns

(1)

?^

part of speechthat is used

GLASSES
186.

had

Pronouns.

objectwithout

185.

italicized

substantively without

an

that you

money

that

see

are

184.

the

took

modifying

was

that

costly animal,

worried

Belatiye

clause

or

the

to

antecedent

an

caused

his

some

owner

as

"

anxiety.

cat.

Conjunctiye Pronouns.

have, therefore, three classes of pronouns.

Personal

is

Pronoun

one

whose

form

shows

its person;

"

is

always firstperson

it is

always

; thou^ you,

third person.

or

ye is

always

second

person

CLASSES

An

189.

Interrogatiye

rogativeword
Who

are

which

horse,

The

horse

The

woman,

The

woman

the inter

as

"

is

that joins

one

"

slowly.

sick died.

needs

impulsive

is

resented

impulsive, quickly

was

conjunctive^^ is

*'

the

better

is not

Belative

one.

of its

account

on

criticism.

the

for regrets.

time

much

only

it is retained

significant;

very

as

sick, trayelled

was

who

term

Conjunctiye Prononn

or

was

that

The

(a)

that

as

used

one

you

to its antecedent

clause
My

Belatiye

are

is

Pronoun

question;

What

you

190.

in

67

PKONODNS.

OF

long standing

in

the grammars.

The

191.

the pronoun

which

his

lost

for

hard
his

Who

antecedent

(6)

of

suspects

every

inverted, but

not

as:

Can

modifiers

as

the

; as,

But

out, will be diflSeult

was

dishonesty which

was

has given up

He

such

another

pronoun
?

statement

He

; as,

is

that

they

in poetry

sometimes

their

follow

antecedents

tences
sen-

their antecedents;

before

come

in

**

animated

or

urn

fleetingbreath

call the

beautiful

most

for convenience

in

*'

antecedent

its

represents

pronoun

the

saw

bust

residence

parsing, only

the

with

the

in
noun

all

city, and

may

be

its
saw

named

antecedent.

(d)

The

antecedent

called

therefore
are

the

pay

way

is sometimes

pronouns

to its mansion

thought,

it bum."

To

else.

one

storied

Back
In

as, John

noun^
as,

for

"

**

(c)

phrase^

proved

make

could

relative

and

substantive

regrets it.

relative

usually

clerk

now

strictlyhonest

Personal

be

believe, has been

to

thai, is

dishonest

the

of study and

The

It is

it may

That

is the

pronoun

only honorable

as.

us

course

(a)

but

is the

clause^

is used.

pencil ;

debt^which
or

of

Antecedent

in different

the

of

interrogative

an

Here

subsequent.

sentences

; as.

Who

the

wrote

follows

pronoun

and

pronoun

the

Iliad ?

the

Homer

it, and

is

subsequent
wrote

the

niad.

(e)
gender.

pronoun

agrees

with

its antecedent

in

person,

number,

and

68

GRAMMAR

192.

There

person;

thou

third.

the

Thus,

six

are

of

Each
is the

we

(a) Tfiese

their person

shows

It and

not.

(6)

You

or

its

plural

the

Bible

and

singular and

the

objective, and

Lord

that

thee,

our,

thine,

make

for

basis

the

used
my

class

the

it

as

the

and

was

is used

in both
for

Coke,

at

traceable

having

the

or

also

seem

in

forms

poetic

some

in

our

failed

with

him

thus,

by thouing

thy instigation,thou

at

Quakers,

or

nominative

pronouns

defendant

and

Thou

possessive,thee

the

either

These

the
and

theirs, hers

limited

the

viper

not

case,

and

in

; for

speaker
its

refers

objective form

have

me.

and

and

the

first person,

himself
is

we

number,

possessor

to

They

make

objective.

shall

of the

singular pronoun

but

of my,

the

alone.

If

we

gender.

illogical

which

make

We

are

class

separate

just as good

cff

personal

It is

thy,

parsing

all

are

possessive pronouns,

the

we

to person,
the

other.

unless

case,
for

one

omitted,

possessive pronouns.

so-called

of pronouns,

**both

the

instead

used

are

is

noun

of

that

for the

according

representing

mine,

Friends,

for

thine

ye.

ours,

possessive

nominative,

/ is the

when
or

did,

personals except

classifyingthem
(e)

and

insulted

yours,

for classification

pronouns

plural verb

pronoun.

writing, you

or

Raleigh's trial,Lord

differ from

not

separate

like all other

also

for

or

plural according

insulting signification,still

their, her when

in the

pronouns
U)

they

traitor."

does

form

and

an

Cobham

thou

(d) Mine,

one

animals,

antiquated

in

ordinary speech

evidence,

and

argument

writing, and

like thou

Walter

At

literature.

your,

brute

requires

or

the

among

use

thyself for emphasizing

acquired

have

to

thou

for

for persons^

singular

person

plural. Thy,

the

used

objective,are

still

singular

as

common

in all

; but

expression

All

for

always

form

one,

sacred

other

the

**

their

because

for persons,

original second

still in

are

ye

than

more

is the

Thou

(c)

time

198.

declension. Article

stand

regarded

be

now

repiresents one

of

is either

you

plural of he^ she^ or it.

ferent
corresponding to the dif-

originallyonly plural, and

was

should

it

thou;

personal
they always

stand

may

it for

or

objects,

inanimate

but

they

he, she,

first

the

called

because

; not

the

corresponding plural.

of

ye

the

by

are

pronouns

I;

forms

is shown

as

cases,

its

they is

has, also, different

Each

has

of

and

and

for

pronouns

second;

these

plural

singularor plural ;

do

personal

for the

you

or

PRONOUNS.

FERSONAIi

THE

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

OF

case

reason

have

for
no

thing possessed."
and
Its

should

always

possessive

form

be
is

CLASSES

(/)
used,
with

When

(1)

"

the

as

people, community,
the

editorial, or

refers

objective

form

(jg) They

often

its

and

she

is

bad

flirt,will

and

(A)

of one,

*'

but

If any

into

it is not
have

to

Peculiar

represent
it to

gave

(1)

has

of

is known
of

/, when
is

we

of It.
and

with

as

bad

taste

speaker

the

ours,

and

say."

He

or

our

It is used

for the

that

we

shall

ever

to

adopt

the

It is used

as

wilfullyinjures

how

dress, dance,

to

word

person,
much

are

very

it.

Some

cessful
unsuc-

thon, from
and

forms, he, his,

let him

drop

in

^Hhat

him;

as,

his money

called."

name

It is

personal

it agrees
also

peculiar

of

uses:

per-,

pronouns

book

the

and

"

as, "The

infants;

third

like other

bought

He

**

; as,

of the

pronoun

It is used

gender.

neuter

we

have

this cause,

to

of the third

although

masculine

names

They

that

He

pronoun

and

which

**

aa,

merely

gender,

"

it has

But

way.

personal

no

the

his

"

knows

to contribute

Uses

me."

same

made

been

he hears

noun

writer

or

wife."

good

sanctions

when

of

indefinitely;

that

probable

singular number,

son,

She

common

wishes

person

the hat

(i)

in the

**

an(^

usage

speaker

exhibition

an

it instead

use

persons

used

make

attempts
one,^^

to

man."

singular number,
need

refers

never

it is

associated

as

latter

The

possessive form

The

English language

The

and

be

class, school, doctrine,

nation.

or

we,

to

the

should

us.

sometimes

are

another

is

of

and

himself

to

When

representative

ignorance
only.

refers

(2)

persons;

representative,

himself

to

first person,

the

writer

or

section, state,

unpardonable

and

or

person

himself

to

of

pronoun

speaker

the

other

some

refers

plural

is the

We

69

PRONOUNS.

OF

child

stood

by its

mother."

(2)

in any

he";

such

"

It

by

that
In

phrase
(4)

or

in any
as,

"

their

see)

we

be, followed

to

It is I"

is not

parse

"

; "I

it

wish
the

as

; **7it is

to

represent

It is sometimes
way

/i{thunders

used

the

"

"

ment
comple-

; **7iC is

you"

"What

is i"?"

predicate pronoun,

the

as,

but

speaker

the

by

the
; as,

/( rains

understood
of

it

to err^^

^^

and

verb,

not

expressed

are

It is evident

that I did my

the

(a mile)
what

condition
;

which

verbs

best^

the

following

but

obviously

it.

to denote

"

certain

of

It is human

antecedent

an

or

"

subject

makes

state

subject

it to be

clause, in apposition with

; as, "Princeton

by

is he."

logicalsubjects ;

It is used

other

^^

"Whoisii^"

grammatical

the

as

cases

understood

(5)

that

he is mistaken

such

as,

verb

object not given, but definitelyunderstood

It is used

followed

number;

the antecedent

sentences

(the thing

(3)

of the

"JMsthey";

we";

of "the

name

subject

and

person

"/(is

In

the

"

the
of

/( is two

in

2.19|."

speaker

things,
o'clock."

or

cannot
a

point

designate
in

time

70

6RAMMAB

THE

OF

ENGLISH

(j) Owr'w, your^n, his'n, her^n,

mentioned.

be

too

gross

not

bother

himself

(A;) In

using

should

person
as

to

about
two

more

the

precede

and

uns,
that

one

you

should

expressions

such

uses

barbarisms

are

uns

grammar.
or

of

pronouns

first,and

different

second

the

the

persons,

should

precede

the

third
third

"

But

this

is

of

matter

require

wished

in

speak
'*

blame.

Of

an

profane language

any

grammatical

order

the

of

not

of the

honors.

be

he

; but

never

do

may

both

or

of
we

deserve

you

should

impolite, neither

either

if

reversed

and

*'I

as,

rule

same

be

to

pronouns

should

one

The

grammar.

way;

without

he

violating

construction.

OF

SUB-CLASSES

Personal

193.

the

uncomplimentary

course,

use

I received

courtesy,

politeness would
to

and

he,

You,

the

Any

we

SENTENCE.

FERSONAIi

have

pronouns

PRONOUNS.

Simple and

sub-classes:

two

Compound,
The

194.
and

simple personals
declined

their
The

195.

/, thouy you^

are

he, she, it,

forms.

myself,thyself,
yourself,

compound personals are

himself,itself,
herself,ourselves, yourselves,themselves.
in
use
They have two principal uses : (1) a reflexive
in the nominative
the objectivecase
intensive use
; (2) an
the objective case.
This
second
is merely for
use
or.
emphasis.
196.

The

bear

**

stands

Giving

out

alone
that

as,

(")
gopher

is not

thee

the

(c) Self
self.

nominative;

himself

was

(thyself)

* *

My

But

in

own

the

' '

self,

the

hell."

smi

Acts.

"

is used

as

expression

Myself

or

compound
Milton.

"

ordinarily

But

nominative,

another

of

complement

as,

copula,

more."

such
as

used

is sometimes

as,

of
^^

with

behind

objective thee

forms

apposition

against itself. I, myself,

me.

in

simple personal

the

divided

was

great one."

some

when

herselfa,ny

wood."

regard
"

in the

only

Sometimes

as, **6et

to

poetic or antique

herself,is coming"
She

"

house

yourself, told

You,

in

it is nominative

"She,

it.

Sometimes

(a)
form

do

him

saw

The

hung himself.

etc.

me."

is used

instead

"Make

expressions

as,

substantively ;

an

Haste

idiomaticallyused
as,

'Compound

(thyself)

thee
'*

of the

He

of

thee,^^ it is better

for the nominative

**

ark

is

thou.

great lover of

CLASSES

It

(d)

which

place,"

is

obsolete.

hisself and
Ourself

nouns,

theirself

peculiar to

constructions

same

198.

lose

never

sight

differentforms
and

should

pupil

The

(a)

IV., v., VI., VII.,

with

pronoun

When

form

case

in

construction

199.

the

Model

pupil

teacher

1.

Species.

4.

Antecedent

thinks

to

Parsing

2.

Class.
or

firmly

all
"

is

no

It
he

illustrate

it advisable

in

other

in

can

is to

the

to

be

allowed

nominative

call for.

should

show

the

genders^
of

use

the

I.,II.,III.,

learn

be done

never

should
any

to

way

Sub-class.

Subsequent.

and

mind,

numbers^

errors

Pronouns.
3.

Person,

especiallyRules

rules,

pronoun,

and

also

plural.

different persons^

assurance.
a

Second

object of declension

There

declines

sentence,

for

few

very

have

They

singular.

avoid

may

XIV.

degree of

any
a

and

sonal,
per-

properties

same

(2)

the

to the

this,he

are

Pronouns.

declension

that

corresponding

by mastering

pronouns

(6)

fact

Knowing

cases.

the

plural.

fix the

of the

whether

Pronouns,

"

Person.

singular.

they

nouns.

as

First

(1)

self same

regal style.

the

of the Personal

Declension

The

**

use, but

common

Gender, Case.

Person, Number,

"

in

were

in,

place."

same

very

have
interrogative,

relative,or
the

constniction

Properties of Pronoims.

197.

as

is

The

**

to

71

PBONOUNS.

adverbial

an

equivalent

(c) Formerly
now

have

to

seems

OF

to

use

the

by imitation,
to
or

use

each

objective

72

GRAMMAR

OP

5.

Agreement

6.

Case.

7.

The

pro.,

ENGLISH

took

has

SENTENCE.

(a) Person, (6) Number,

Construction.

boy

John

Your^

in

THE

8.

and

come

Rule.

top and

your

I like him,
of the

name

spoken to, with which

R.
singular or plural,com.,
We^ pro.,

simp., ante.,

the

and

poss.,

of the persons

name

speaker,with
R.

com.,

XIV,

which

which

it agrees

of the

name

it agrees

and

represented
in

subj. of took^ R.

nom.,

-Hi*",
pro., per., simp., ante.,
with

second,

top^ R. VIII.

per.,

by

in

XIV.,

or

person

it agrees

persons

limits

his.

took

we

simp., antecedent,

per.,

(c) Gender.

first,
plu.,
I.

spoken of,

person

third,sing.,mas.,

in

R.

XIV.,

top^ R. VIII.
it agrees in
pro., per., simp., ante., John^ with which
third, sing.,mas., R. XIV., obj.,obj. oilike^R. IV.
poss.,

Him^

Write

200.

limits

the

parsing of italicized pronouns^

observing
and spelling.Parse orallythe italicized
punctuation^
capitals^
Read
and
to the teacher
nouns.
class^grammar
authority
constructions,
on
questionable
1.

(A)
adored.
5.

4.

Ours

are

for
forth

11.

knows
a

6.

go.

1. JMs
it,

to be

looked

was

3.

She

you.

4.

8. He

the book

You

moon

10.

She

than

is taller

Thou
I

selves
your-

she
I,

cometh
9.

herselfis

art

lent you,

blame

must

the

for flowers,
them

him

12. 1

thought

14.

was

He

Them
blame.

to

we

to be
to

methought

be

do

you.
you.

beautiful

not

9.

We

fear

13. He

and

4. He

5. She

tailor.

good boy.

good hoy^

supposed

is very
chairman.

me

7. And

is

him

be

to

me

2. She

elect

to

to go.

8.

being
I

yours,

3.

she,

was

lovely as Hope.

to like him.

me

he wanted

but

He

give

7. Behold

wanted

He

will

will honor.

compelled
10.

'e^

early

too

preacher^

good hoy.
he

prattles.

you

beauty.

me^

She

2.

loss.

your

thought

He

(B)

hope
good

as

honor

that

her

in

think.

We

that

desired
the

believe
him.

being

11.
you,

she

wanted
him

to

lighthouse
him
I

to

be

thought

I must

try

74

GRAMMAR

Is not

203.

Who

204.

Who

and

answering

206.

The

answer;

"It

"

"

"

of the

This

applying
An

case, and
An

(c)
either

Whats.

Objective.

Whom.

What.

and

of

constmction

same

that

as

TTAo

came

did

he

kind

"

is it?"
"

of word

is

wanted

ask

can

found

never

in

construction

same

the

Let

George's
George.''
has

in the

pupils illustrate

it

by

question.
in the nominative

absolute

apposition.

interrogativepronoun

has

no

compound

forms,

but

may

be

used

in

indirect.

or

These

substantive

useful.

that

is

responsiveword
the question.

answers

very

"It

He

"

has the

the

as

interrogativepronoun

an

responsive word in the

''TFAoisit?"
"6reor^e came."

book

interrogativepronoun
in

; as,

noun

of its

want

that

sentence

adjectively.

Whose.

THE

209.

never

Possessive.

it to every

direct

used

What.

Whom

never

person,

InterrogativePronouns.

rule will be found

is

word

immediately precedes

is

Every interrogativeword

declarative

(6)

it

Who

sentence
interrogative

(a)

name

Gf-eorge:'''Whose

book."
208.

it is

which.

supposed that the

of anything else.

of

Who.

the

as,

is

parsed

word

Nominative,

case

always

are

as

be

the

that

supposed

name

adjective when

an

Declension

207.

the
when

shall I ride ?

"

"

should

sentences

definitelythan

less

it is

it will be the

is

horse

What

used

when

is used

to

What

(a)

the

in such

Which

are

it will be

to

What

205.

what

is used

answering

"

adjective.

an

interrogativeadjective.

an

as

but

noun,

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

OF

INDIRECT

INTERROOATIVE.

words, who

same

clauses, not

to

and

what,

ask, but

to

are

often

imply, questions;

"

(1)
(2)

I know

who

discovered

I know

who

took

(3)

He

asked

me

what

the

America.
teacher's

I wanted

pen.

OP

CLASSES

all such

In

210.

75

PRONOUNS.

who

sentences

what

and

indirect

are

interrogative
pronouns.
An

211.

substantive

clause

callingwho
the

But

imply a question.
proposed to avoid

to

have

Some

212.

what

and

relative

(1)

that

say
does

not

America."

the
not

expressed by,

Nor

does

(2)

teacher's

This

is insisted

that

expressed

in "I

have

no

We

clauses.

understood, for

is

would

has learned

history he

give

the

information, for he

no

pupil, whom

took

who

[the boy]

is

America."

discovered

who

know

certainlythis thought

But

"I

fellow

from

know

"I

mean,

pen."

is doubtless

that

means

of Columbus.

character

an

discovered
[the man] who
livingcan truthfullymake such

now

he

position
dis-

this

know

"I

one

by

always joins

substantive

sentences.

pronouns

of who

antecedent

mean,

statement, unless

in

used

are

the

No

these

in

distinction

makes

thought

substantive;

and

force

connective
cannot

to

the

used

one

in such

relative pronoun

impossible.

this

pronouns

for

slightestregard

adjectiveclause

is

Interrogative Frononn

Indirect

all know.

we

Or

if it

I know

[the boy] who took the teacher's

a
a
pen," expresses
possible thought, and it does, even
beginner will readilysee that the thought is not the one
213.

Nor

relative
when
the

can

"

know
what

pronoun.

it

can

meaning

be

in

such

What

is

in

(3)

the

in

pen."

(3)

as

double

who

and

teacher's

sentences

what

but

the

into

expanded

intended

What

took

who

relative

thing that
in

(3)

be called

pronoun

and

preserve
be

cannot

so

panded.
ex-

indirect

(1) and (2) are

interrogativepronouns.
214.

Here

are

pronoun
either
what

a
as

the

asks

Tests.
a

direct

principal sentence
an

indirect

Who

"

or

or

what

questionand
substantive

interrogativepronoun

and
always implies^a question^

is

as

direct

be used

may

clause.

Who

in
or

asks^ but

never

always used

rogative
inter-

in

substan-

76

GRAMMAR

tive clause.

OF

Who

as

antecedent
into fhe
(a)
No

as

is needed

The

of the

for

direct

What

and

can

be

ever

an

as

both

equivalentto

"

in

used

always

direct

indirect,is

or

substantive

of the

declension

The

(c)

is

"

relative part^

interrogative "word,

connective

be used

is

it joins to its antecedent.

always double^

and

part

SENTENCE.

a
an

expanded

thing that.

No

(6)

is

ENGLISH

relative pronoun

adjectiveclause^ which
relative pronoun

THE

indirect

interrogativepronouns

interrogatives. Illustrate^ using

substantive

in any

clause

of the

one

containing the

three

connective.

clause.'

nominative

each

in

form

indirect

five

or

is the

same

sentence.

interrogativemay

objective constructions.

Illustrate.
The

(d)
in the

of the indirect

construction

implied question

question

asked.

were

pronoun

may

as

be used

interrogativepronoun

that

be

Illustrate.

apposition.

except

would

Either

in any

of

of

direct

direct

the

the

nominative

Parsing of InterrogativePronouns.

(1)

Who

(3)

He

is he ?
who

R.

pro.,
the

per.,

(2)

What

behind

was

do

the

num.

the

agrees
was^

(a)

the

gen.,

XIV.,

she has ?

door.

question, with
R.

think

you

responsive

which

it agrees

in

of

complement

nom.,

word

f",

inter.,direct, subsequent, the responsiveword

to

answer

Who^ pro.,
in

tive
interroga-

tions
objective construc-

or

VI.

What^
in

and

num.

per.,

to

answer

indirect

an

TTAo, pro., inter.,direct, subsequent, the

in the

same

interrogativeif the

Illustrate.

215.

asked

or

is the

and

gen.,

to

in per.,

When

question, with

num.

R.

which

it agrees

in

obj.,obj. of Aa", R. IV.

inter.,indirect,subsequent,the responsive word

answer

R.

the

the

XIV.,

implied question,
and

gen.,

R.

XIV.,

with

which

it

subj. of

nom.,

I.
an

interrogative pronoun

generally requires the

for

convenience

the

responsive word.

the

verb

to be

is used

of the third

interrogative may

the

as

person,

always

be

subject

of

verb

singular number,

parsed

as

agreeing

it
but

with

CLASSES

Write

216.

the

parsing of italicized worda^

is direct or indirect.
interrogative

each

whether

(1) Who

with

came

To

(2)

did

whom

Who

is in the

(6)

Who

is that

(6)

What

(8)

Who

(9)

Who

Island

are

opinion

of

what

and

you,

first President

Island

(11)

Who

\s it?

(12)

What

would

man

give

for his soul ?

(13)

What

would

man

give

his soul

(14)

Can

you

who

came

(15)

Ask

her

what

(16)

Ask

her

whom

she
she

the

each

rule

(2)

do

(3)

do

you

think

me

(4)

do

you

think

to

(5)

does

Do

(8)

Can

(9)

Could
You

she

wish

imagine

you
will

know

never

BELATITE

218.

honest
very

be

or
a

giving the

pronouns,

?
?

me

be ?

do

you

think

he

thinks

we

thought
he

me

to be ?

are

it

she

you

guessed

were

you

to be.

PRONOUNS.

CONJUNCTIVE

Conjimctive

answered.

been

was

thought

has

is

Frononn

limiting clause

as,

"

respected." "The
buggy,
condition,brought a good price."

will

bad

OR

Relative

its antecedent

be

he

guess

you

am

to be

to

know

you

suitable

that

say

question,

(7)

(10)

men

see.

illustrates,

inquire for

he

to

with

blanks

for ?

to be.

us

wants

did

The

Rhode

wants

(1)

(6)

of

guest ?

guess

the

of

founder

Williams.

Who

number

first President.

the

was

The

done

want

you

Washington

(10)

Fill

do

what

Rhode

of

nature

is your

217.

to

good

have

founder

the

Roger

was

the

was

garden

you,

was

speak

is your

(7) Who

tell

blacksmith.

(4)

and

you
you

is he?

(3) What

77

PRONOUNS.

OF

one

that

man

which

joins

fhat
was

is
in

78

GRAMMAR

There

219.
what.
their

form,

five relatives

are

do

They
as

ENGLISH

THE

OF

be

may

who, which, that, as, and

"

their

show

not

and

person

the

from

seen

SENTENCE.

number

following:

by.

"

I
You
He
that went

to

She

town^ etc.

They
We

by the relative clause, is

the antecedent.
called
It is usually a noun
or
personal
but it may
To stay
be a phrase or a clause^ as,
pronoun^
be to acknowledge his inabilityto do
would
which
away^
The

220.

limited

substantive

"

work, would

the

closed

hoy
be

the

from

him

keep

darkened

door^ which

interrogativepronoun;

an

bread

has

"TTAo

as

"

or

has

that

It

is

in the

is

"

room;

refused?"

been

ever

the

"

selected

being

The

it may

asked

for

another

never

relative.
The

221.
or

the

antecedent

objective;but

absolute

as

it to

give
or

the
'*

**

me

been

promised

the

as

first true

doctrine

merit

is not

There
and

224.
ever^

That

or

and

declined

position,having

it,they,

but

befriend

his that

BEIiATIVE

OF

three

till all commend."

classes

sent

Pope,

"

me."

John

"

vii. 16.

PRONOUNS.

of

relatives:

pound,
Simple, Com-

Donble.

(1)
(2)

223.

are

to

waits

mine,

CLASSES

222.

the

"

praise is lost, who

My

nominative

thou

His

in the

case

"

possessive
;

Be

be

sometimes

may

nominative

"

had

^^John, who

commonly

The
The

soever^
as

simplerelatives are who, which, that, and as.

compound relatives are formed by annexing
to

have

the
no

simple relatives,who

compound

forms.

The

and

which.

compound

OF

CLASSES

relatives

are

because
a

it is

relative

double

The

(3)

225.

The

part.

principal

is

parts before
what

is

forms, whatever

thing

and

"

I took

what

you

want,"

whatever

me," and

gave

the

and

You

''

or

into its two

What

in most

I took

shall have

compound
into
the

You

shall

thing

that he

"

the

thing

any

pand
ex-

Thus,

and

me,"

"

mean,

to

cases

expanded

are

own

equivalent

has also the

gave

in the
its

thing whichsoever.

he

pound
com-

contains

whatsoever^ which

whichever

sentences,

relative

thing that.

part and

understood

It is better

parsed.

simple

a
or

always expanded

the

into

of

double

antecedent

parts, an

antecedent

it is

two

always expressed

sentence

antecedent, and

have

in their

It is called double,

relative iawlidit.

equivalent to

relative

the

less definite

the simple relatives.

than

use

and

comprehensive

more

79

PRONOUNS.

whichever

you

want."

double

relatives.

characteristic
do

and

Whoever

(a)

They

not, like what

and

whatever, contain

(ft) The

objective

when

its antecedent

used

of

are

expressed

treated

It is their

understood

as

peculiar

j but

they

antecedents.

relative

simple

the

is not

their

erroneously

double.

not

their antecedents

when

form

been

but

compound,

are

used

to be

have

'whosoever

as

^'

is also

who

the

Whom

sometimes

gods

love

die

young."
Personal

226.
(1)

Both

represent

(2)

Both

have

(3)

Both

agree

(4)

Both

have

(5)

Both

admit

the

the

the

relative

(2)

The

personal

(3)
tences

(4)

The
;

properties and
their

of

constructions

antecedents

sub-classes,simple

Relative

and

The

has

alike in

are

in

and

nouns.

and

number,

person,

gender.

compound.

has

connective

has

Frononns
use,

distinct form

and

are

the

for each

nnlike

personal

in
has

grammatical

"

not.
person,

and

not.

personal

may

be

used

in either

principal

or

the relative, only in subordinate.

The

"

of Declension.

(1)

relative

Frononns

nouns.

with

Personal

227.

Relative

and

relative

may

be

double

; the

personal

cannot.

subordinate

senr

80

GRABIMAR

Declension

228.

THE

OP

ENGLISH

of fhe Relative

SENTENCE.

Prononns

"

SIMPLE.

Nominative,

Who,

Possessive.

Whose.

Objective.

Whom,

DOUBLE.

which, that.

What.

What.

which, that.
COMPOUND.

Nominative.

Whoever,

Possessive.

Whosesoever.

Objective.

Whomsoever,

is the

(a)

Whose

(6)

That

is

What

as

whichever, whichsoever.

possessive of who, which,

usually

said

be

to

ever.
whichso-

whichever,

whosoever,

that.

or

it is

indeclinable, but

aa

declinable

as

which.

(c)
used

in the

for

or

who

of

the

simple

Objects Eepresented.

other

in the

lives

thought

relative,and

relative

as,

be

cannot

possessive.

Kinds

229.

double

the

the

is used

Who

"

"The

objectspersonified;as,

city,came

dog

to

us."

see

intruder, thus

an

in

architect,

The

"

tor persons

goose,

who

words

winged

dressed
ad-

him."
(a)

should

Who

objectsunless

they

Which

230.
inanimate

is

be

may

as,

is very
but

it is not

as, "In

231.

"The
tree

in earlier

frequent
now

in

either

used

animals,

the

has

is all

; as,

good English.

left."

they

for

or

inanimate

brute

"

Also,

"The

for

or

bought

was

for persons.

Our
it

animals

with

house^ which

own."

used

English, was
Bible

for

horse, which

His

"

is all he

money,

heavily mortgaged,
(a) Which,

brute

personified.

are

objects;

his father's

for

used

be

never

This

Father, which
was

formerly

in

art

used

of which

use

heaven"

substantively ;

theio^icA."

be

used

objects;as,

"The

That

cow

that

may

that

was

fell stood

sold
near

for persons^
man

that

yesterday
the

corner

brute

of the

or

animate
in-

wants

food."

to-day."

"The

is sick
died

animals^

house."

82

GRAMMAR

235.

Relative

236.

That

SENTENCE.

in Each

to be Preferred

Kind

of Clanse.

who

decidedly preferable to
In modern
clauses.
English

restrictive

is

which

or

it is

in

used

never

in

clauses.

explanatory
Who

237.

ENGLISH

THE

OF

which

or

be

must

used

in every

explanatory

clause.
When

(a)
be whom
use

close

objective

the

repetition of that;
beautiful

(c)

or

Good

neither

be

nothing

which^

or

He

is the

be

used

the

encouraged by

in

whom

had

daughter

use

it ; it is

grammarian

clause

that

was

and

who

or

is the

He

who

was

in

very

restrictive
that

the

by

the*

beautiful."

very

of rule

imitated

avoid

to

which

violation

nor

clause,
*'

; as,

daughter

must

we

must

either

I came/'

restrictive

case

restrictive

is allowable

with

man

preposition it

this

in

Either

carelessly

gained by

In

even

that
had

who

often
is

used.

so

woman

woman

writers

clauses,but

**

"A

as,

"

be

preposition.

sometimes

may

"

who

or
with^''''

came

Who

(")

of

with

sentence

that

man

form

after

immediately

which^ for that cannot

or

the

is needed

relative

should

student

of

composition.
As

238.

and

"w"?A,many^
clauses

"

as,

parsed
same.

Such

239.
and

and

What

whichever

speech

you

It

is

always

as

he

is,let

are

after

the

used

in

try

me

adjectives
restrictive

to be."

"He

baptized."

were

whatever
as,

relative

"As
has

"

What

welcome

sometimes

are

consolation

to."

used
you

Whatever

"

like which
of that

out

get
money

have

you

keep." Although these words

immediately
be
called
for
they cannot
adjectives^
nouns,
contain
sentences
are
evidentlyjcomplex,and must

you

may

The
consolation

keep

may

double

be
"
"

sentences

that
the

the

his father."

peculiaritiesas

same

man

as

joined the church,

as

many

be

may

get

you

out

of

whichever

money

relatives^for they do

and
consolation^^^

"

mean,

"

that
you

not
^'^

money,

relative^equivalent to which;

You

and

relative,equivalent to whichever.

are

to

speech," and
have."
They

contain

What

welcome

their

is

the
nectives.
con-

the
You

cannot

antecedents^

is therefore

whatever

"

cede
pre-

simple
compound
a

240.

Connective
found

always

in

it

"A

^Hhat

and

office of
called

the
the

243.

relative

that

the

subordinate

antecedent

is

after

(a)
be

Technical
is

Ab

that

seen

after

even

refer

to

(2)

It may

refer

to two

relative

such
but

to

as

Let

were

called

identical

songs

that."

"All

that

(2)

songs
**

As

received,"

be

many

etc.

try

to

(3)

its

con,-

plural;

objective. It

or

called
received
These

classes

of

objects,in

entitles

that

"

such

is that

for.

him,

she

"Such
to

the

them
same

In

as"

songs

as

*'

not

sang,

gave

called

to be

as

distinction.

this

are

senses

mentioned.

them.

second,
see

it may

; but

different

in two

objects, or

the

*'

always

singular or

object previously

not

as

some

on

sentence.

comparisons

it is used

many

were

in the

comes

omitted.

making

for,*'the meaning
that

use.

depends for

similaritybetween

us

in

adjectivesame.

different

uses,

pronoun.
as

or

some

first of these

songs
the

suggest

the

identical

an

nate
subordi-

relative

nominative

that may

such

It may

manner

like than^ in

chieflyused

the

be

it may

neuter

Notes

(1)

It is the
a

relative

the

construction

in the subordinate

word

subject^
predicate^

always

and

sentence

or

244.

it is sometimes

also its connective

and

sentence

is indeclinable;

the

relative,stating its construction

the

masculine^ feminine^

always

performs

then

some

As

dent
its antece-

to

of the

then

the
on

The

sentence.

of which

and
depends for its
principalsentence
that
in the principal sentence;
word

struction

principal,

therefore

account

antecedent

Remember

in

the

its

subordinate

comes

learn," is

principal sentence^ naming

sentence;

242.

will

more

Before
out

principal.

sentence

pronoun

tence,
sen-

conjunctivepronoun.
appropriate name,
parsing the relative,the pupil should always

its

and

the

relative

conjunction^on

by

241.

point

The

Joy."

is

the

in

subordinate

studious^^^the

relative, that^joins the subordinate

"

subordinate

is called

learn"

relative

always depends

that is studious

boy

will

boy

is

and

its antecedent

joins to
"

The

"

in the

word

some

on

Thus, the sentence,

complex.

Relative.

the

complex sentence,

for its construction

which

of

Use

83

PRONOUNS.

OF

CLASSES

She

**the

he power

you

saw

sang

similar,
"
=

y ester-

84

GRAMMAR

These

**

day"

three

as

evidently

bought

such

bananas

**

cents

Such
the

as

is

is

not

of which

relative.

but

The

is number.

So

introduces
is

As

but

morning,

Shakespeare
It

the

to

sentence

always

well

at

his classes

are

for lessons

in

It

misconstrue

pronoun.
relative

of

and

degree.
joins

its

full the

in

fine

descriptions

are

many

difficult distinctions

that]

will afford

by calling

and

many,

but

same;

exist, and

distinctions

the

they

them,

^^

It is the

(2)

'"

It is I that

(3)

"

/i5is you

for

common

relative

It

is the

the

best

very

when

material

It
with
intended

the

clauses.
of

predicate.

Thus

(1)

"

In

and

most

"

horse."

the

respective

What

is it that

they

the

answers

the

frightens your

(2)

"

Who

is it that

calls him

(3)

"

Who

is it that

is to blame

"

"

noun

construe

to

above

questions

horse

"

to

the

ordinate
sub-

singular,

person

sentences
to

to

in the

predicate

the

meaning

three

belong

the verb

third

with

different

very

grammarians

even

cases

of

be
number

the

and

relative,and

the

therefore

sentence

be

; as

frightens my

speakers, writers,

the

to

predicate

ified
mod-

it is often

sentence,

that is to blame."

person

gives

of

calls him."

in

agreeing

the

that

tree

antecedent
should

subject

follows

that

(1)

sentence

instead

that

it is the

clause

such

it.

know

for

the pronoun

is very

subject

has

/S'o"

thought.

relative

as

the

"

of

expresses

adjectives such,

the

should

least

avoid

to

cases

after

prepared

When

by

adverbs.
adverb

[many]

that

"Milton

in

comparison,

[the descriptions

as

used

Shakespeare,"
a

is,Milton

above

often

"such."

to

And

simple

sentence

in the

many

in most

relative

teacher

(6)

so

above

have

Celling,for

but

as

it limits

not

[has].

be

may

not

degree

many

as

many

The

so.

thought clearly implied

exact

as

of

adverb

conjunctive

subordinate

of

comparison

are

responsive

are

five

predicate adjective

so

The

you

expresses

as

limits

and

not

tences
sen-

bought,

**

[bananas].

sentence

...

the

is

It

modifies

[are], and

that]

such

ones.

read

"bananas,"

to

as.

I have

similar

are

in

last

selling,for

are

you

the

as

But

full it would

not

descriptions of morning,

evidently

basis

of

as

selliug,but

bananas

is

sentences

difierent.

entirely

relates
so

such

pronoun.

bananas

are

[those

adjective ;

an

is

you

As

complement

fine

has

dozen."

"

such

elliptical. In
as

In

relative

as

that

is

five

of

use

sentence

as

bought

bananas

SENTENCE.

that,^^ etc.

same

often

ENGLISH

THE

parsed

the

dozen,**

identical

the

be

I have

^*

the

are

should

as

cents

OF

are
:

"

or

the

dently
evi-

CLASSES

first sentence

The
it?"

Then

verb

to the

"It

is you

the

of

determine

what

the

is the use

of

*^It

of

rather

the

verb.

President

is this

then

And
?

the

Then

his

quick

could

the

would
of

Philosophy
recoil

be

read,

determine
clause

the

determine

to

sentence,

your
"

the

careful

very

is

tree

that, and

it would

construction

Be

and

third

"

the verb

case,

in

union

the

What

"

relative

the

construct

Bascom

unexpected

question,

censured

or

clause,

form

of

this

In

the clause, and

Even

accordingly.
says

the

be

is to

the

to

answer

unchanged

Who

85

PRONOUNS.

antecedent

blame."

to

are

**

the

the

remain

question,

that

be

be

would

construction

would

the

would

tree

frightens

answer

could

OF

or

parse

it,
"

of Rhetoric

of ideas

thaX

please

mind."

245.

Constrnctions

pronoun

have

may

constructions

as

Relative
the

of

any

Fronoims.

the

of

substantive

subjectof

different
a

relative

objective

or

also

It Inay

participlehaving

"

nominative

except apposition.

limiting
used

of

be

sive,
posses-

or
signification
stantive
dependent sub-

use.

246.
in any
247.

RememheT

that

of

Parsing
A

relative

is

in

ever

appositionor

construction,

absolute

(1)

no

man

Relative
that

Frononns.
his

with

is careless

business

will

lose it.
which
with
it agrees
That^ pro., rel.,simp., ante, maw,
R. XIV., nom.,
third, sing.,mas.,
subj.of i",R. I.

(2)

He

will do

such

work

as

the

man

in

requires.

it agrees
in
As^ pro., rel., simp., ante, worh^ with which
R. IV.
third, sing.,neut., R. XIV., obj.,obj.of requires^

(3)

looks

Whoever

perfection will

for

Whoever^ pro., rel.,comp., ante,

R. XIV.,
in third, sing.,mas.,

(4)

I shall

be

I shall be

pointed.
disap-

[he],with which it agrees

subj.of looks^R. I.
nom.,

satisfied with
satisfied

be

with

what
the

I receive

thing that

I receive.

86

OF

QSAMMAB

What^ pro., rel.,double,

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THB

thing that.

the

part,
Thing^ the antecedent
obj.,obj. of withi R. V.

third, sing.,neut.,

com.,

n.,

That^ pro., rel.,simp., ante, thing^with which it agrees in

third, sing,neut., R. XIV., obj.,obj.of receive^R. IV.

(5)

Ask

for whatever

Ask

for the

of

ante,

part,

thingwhichever

Whatever^ pro., rel.,comp.,

Thing^ the

want

you

want.

you

thing whichever.
third, sing.,neut., obj.,obj.

double,

n., com.,

^A^

/or, R. V.

Whichever^ the rel. part, pro., rel.,comp.,

which
it agrees
in third, sing., neut.,

obj. of

Whatever

(6)

The

Whatever

is

(but

agrees

in

R.

i'^ff
^f

or

pro.,

rel.,

which

sub.

nom.,

principal sentence,

of

all

words^
other

references on

(A)
The

1.

of

it
was^

words

Death

is the

eye, which

do

whether

the

in

Write

the

teacher

/rom

and

is

clause

and

case

the

designated by
relative

tence,
sen-

full the pars-

give orally

donble

the

to

snbordinate

teacher.

the indirect

class

grammar

construction.
questionable

gathereth
men

why.
and

careful to distinguishthe

interrogative. Read

Tell

relative.

explanatory, and

^tt italicized

construction

that

with

money^

third, sing.,neut., R. XIV.,

Designate each

restrictive

that

ante,

is

is mine.

purse

whichever^ and

to

double),

antecedent, and

2.

in the

was

is mine

purse

I.

248.

Be

whichever

money

not

in the

was

money

equivalent

comp.

R.

IV.

R.

want^

thing^with
XIV., obj.,

ante,

in

lives

sees

all

things,sees
is

summer

after

that tries

season

them.

wise
5.

not
son.

Whoever

affections.

our

itself.
4.
said

3.

The

He
evil

it must

CLASSES

have

misinformed.

been

7.

confidence.

little

promised to send
9. My
brother,
10.
My brother
1.

(B)
This

2.

is the

said to

I had

we

came

was

8.

He

let
fits,

him

He

11.

an

put it

is the
**

12.

lives

in

to

all

to be.

Whoever

best.

16.

classes.
I have
I

which

Words

that

18.

have?

Give

Words,

16.
?

showy,

what

30.

TFAafercr
took.

go.

come.

36.

the

die

34.

the
is

the

he

was.

29.
heart

is

with

illustrated.

relative

or

Do

19.

are

spend.
learn.

all

33.

wakes
28.

he

boasteth

the

beauty.
found,

he

Whatever

may

do,

will, may

Whoever
of

is

Whom

to

Whatever

35.

22.

this ?

to what

turned

31.

whai,

did.

Conscience

cometh

Whoso

you

what

touched

what

know

he wanted.

what

into

see

you

attentive

more

like

you

endured

we

26.

these

Do

asked

have

she

will

38.

be you.

to

divided

are

17.

fortifies it.

than

shoe

Pope'^8 Homer,

ideas,

He

I heard

Whatever

without

blank

of

is necessary.

I get, I

more

wind

each
rule

Fops

chasteneth.

and

21.

25.

studies

Whoever

to

me

the

Whom

whichever

nouns.

what

also

Take

thinks.

For

27.

money

Whatsoever

Fill

number

what

Whatever

gift,is like clouds

249.

of

young.

loveth. He

Lord

was

14.

are

did.

said.

purifiesthe

32.

I shall

please.

thought

dogs devour.*'

the

she

what

which

to

signal hour,

signs

names

23.

mindful

love

gods

are

of what

the

the

are

trap,

to be.

admitted.

what

what

than

be

care

saw

you

bitter memory

he

not

He

20.

me

do

I remember

24.

shall

comes

is divine.

place

thought

"

13.

the

origin

9.

we

again

saw

that he

man

me.

him

who

of.

me.

see

The

6.

whom

you

and

him,

tear

the

man

at this

fox,

dream.

is the

plunder

see

hear

ever

The

thought

was

to

came

you

spoke

to

came

religionwhose

not

am

thought

we

shall

birds

He

10.

in

not

that he

man

whom

stops

The

are

I believe

7.

3.

that

that I

lady

would

once

I have

flowers

Kansas

study.

to

we

4.

field.

the

Kansas,

him

was

on.

man

Who

heard

in whom

man

is the

that

which

the

She
in

has

is

87

are

lives

open

is not

He

who

that

dream,

6.

8.

companion.

his

6.

be.

book

PRONOUNS.

Where

me.

that

Who

OP

evil.

37.

himself

of

Whom
a

false

rain.

who

or

whom,

Tell whether

interrogative. When

designatinghy
each

word

plied
sup-

change
possible^

verb and
the finite
verb in the clause
to a finite
infinitive
to an
noting carefullythe ease and construction of
infinitive^
both before and after the change.
every substantive

88

GRAMMAR

OF

(1)

He

knew

(2)

He

married

(3)

She

they

not

they

man,

(6)

does

he

think

me

(6)

does

he

think

to

saw

that

say

be

me

is to deliver

do

you

think

that

he

(9)

do

you

think

him

to be ?

(10)

was

(11)

do

thought

(12)

is it that

wish

you

is ?

to

see

(13)

He

is

man,

thought

you

(14)

He

is

man,

thought

to

(16)

He

is

man,

was

(16)

He

is

man,

(17)

did

(18)

do

(19)

is not

(20)

She

is not

250.

Ontline

wish

you

She

of

to

to be.

be you.

thought

be

to

you.
to be.

thought

were

inquu^e for

you

oration.

see

wish

you

the

be ?

to

to

you

wealthy.

worthless.

to be ?

(8)

he

to be

am

1 think

man,

is very

say

I know

-^-

(4)

men

SENTENCE.

were.

lady,

married
do

(7)

la.

EltGLISH

THE

?
?

see

lady,

we

lady,

she

supposed

her

to be.
to be.

supposed

was

Substantives,Nonns,

and

Fronoiins.

Classes.

16.

Noun

name

James, Washington,

Mary,

as

angel, world, mind,

air,farmer,

water,

thought, love, brightness, Mary

Jane

Porter.
Ic.

Proper

Common

One

Id,

Collective:

2d.

Abstract

26.

Pronoun

Personal

Ic.

of the

in the

of

singular may

name

object regarded

an

as

of

group

attribute

an

objects.
of

some

object.

common

One

"

Simple

2d.

Compound

used
that

not

noun

word

Id.

Relative:

others

class.

names

that

Name

persons

2c.

that

One

other
3d. Class

object from

distinguish an

to

class.

same

2c.

used

name

represent

to

has

/, thou,

distinct

One

that

that, as, and

Simple

2d.

Compound:

selves

may

( Who,

and

for

it

with
an

grammatical

their declined

self or

selves

antecedent

limitingclause

what.

tohich, that, as.)

{Whoever,

different

forms.

annexed.)

represent

join to

classes.

noun.

forms

(A simple personal

person,

Id.

of the other

in any

he, she, it, and

you,

(Without self or

included

whichever.)

annexed.)

of any
:

matical
gram-

who, which,

90

6BAMMAB

ENGLISH

THE

OF

SENTENCE.

Possessive.

2c.

Limiting

Id.

signification
:

of different

noun

bank.

Brown'^s

My

hat.

Limiting

2d.

Nelson

the

Nelson's
3c.

of

noun

signification apposition :

same

He

(Better, He

speech.

senator^s

read

read

Senator

speech.)

Objective.

Id.

Object

of

transitive

2d.

Object

of

preposition :

3d.

Subject

of

infinitive

an

wanted

him

We

She

him

and

with

him

the

boy

I believed

James

saw

went

me.

and

her
be

to

father.
liar.

We

us.

infinitive

an

thought

They

leave

to

of

Complement

4d.

verb

to be

copula

subject

whose

We

merchant.

is

objective :

thought

to be

him

her.

apposition

In

6d.

We

SYNTAX
I.

Rule

251.

verb
of a finite

the

as

svhject

case.

find

sometimes

and

used

pronoun

or

We

James

this rule

To

(a)

there

are

/ left the

that think

men

slate where

rule, since

they

liabilityto

no

do

th"eyknow
it would

thought

we

In

(c)
(1)
He

rule to the

this

is

In

the

stands

as

subject of

is the

first sentence
the
**

pronoun,

according

nouns

for

the

"we

are

interrogative

that

nominative

to

this

and

case

of

subject
should

third, ^^whom^^

should

changed

be

suppose

and

to

were

me

do

would

error

is the

pronoun

In

the

be

of

instead

used

be

**toere."

dOj^^ and

would

best

not

liable

"

subject

blame."

to

such

thing."

"

should

John

thought

would

you

think

you

"He

as,

whom

man

do

Whom

of

use

forms

personal, relative, or

objective clause;

an

rule

only

it is the

applying

When

and

case.

in the

error

different

have

not

nominative

objective.

the

of

is

There

(6)

exceptions,

no

the

exclusively applicable to

is

"

SUBSTANTIVES.

minister.

new

easily found.

be

**

OF
noun

Gaul.

all that is known.

"*

Brown,

is in the nominative

conquered

Coesar

"

the

saw

second,

who, because

to

the
of

instead

who

*'me,"

it

because

is the

pronoun
"

"toAom

; in the

subject

it is the

of

is,''

(2)

When

the verb

1.

Is she

2.

She

suffers

3.

The

nations

4.

It is not

as

tall

as

is not

mc

hourly
not

for such

"

more

so
as

expressed.
Shakespeare.
than

blessed
ua

as

me.

thee.

to sit with

Swift.

"

"

the

Thomson.
rulers

of

the

land.

"

Scott.

CLASSES

She

6.

Such
their

"

as

better

they

The

subject of

(1)

-4 noun;

(2)

(3)

An

(4)

participle ;

(6)

subordinate

(c)

The

verbs
the

the

as

; and

agrees

subordinate

the

adverb

its

There

in such

cases

252.

Point

eo^ession

their

the

When

as

than

he

the

is not

called

should

as,

is often

subject ;

as,

used
"

7i(is

pleasant

to

word

with

be

which

the

infinitivephrase

introduce

or

it

in which

sentence

the town

to

came

see

it should

appositive explaining

an

as

to

There

subject of certain

it is the

because

known."

expletive; but

an

parsed

be

**

work."

other

grammatical

he is mistaken.^

verb}

desire."

any

came

logicalsubjects;

lamb."

thinks."

^Ae

logical subject,generally an

there

precedes

the verb

of

proposition,

The

(/)

used

is sometimes

subject

enallage.

some

shorn

his natural

is harder
*^

as,

possible that

cases,

than

better

Thinking

it is often

It is

of

or

noun

to the

be contents

sentence;

by

wind

the

plays
To

"

as,

followed
'*

It, in such

verb

She
"*

syntax, regardless of

"

tempers

^^

; 2",

pronoun
are

God

infinitive; as,

set;^^

parsed

as,

pronoun

that

sun

be

**

is always

Thackeray,

"

ground

the

on

me.

false

as

excused

finite verb

It may

noun.

be

not

or

you

condeifined

be

must

than

ymet

nor

expressions should

authors

(d)
used

neither

was

91

PRONOUNS.

OF

strange

very

to(W"an."
should

the

out

followingsentences^

be

parsed

as

tell whether

each

clause

phrase^or
participle^
infinitive^

finiteverbs

the

subjectsof

and

introductory expletive.

an

is

noun^

in

the

pronoun^

"

from
cities lived a swain.
(1) Remote
in health
to be idle is disreputable.
(2) For a man
(3) It is sinful to neglect the development of our powers.
(4) Bestowing a kindness is better than receiving one.

(5)

He

that

(6)

Let

him

(7)

That

give

for

reason

(1)

the

saw

(2) They
(3)
should

He
ever

met

was

be

(4)

do

(6)

It is not

(6)

he

Fill the

263.

is slow

to

that

grows

weaker

each

following blanks
your

selection:

is

discouraging.
suitable pronouns^

with

dissatisfied with

dead.

was

was

nice

circumstances

those

looking.
forbidden

had

like himself.
you

think

for such

is in the

room

to fillsuch

as

is taller than

but
,

and

"

they agreed

man

young

mighty.

it.

day

they thought

man
a

heard

I have

know

the

than

is better

anger

am

position.

heavier

than

92

GRAMMAR

OF

Rule

II.

objectivecase

when

254.

The

"

ENGLISH

TRTS^

SENTENCE.

subject of

it is not

the

also

is
infinitive

an

in

the

subjector complemerit

of a finiteverb.
believe them

We
She

wants

He

is the

In the

(a)
from

above

the
of the

subject

or

whom

man,

your

the

the

me.

infinitives

ent
differ-

being

put in the objective case

are

the

of

subject

finite verb, and

of the

be

to

money

subjects of

finite verbs,

following sentences,

complement

have

to

the

sentences,

thought

you

want

you

subjects of the

in each

mistaken.

learn.

to

me

do

Whom

to be

infinitive

is therefore

; but

is also the

in the nominative

case.

do

We

She
He

is

He

is the

grammarians
of the
and
not

their

on

intended.

liar."
**

She

in

the

be

verb

noticeable
Greek
those

liar."
the

in

is

account

; and

it is

languages.

so

our

best

very

ject
objective sub-

; but

spite of

their excellence
this

it

blunder,

so

more

more

believe

the

to

of

contrary

believes

the

the

believe

is objective
than

of

in

me
an

must

tive
infini-

preposition,

subject of

finite verb.

the

the verb

to

of am,

subject
or

me

sentence,

verb

that /has

that

one

verb

be

to

me

the

but

finite

In other

is this objective subjecta

just as

extended
and

just

subject

as

Neither

meanings

the

relation

The

be.

transitive

; it is

in

same

it is the

give

say

transitive

the subject

English

understood

no

infinitive,just

constructed.

of their

can

sentences

the

believes

relationto

precisely the

follows

not

She

**

verb

subject of

first four

the

sentence
"

we

because

it is

to the

the

same

it follows

because

because

the

Now

stand

in

verbs, does

transitive

it is the

peculiar
on

the

verb

in

whom,

leave

to

has

subject of the

language

construction

him

pronouns

is nominative

words,

of

some

parse

come

gives

if / is nominative

it is the

the

that

preceding

preceding

because

objective,not

because

of

am

objective because
is

the

it follows

two

believe ; then

their

wanted

/ is nominative
The

the

and

me,

last sentence

believes

other.

of

it sometimes

We

"

because
that

know

to

grammarians

them^

objects of

; as,

Me

object

money

altogether,and

rule

as

words

Indeed,

meaning
in

the

the

as

student

above
the

as

your

I.

of it.

parse

above,

for the

to be

thought

was

to have

eminence

account

To

who

man,

wants

reject the

infinitive

pitied.

to be

man

well

be

may

mistaken.

be

to

to learn.

wants

Who

(i") It

intend

not

common,

and

inflection,in

disposed

of

by

the

the

much
Latin

more

and

grammarians

CLASSES

"

"The

subject of

Allen

"

The

**

"

Latin

mood

the

that

Aydpas dreXBeiy, they say

accusative**

is put

"

239.

is in

the

in the

accusative/*

accusative;
away^

went

men

(objective).

(f).

" 240

Grammar,

infinitive

of the

subject

is in the

Grammar,

Latin

93

PRONOUNS.

Mood

infinitive

of the

Stoddard's

"The

Infinitive

the

Oreenough^a

subject

OF

\4yoviri roi^s

as,

Goodwin'*

"

drews
An-

"

Greek

Grammar,
^^

infinitive mood

The

Bullion''

"

"

subject

of

the

Art.

infinitive

has

; and

729

is the

its

subject in
in Art.

with

same

the

the

sative."
accu-

730, he

says,

subject of

the

case.**

same

infinitive

the

clause

Grammar,

it is put in the

preceding verb,
"The

dependent

Greek

subject of

the

When

in

is put

in

accusative.'*

the

s
Crosby''

"

Chreek Grammar,
When

"

infinitive

the

however,

When,

subject of

of

subject

the

principal subject of

has

infinitive

the

it is not

the sentence,

it is in the

its own,

accusative.

different

is not

expressed.*'

from

Greek

Kuhner^s

"

the

Grammar,
of the

The

(1)

(2)

pronoun

(3)

participle;

(4)

Another

infinitive
;

(5)

; as,

that

subject

infinitive

(c)

(d)

the

This

is

need,

see

do

it.'*

and

(2) They
She

(4)

For

from

"

for us.'*

to

(6)

He

n)

be

me."

to rob.**

it to be evidence

to

do

known

after the

verbs

Make

the

by

do

sign

to before

it,but

"

heard

We

him

say

it ; *'

XVI.

and

his work

with suitable

following Hanks

for

your

selection

"

teacher.
to go

well

with

her.

it is necessary

to understand

man

you

be

bid, dare, feel,do, have, hear,

he still ; '*

him

to be

supposed
is the

it should

go.

John
to

be

reasons

expected
wanted

frequently violated,and

most

We

beating

nothing about

"

(5)

be

to

me

to cheat

I say

I. Fill the

"

give

I wish

(3)

"

; as,

Exercises.

pronouns
(1)

cheating

that

usually

may

syntax of Rule

See

266.

sing

to

thinks

He

for us.'*

pupil.

is generally omitted

him

(/)

the

by

infinitive

let,make,
**Isaw

rules

of the

one

mastered

The

sign

"

as,

sing

"

nothing.**

thoroughly
(e)

thinks

thinks

He

to

him

want

Ha

"

as,

"

Paul

want

We

"

; as,

clause

I know

We

"

as,

noun;

be

may

we

expect

to

thought

it.
to be

accept such

an

you.
offer ?

for

to

stay away

94

GRAMMAR

SENTENCE.

Write

fivesentences containingpersonalpronouns
subjectsof infinitives.Five containing relative

II
.

the

as

ENGLISH

THE

OF

and

used
nouns^
pro-

direct and

fivecontaininginterrogative
pronouns^

indirect.

III.

Write

and
infinitive^
infinitive.

an

of

an

III.

Rule

256.

depend upon
or
possessivecase
is used
participle
when

(a)

will

student

as

is

not

be

to

participledoes

its

in

found

ject
the sub-

as

possessivewhen the
dependent construction^and
subject is

other

any

all correct

by

used

ticiple^
par-

in the sentence^ it is in the

participlewith

it verified

find

pronoun^

each

absolute
in

noun

noun^

subjectof

word

nominative

the

rule

This

the

other

any

clause^ are

When

"

not

absolute

in which

sentences

pendently.
inde-

but

grammar,
in

sentences

used

which

the

found

are

subjects of participles.

subject of
when
the

by

participle.Thus,
(1)

The

(2)

The

object of

(3)

The

complement

subjectof

The

door,
(6)

subjectof

the

finiteverb

; as,

transitive

of

In

object of

and

tell her

other

some

upon

word;

blushing

Alice

**

verb;

**We

as,

**

as,

answered

He

is

"

yes."

stealing

John

saw

by

not

be also

participle
may

copulative verb;

apposition;

admired

man

scientist

having charge

very

In
do

the

business

of the

depend

possessivecase

their

the

the

standing

woman

in

gentleman
"He

man."

making

wrote

to

the

you

Jordan,

the

expedition."
the

sentences

upon

three, the participlesare

constructions, and

to

the

as, "Showalter,

following

not

as, "Go

in."

come

successful

267.

preposition;

to

offer,is

first

depend

all."

(4)
the

participlemay

does, it is always governed by the other word,

it

us

that, as the rule implies,the

first be understood

It must

other

any
used

subjects

subjectsin

subjectsof

are

as

words.
in

nouns

therefore

the fourth

and

the
In

ticiples
parthe

dependent
put in the
fifth

are

in

CLASSES

the

absolute, because

nominative

with

their

participlestogether
independently.

used

subjectsare

95

PRONOUNS.

OP

the

(1) Mary'^i leaving surprised everybody.

(2)

I understand

your

(3)

We

surprised at

(4)

Brown

(5)

Our

not

were

been

having

leader

accepting

his

left the

coming in, we

him.

with

quibbling

proposition.

your

room.

disabled,

had

undertaking

our

be

to

abandoned.

the subject of
enallcLge^

objectivewhen

construction
make

it should

should

Point

the last

and

(1)

The

(2)

There

(3)

No

is

one

(4)

Brown

(1)

The

being
writer^

(2)
(3)

No

(4)

Brown'^8

is

one

260.

no

of that

(2)

soon

to

An

(4)

(6)

clause;

There

us

is in the

Rule

is not

studying politics.

Be
**

his election.

with

be

left us,

having

appearing

Speaking

for office.

running

man^s

in

so

"

walked."

we

sincere,

all believed

we

public being

much

him."

encouraged,

we

ease."
"To

whisper having

been

forbidden,

we

had

work."

as,

'*

That

proceed

is but

according
261.

train

infinitive; as,

established,let
(a)

as,

speak

left but* to

nothing

"

as,

participle;

learned

first

his election.

participlemay

The

**

as,

pronoun;

(3)

the

between

doubted.

politicianprevented

subjectof

noun;

it is liable to

for office.

running

man

scholar

(1)

this

studying politics.

women

in women'^s

heard

being

The

but

doubted.

is not

politicianprevented

harm

ever

encouraged, since

scholar

of that

being

possessive;

in meaning
difference

in

heard

ever

There

harm

no

in the

four.

being

writer

sentence.

the

out

be

be

not

ambiguous

an

259.

four

By

"

called
the

figure of speech
participleis often put in

Objective by Enallage.

258.

little

he could

to the

next

liabilityto

not

have

done

it Ainwcy*

having

been

proposition."
error

in

using

either

nouns

or

nouns
pro-

to this Bule.

IV.

"

objectivecase.

The

objectof

an

active transitive

verb

96

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

THE

OF

SENTENCE.

rules

God
He

the

limb

The

did

Then

there

(c)

No

verb

The

(1)

(2)

(3)

An

(/)

This
is

rule
a

noun

and

We

"

as,

Object

Article

see

168.

"

me."*^
I like

"

believe

play;

to

is

than

more

another

they

; as,

pronoun

very

"

"He

wants

to go

to

describe

8"ep."

when

error,

for

the

the

object

Edith

saw

gross

prohibited whispering;''^

He

mistaken.^^

are

"He

compensate

and

**

as,

frequently

most

This

7."

out

the

and

and
the

careful

ohjectsin

of

/;

tive
transi-

"

"

Mary

abilityto

avoid

study

the

it will

quire.
re-

following

"

(1)

Anna

(2)

We

saw

(3)

We

went

(4) My
better

the

plucked
John
to

brother

than

see

likes to

study anything,

but

I like

running

and

ing
jump-

studying anything.

knows

(6)

He

ordered

(7)

Let

(8)

Jacob

said, I will

(9)

was

offered

(10)

was

promised

(11)

Bo

We

the nail.
Anderson.

Mary

He

how

not

let
of

called

to

make

the horse

give

me

master

prettiestflower.

driving

(6)

(12)

word

be

may

Resultant

problem^

the

proceeding

onr

and

Point

sentences:

verb

saw

as,

; for the

governing

participial phrase ;

is violated

altogether will

262.

ii

forbade

sentence;

Henry

yourself

They

166

children^

the

(5)

without

object.

an

govern

Article

see

solved

"

as,

participle^ or

verb

it

"MoUie

participlesas well, when

object.

an
can

transitive

infinitivephrase ;

"They

called

of

as,

pronoun

(4)

Object

Objective

; for

noun;

have

can

passive voice

Indirect

object

with

town

verb

in the

and

objects.

active,govern

the

infinitives

finite verbs, but

(6)

(e)

girlpeeling potatoes,

little

intransitive

169

me.

call ?

No

Article

and

George

was

and

(d) For
see

he

only

Not

transitive

grammar.

struck

Whom

(a)

learn

to

came

created.

he

worlds which

you

an

serve

lucrative

of mole

hills.

saddled.

thee

seven

years

for Rachel.

position.

car.

imperfect understanding

all the
them

jto be

out

pencil.

my

mountains

details.

heroes.

satisfy you,

but

make

98

GRAMMAE

Nouns

(")

of

The

rule is

sentences

long

afoot

length o/

**

The

is ten

is

but

"

wide

mile

in the

be

to

old ; "

years

to the extent

child

The

"

omitted

for

mile

of a

"

it is better

reasons

because

the

objective case,

often years."

because

The
rule is

The

**

is old to the extent

two

; and

in the

be

to

noun,

lake

The

"

; as,

child

The

expressions if expressed

them.

word

said

etc., are

measure,

is wide

"

are

SENTENCE.

governed by prepositionsunexpressed.

as

prepositions

awkward

they

make

out
relation is clear withbe

must

governed

by

word.

some

inverted.

peak
call

peak,

the

rattlingcrags

particular attention
relative that

The
man

that 1

267.

Name

sentences

the

merits,

with

His

when

wish

we

conduct

did

we

to
not

honorable

my

hearty
Six

Turk

Should
But

no

wild

and

to

the

to

That

needs
trees
are

the

blossoms
the

she

forms,

gay

the

on

is

He

following

speaks

of

in

of

the

intermit

must

light on

cherry

Webster.
of

Hell,

and

young

glow

among

all the

vanguard

foes,

rose.

knees.

plague
"

fullest

rose

the

among

ingratitude.

this

wild

heard

your

clustered

the

Halleck.

"

was

the

in their

now

to

other

hour

from

clamor

to

the

and

suppliance bent,

laughter

gods

; while

Daniel

of South

guarded tent,

houses, fall upon

sweetbriar

revolutionary

her

mouth

State

of the

Tennyson,

"

wrathful

with

for

the

at his power.

sound

are

character

"

into

lay dreaming

your

Pray

swell, and

"

holds

concurrence.

in his

tremble

now

Run

the

prepositionsin

gentleman,

Greece, her knee

When

by

visible

Hundred.

midnight
The

woods

the

of nature

of Death,

jaws

the

Rode
At

it ; as,

governs

language.

the

Into

The

love
her

the

meets

objectsof

in the

who

Carolina, by

clover

as,

preposition that

the

eulogium pronounced

The

(2)

(7)

object ;

in prose
"

as, "From

poetry;

"

various

(6)

and

is not

sentence

with."

Communion

(6)

in

preposition

among;"

the

to

precedes

came

him

To

(1)

(4)

the

the

it when

of."

approve

(3)

follows

preposition

frequently precedes

It

to

of

object

The

(c)

the

"

lake

The

ENGLISH

governing

nouns
**

mean

to the

These

the

such

THE

distance,

foot long

regard

to

time,

without

objective case
*"

OF

flowers
; the

of

the

brightest verdure

laurel

meadows

apple, the peach,

the

Shakespeare.

foliageand

green

are

and

leaves.

"

; the

enamelled

the

air is perfumed
with

plum begin

Ii*ving.

to

CLASSES

Fill the

268.

for

reasons

He

(1)

did

(2)
(3) Mary
(4)
(6)
(6)

was

(8)

There

"

it to ?

give

you

and

with

complain

it from

?
I do

not

few,

like

who

he

what

care

still

are

to ?

and

you

and

Susan

to

you

(7) Between

ing
giv-

came

did

suitable pronouns^

and

spoke

He

with

selections:

your

99

PRONOUNS.

following blanks

by

sat

OF

says.
drink

and

nothing

but

water.

(9)*He
(10)

between

sat

looks

She

is the

neither

(11)

He

(12)

This

(13)

All

are

(14)

He

bought

of

and
,

and
.

it for Kate

and
.

just behind
VI.

Rule

and

"

noun

or

copulativeverb

about.

you

for you

joys

brother, nor

other

I told

but

gone

sat

like her

man

life has

(15) They
269.

and

pronoun
is

the

in

the

used

as

same

case

plement
com-

its

as

subject.
Exception.
the

When

"

to the

is

nominative

copula
verb

rule

This

is

; and

it

applies to

In

its

to

its

subject

different

subject in

man

If I

is not

He

the
He

were

is

you

the

objective
from
case

applicable only

that

when

soldier.
to be

the

Objective:
thought

musician.

want

We

expect them
I

were

you

boy

thought

he

vras.

"

to be

me

the

that you

man

to

her.
become

to be

I would

our

preacher.

companions.

get him

to

be

of

the

"

try

when

case

absolute.

nominative

I would

We

absolute

to be

is he ?

Who

In

applies

nominative

as

the

it

the Nominative
That

(2)

with
the

incorrectly,so

stated

; but

case

participlehaving

(1)

usually

infinitive

an

copulativeparticipleis possessive,

is nominative.

complement
(0)

subject of

the

musician.

the

the
finite

copula

is

100

GRAMMAR

In
of

this rule

applying

subject of

the

different

being

to be

want

In

the

meaning

copulative
he has

of

in

the

of

Eacplanation

subject of the

nominative

the

being, changing

Then

unchanged.

scholar
been

questioned.'' His,

why

is scholar, the

(1)

Scholar

(2)

No

change

any

in

does

its case,

the

it should

unless

it does

the

to

of

; and

rule, it

has

scholar

clause
But

clause

the

is to the

participle
leaving

and
has

scholar

never

is he, and

never

clause

was

process

of
the

abridged.
abridgment
general

to

rule

cause

come
be-

and

possessive.
have

not

the

possessivesign, neither

possession.

the
or
Therefore '"''scholar,'*'*

(4)

in case,

follow

subject becomes

the

although

being, is evidenilj possessive, but

the

in

; and

the

complement

case.

being

nominative

place

possessive,for

It is not

it denote

taken

has

of

him,''

possessive his,

^'His

before

nominative

possessive when
(3)

subject

the

is in

absolute

subordinate

the

to

the

sentence

absolute
the

finite verb

the

have,

we

complement,

was

change

he

the

believe

he is

nominative

abridged by dropping that, changing

In

is.

exception

an

That

"

in the

**

case.

**

Exception.

is scholar, both

complement

of

nominative

or

absolute

with

scholar,^* scholar

nominative

this

supposing

in

"

participle. Scholar,

this,the

In

to be

but

to agree

participlebeing

become

nominative

case

him

objective ;

scholar, I

the

to

Ae is

nominative,

for

in the

'*

the

I want

case,

subject

being

it has

form,

reason

questioned.

been

changed

subject

no

parsed

be

270.

is

is

there

been

the

finite verb.

the

Case

he, the

**IZ""5

either

of

because

with

agree

its

finite verb, is

subject

thing,

is has

be

must

should

the

verb

it is the

being,
since

same

changed

not

because

to

case

the

him

**

him, the subject of the infinitive,

Absolute

I believe

**

the sentence,

nominative

the

is /, the

the Nominatiye

In

(3)

in

Thus,

is in the nominative

scholar,^ scholar

to be, which

of

subject

determine

must

we

II.

Rule

by

of

subject

the

from

SENTENCE.

objective case

objective because

\a

scholar,^ scholar

to the

infinitive

the

ENGLISH

THE

OP

all such

in

complement

is

cases,

nominative.
The

(a)

adjective,or
The

complement
refers

to the

"The

but

man

the

complement

the

expression

some

pupil
and

should

the

same

is

of

used,

careful

to

and

or

;^^

objective complement

thing
"He

as

distinguish
the

to

The

me

between

to

as,

**

He

become

different person

or

noun,

the

attributive

subject ;

always

is called the attributive

expects

refers

is

verb

objectivecomplement.

person
mason

be

so

copulative

an

ment.
comple-

attributive

complement
is

soldier; "

musician

a
or

thing;

;^^
as,

CLASSES

killed

"John

snake

OF

bought

"She

;^*

101

PRONOUNS.

Aowae

"

sold

"Jones

his

farm.^^
careful

Be

(")

followed

copulas
followed

(c)

passive

The

used

as

transitive

pure
im-

verbs

Point

tell the

the

out

world

(2) My

friend

is but

walks

(4)

is

(5)

He

will become

(G)

To

study correctly is to

(7)

The

(8)

Now

and

men

pronJbuns

"

merely players.

women

better

is

learn.

is that

Clearwater

Mrs.

planned

the murder.

stealing.
to be

Canadian.

Fill the blanks

selections

with

It

; it

(2)

Was

it

you

(3)

Was

it

or

(4)

If I

(5)

If it

(6)

It

(7)

I knew

not

was

it

(11)

called

she

thought

you

think

me

men

say

that

take

to be

us

am

said

it

was.

(12)

is the

man

thought

you

(13)

He

is the

man

thought

to be

(14)

No

matter

(16)

It

(16)

I know

(17)

Its

(18)

There

the

being
is

vanquished

that

not

for

came

to be.

you.

be.
us.

to be
.

should
no

it to be

to be ?

you

you

doctor.

differently.

act

He

was

for the

send

but

was

you

sought.

was

do

or

you

I would
I

do

that

was

(9)

giving reasons

meant

were

(8)

either

was

I would

were

do

suitable pronouns^

"

(1)

It

man.

myself again.

am

appears

(10)

and

queen.

general opinion

(9) Cheating

your

following sentences^

farmer.

the

chairman.

appointed

was

He

272.

complements

attributive

nouns

are

stage, all the

(3)

He

by

complements in

She

(10)

followed

those that

of

cases

The

(1)

is often

voice

appointed jt^d^e.'*

was

271.

for

are

from

complements,

attributive

by

that

verbs

by objectivecomplements.

as, "He

and

intransitive

distinguish

to

doubt

of

make
its

no

being

difference.
.

102

GRAMMAR

same

the

as

case

noun

meaning

to

brother
A

(a)

"

Absalom's

in

apposition.

is

a/arwicr."

appositive term

(c)

The

appositive

before

(d)

(1)

In

it ; as,
in

noun

"

The

(2)

the

nominative

told

*'

the

the

of

pleasant
"

In

"

mountain,

"

the

the

*'

; as,

John,

other.

comes."

of

balm

Brown,

under

us

of lava.''

ing
minister, hav-

little rascal, what

you

may

it,

torrent

the

but

Thomson.

"

life,soothes

forth

Harry

"

; as,

explained,

one

Vesuvius^ poured

"

element

in apposition with

noun

absolute
it ;

the

subject,is not

the

as

refulgent summer

Hope,

'*

same

explains

follows

have

may
; as,

believed

we

us,

is

is insane

connecting

that

one

of the sun,

nominative

the

;^^ "It

con-

and

case

she

that

is the

usually

noun

case

misfortune
In

is the

Child

any

same

banker

although meaning

noun,

The

come

without

house."

(b)

^^

in the

the

copulative verb

The

appositionis in
explains.

substantive

It is evident

"

predicate

of

use

in

it

pronoun

"Brown,

as,

the stars

see

her

or

SENTENCE.

pronoun

limit another

necting element^ to
same

or

noun

Apposition is the

274.

ENGLISH

THE

VII.

Rule

273.
the

OF

did

do

you

it for?"
In

Qi)

the
"

Hamlet

objective;
I sat by

"

(4)
battle

In
of

than

; as,

decided

the

now,

we

are.^^

while

it

There

fate of

usually supposed.

the

Where

we

cool.^^

with

celV*

convicfs

To

He
the

lowest

depths of disgrace.

throw

the

perfect,

(/)

belongs,

phrases,

it is

first stone."

the

at

is

who

faults

no

here.

in

**Let

apposition

the accident
lowest

alone,
here
start

us

with

now.

is in

occurred

depths of disgrace,
with

apposition

perfect, who
is in

hensive
compre-

*'Come

clauses,

cell is in

him
has

more

to substantives

with
is

cool

to the

convicVs

"Let
Who

victory

is much

not

and

Where

sunk

has

Conqueror^

language,

occurred.^^

"

there,

the

is identical

are

While

the accident

in

England."
It

is

where

apposition

has

no

with

apposition

to

the

to

faults,
who

is

etc.

The

word

"Electricity, as
as

dramatic

as

as

merely

the

William

in

or

tragedian,

great

harne8s-maJcer.^\
"

also to verbs, adjectives, adverbs,

where

'*

is

the

Forrest, the

saw

identification

(e) Apposition,
but

Jones,

the possesEdve

Hastings

"We

as,

as
a

frequently

motive

artist, has
an

preceding

no

it

parse

"

the

preferable

seems

preposition governing the

equal

noun

that

explanatory

an

great results ; "

force, promises

expletive,and

; but

introduces

In

etc.

such

following
to

consider

follows.

term
as

"

cases,
in

term;

as,

Shakespeare,
some

regard

apposition with

in such

cases

as

it

word

The

(^)

precedes

In

such

term

following

it in

it

from

preceding

the

the

cases

appositive ;

as,

(Jc) When

apposition

with
the

preceding

of

name

can

as

be

may

soul,

you,

the

fled."

same

as
"

city of Boston;

The

in such

object.
followed

is often

is put

that

his host, and

to you,

is limited

object possessed

the

the

descendants

meaning

**

its

as

case

possessive sign

it, the

him

one

city, Boston;'''*but

is that

what

how

term
"

person

possessive

in the

noun

But

"

tribe,the

to me,

"The

second

or

"

I, John;

"

by

the

property,

But

the wife

parsed

be

must

first

of the

pronoun

"

with

case

Kenite

December;

December;^''

following of

term

{))

month,

"The

meaning,

**The

of

month

and

Christ

expletive, and

an

other

it in any

seized

Who

"

The

"

; as,

in

agree

of is frequently followed

word

(i*)The

'*

thirst ?

as

in

when

preceding.

one

History of the Jews,

Milman's

"

and

still hunger

with

agree

following examples:

the

of Hobab."

the

always

must

not

merely

and

with

apposition

believe

We

'*

force

conjunctive

without

; as,

consider

cases

it need

explains, but

seen

term

appositive term

The

(h)

used

frequently

explanatory

an

crucified.'*

is

and

103

PRONOUNS.

OP

CLASSES

to

receivers

by another

the

noun

"

Bring

; as,

by

the

"

in

noun

immediately
John

me

the

5ap"is"'" head."
A

(Z)

promised
"

me

the

To

leave

certainly arouse
in

some

easily disposed
parsed

the
a

in

apposition
by

apposition

am

^^

as,

He

ful."
thank-

very

explain, would

not

with

is in

but

loves

"

whole

or

; as,

"

this

one

in

the

meaning
There

apposition
by

the

of
is

with
tence,
sen-

person,'*'*

parts
specification,
The

the

is explained
love,'*'*

They

times
some-

but

case,

person^

sentence

not

be ; for, evidently,

cannot

the other

his

are

they limit,are

objective case,

the

explain,
unto

last

the

as

to

man,

is in the nominative

the other

enumeration,

the

it is

used

every

nouns

But

loves

person

one

ye,

sentences

the

or

one

sentence,

person
of

as,

they.

by

another

Each

"

The

one

cases

with

is limited

that

sentence.

In

could

"Go

Such

another,

apposition here,

^'''Each

(n)

and

One

being

of

case

another

of.

as

another."

one

is limited

sentence

plural ;

comprehensive

noun

that

noun

we

singular is frequently

in the

term

love

"They

the

for which

which

act

phrase;

or

suspicion."

way,

city;"

sentence

his library, a kindness

abruptly, an

so

distributive

("i)

of

use

apposition with

in

be

may

noun

whole

army

often

are

fled, some

one

put

in

way,

another."

some

(o)

common

as, "The

noun;

fiery mountain,
(p)
object ;
Harrison

The
as,

Make

chairman,'*'*

explains,

"

Vesuvius,

child

or

"Milton,
the

factitiveobjective is in

or
me

either

poet, Milton,^'*or

Vesuvius,^'*or

resultant
"

frequently

noun

proper

is

explained by,

the

mountain

poet;'*^ "The
of fire."

apposition

again, just for to-night","

"

with
We

the

direct

appointed

104

GRAMMAR

Point

275.

OF

the

(1) Hope,

the

ovt

(2) Delightful task,

(3)
that

deserves

(4)

(6)
Rome

sets.

tender

the

rear

followingsentences:"

from

the

thought.

burning building, an

act

of heroism

recognition.
stood

There

unsold

an

and

gray-haired

life,never

to

the child

rescued

He

the

in
appositives

of

star

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

This

is my

captive

majestic

answer

old

mart,

man.

I love

that

not

in the

Csesar

less,but

I love

that

more.

(6)

It is he, my

(7)

doubt

old

that

friend

and

one

should

any

benefactor.

challenge

his

right had

crossed

never

his mind.

(8)

(9)

I count

this

thing

noble

deed

That

True

wit

from

Dug
Which

cut

nurse

Laud

of brown

Land

of the

mountain

Land

of my

sires I

knits

reasons

to

wild

child

and
and
What

wood

shaggy

flood

the

hand

mortal

thy rugged

strand

the

condemn

Scott.

W,

"

following sentences^ giving

"

We

will make

(2)

The

word

covenant,

not

came

is

Power

given

he

the

to

and

thee

Esau, the

to

Jacob, the plain man,

(8)

Smjt,

"

Ulial band

the

me

(1)
to

heath

Justify or

276.

poetic

e*er untie

That

but

and

in one,

powers

shine.

as

Meet

Can

mine.

various

; stem

for

Grod.

precious stone.

two

Caledonia

step toward

Indian

well

as

is

the

boasts

To

(10)

is like

grandly true,

to be

hunter, him

dwells

that

of

man

me.

that

at home

stayed

in tents.
that

God, he

is led

by

the

spiritof

God.
He

(4)

deems

God

to be

the

creditor,he

to whom

is the

and

the

debt

should

be

paid.
(6) Christ
(6)

We

(7)

Our

277.
noun

and

believe

him
in

Shepherd,

Rule

crucified

Christ, he
Him

VIII.

who

"

who
is

alpha

is the head

styled King

noun

or

signifyinga different
thing is

omega.
of the

of

church.

Saints,will surely come.

pronoun
in the

limitinganother

possessivecase.

106

GRAMMAR

in the
as

vocative

thought
Oh,

or

where

when

some

feeling than

what

we

he

the

is of

more

preceding

used

and

nouns

to

about

say

it;

as,

by pleonasm

; as, "To

he,

under

pronouns

constructions

rule

the

the

that

hath,

(2)

He

that

is

(3)

The

(4)

I should

(6)

Oh

definitely,whether

hoy I

not

or

to

66,

they

should

be

used

by

are

inscription,

or

and

of

every

And
Dear
This

Chloe,

Whose

in person^

It will

require

what

"

part,

the

diligence

utmost
to this

bosom

son,

spare
a

and

that

am

protect it

of

part

must

do,

the

pupil

if he

chill
thee.

to press

tree.

single bough

it sheltered

ril

the

will be read.

what

tried

have

not

youth

write

or

on

this he

rule, but

my
/

Touch

And

with its antecedent

agrees

gender.

Woodman,
In

Cotton,

Dr,

"

pronoun

thy brow,

my

Bogers,

"

to heaven.

Cool
to

course.

heart.

smells

listened to,

As

Camphell.

"

sphere.

given

of the

will be
is

woes.

denied.

are

according

his pronouns

our

tear

in their

favors

and

number^

beast.

poor

of repose.

its source.

this is wisdom's

XIV.

Rule

them.

ills betide.

when

fragrance

created

limping back,

earth

planets

incense

is that

hast

the

from

the

with

pleased

thou

twilight of

moulds

favors

when

still.

prelude

preserves
the

given.

holy

her

see

it trickle

resigned

Patient

South,

that

guides

be

be

bliss,the

law

bids
law

And
To

of

very

And

the

enchanted

Eden

That

let him

like to

not

deep

shall be

him

to

holy,

North

That

speak

our

"

He

(a)

to

"The

pupil

the case
construction
and
definitely
in the followingselections :
pronoun

(1)

282.

pronoun,

importance

State

The.

to

object
wish

address, pleonasm,

and

(7)

be

may

their

to state

281.

use

parsing

exclamation,

(6)

with

question.*'

In

required

noun

SENTENCE.

"

infinitive

the

(j)

is used

was

(i) The
that^s

ENGLISH

(nominative absohite).

Pleonasm

(h)

THE

in apposition
(objective),

accusative

in the

'

OF

me.
now.

"

Willis.

to

expects

CLASSES

'Twas

placed

That

Thy

(a)
be
a

or

woodcock,

do

or

When

singular

more

represented by

the

masculine

pronoun

The
child

child

The

when

it

of

or

the

Masculine

{d )

whose
;

must

nor,

partridge,

its

to

antecedent
No

"

boy

or

the

represent

in gender,

girlcould
of

name

definitelydistinguished ;

nightingale sings most

The

'*

or

or,

shoots

he

as,

is not

sex
"

its mother

by

sat

sings in

animal

an

by

away/*

preferable

it is often

Morris,

"

"

When

preferred

is to be

pronoun

it

fully represent

cannot

pronoun

(c)

as,

it not.

**

as

gives

connected

antecedents

he

pheasant,

better.''

"

harm

cot

stand;

let it

singular pronoun

his work

young

his

near

shall

axe

hand

applying this rule^ remember

Two

(6)

it

woodman,

Then,

J. In

forefather's

my

10*7

PEOKOUNS.

OF

sweetly

night.''
feminine

or

represent the

pronouns

of inanimate

names

objects personified.
him

To

who

in the

Communion
A

(")
by

pronoun
The

"

as,

the

gender
A

various

collective

swept

everything

objects as forming
to the

284.

Fill

reasons

by

noun

be

the

individuals

of the
the

of the

blanks

of

unity

in its way."

; and

whole

one

idea

the

be

must

and

represented

neuter

collective

represented by

sex

conveys

the

speaks

she

singular number,

person,

plurality must

collective

it refers

conveying

noun

is determined

forms,

language.

third

of

holds

of nature

visible

h"r

in the

mob

idea

with

love

plural

noun

gender
ing
convey-

pronoun,

whose

it refers

to

objects denoted.
of

idea

unity when

it conveys

the

idea

the

of plurality when

group.

with

suitable

giving

pronouns^

"

(1) Many

man

looks

back

on

the

should

be

days

of

youth

with

choly
melan-

regret.

(2)

The

orator's

tongue

agreeable

to

the

ears

of

hearers.

(3)

If

deprive

we

an

animal

of

instinct,

will

be

unable

to

take

of

care

(4)
this

If

any

member

church,

(5)

I like the

will

of

the

please come

molasses,

for

congregation
forward
tasted

wishes

while
as

to

the brethren

good

as

with

connect

honey.

sing.

108

GRAMMAR

CO)

The

(7)

To

flourish

OF

earth

is my

persecute

ENGLISH

THE

and

mother,

SENTENCE-

I will recline

will

truly religiousdenomination,

bosom.

upon

make

only

better.
will have

(8)

The

government

(9)

The

cabinet

seemed

(10)

The

cabinet

was

(11) Egypt

in

sentiments.

distinguished for

glad

was

when

wise

took

they

orders.

change

to

cause

divided

to be

measures.

for

departure,

their

was

afraid of them.

(12) Every herb,

Him

flower,and

every

animal

every

shows

wisdom

the

of

made

who

(13) Every
If any

(14)

and

governor

boy

does

magistrate

will

girlbe absent,

or

thinks

as

have

to

best.
of

foot

the

to

go

class.

the

No

(15)

man

or

is able

woman

to

rid

get

of

vices

without

struggle.
and

(16) Poverty

Name

(1)
classes.
a

the

pronoun

(4)

declensions

indirect

What

is

interrogative?
(16)

they

are

in

(16)

two

each?

(22)

of

kinds

Name

three

singular number,
person,

(d)

who.

(g)

Relative

who

in

clause.

used

(a)

(6)

pronoun

that

explanatory

clause,

Indirect

in

restrictive

(i)

Relative

five

Personal

(c)

the

(17)

In

each

of

required
pronoun.
tions,
construc-

third
of

pronoun

person,
the

first

interrogative pronoun

Direct

what,

is

objective
of

an

tive
of rela-

define, and

relative

pronoun

gender,

(/)

of

from

may

relative

What

and

interrogative pronoun

who.

objects

of

relative

alike ?

(19) Name,

use

Personal

gender.

of

An

kind

or

differ

use

(9)

In what

sub-classes

the

of

use

in the

pronoun

relatives

(20)

connecting

common

Direct

violated

relative

kind

what

constructions

feminine

pronoun

For

is the

of
trate
Illus-

and

Name

conjunctive

and

antecedent

(11)

illustrate

and

clauses.

the

with

plural number,

does

that, be

and

nominative

illustratingeach

How

personals

are

relative

(21) Explain

Define

Name

(18)

different.

relatives,who^ which,

illustrate

(14)

Illustrate.

(12)

corresponding

is the

What

interrogative

(10)

three

(6)

(6)

pronouns.

direct

In what

be ?

principles commonly

Illustrate.

the

What

(3)

antecedent

found?

be

each

and

pronoun

personal

of

(8)

may

temptations.

own

each.

the

may

several

pronouns.

the

What

Give

(13)

pronoun.

what

illustrate

interrogativepronoun

sentence

each

the

(7)

of pronouns.

of

uses

and

sub-classes

the

indirect

three

Define

(2)

have

of Pronouns.

Keview

285.

wealth

(c)

interrogative
clause,

(h)

pronoun

which

Indirect
pronoun

Relative
in

rogative
interwhat,

pronoun

explanatory

CLASSES

THE

We

286.

that

much
and

it is necessary

observe

now

may

different

necessary

for

to

its
arises
we

in

name

; as, man^

and

refer to

or

qualitiesor

that

refer

to

objector

an

it is often
times

either

ing
nam-

Hence

it.

to

we

qualities.
,

An

287.

Adjective

is

word

to limit

used

or

noun

point out or refer to an object^or to

of its qualities;as, ^'this book," ^'four boys," "aw
large book," ^^lazyboy," sweet apples."
so

to

as

^^

noun
proone

name

apple,"

^^

CLASSES

above, there

illustrated
:

substantives

arise two

general

in two

ways,

classes

of

as

tives
adjec-

Descriptive Adjective is

one

that

limits

tive
substan-

tains,"
qualityof an object; as, ''icymoun''heavyhearts," "laughing eyes," "strong arms."

so

as

290.
as

ADJECTIVES.

"

289.

OF

adjectiveslimit

Since

288.

so

same

Adjective, by which

its

name

We

the

many

name

proper

so

classes

tree.

rose^

object,without

an

applying

also

part of speech, called the

another

different

objectsbelonging to
attributes^which
or
qimlities

to

us

point out

may

names

objectsdiffer

some

also that

class have

wish

that

put them

to

different

them

give

to

ADJECTIVE.

already found

have

109

ADJECTIVES.

OF

denote

to

Definitive

merely

to

qiuzlity;
as,

Adjective is

point out
"aw

Descriptiveor

sub-classes

"

refer to

that limits
an

ox," "woman,"

SUB-CIiASSES

291.

or

one

OF

substantive

objectwithout

ing
denot-

"fiftygnns^'' "those

ADJECTIVBS.

qualifyingadjectiveshave

the

three

110

GRAMMAR

OF

(1) Common,

292.

from

oranges,"

"

hearts,"

'''sweet

"amiable

men,"

derived

from

G-recian

position,
dis-

armies,"

derived

name

proper

from

"

verb;

; as,

Turkish

potism."
des-

bing
"throb-

as,

amusing stories," twinkling stars,"

"

"

"

crated
conse-

spots,""defended rights,""deadened
sensibility."
the
Definitiveor merely limiting adjectives'have
sub-classes:

three

"honorable

one
(3) Participial,

294.

"^oorf fruit,"

as,

rived
de-

not

women."

(2) Proper, one

Nights,"

"Arabian

295.

name;

water,"

"virtt^ow*
293.

SENTENCE.

ordinary quality word

any

proper

''cold

ENGLISH

THE

"

296.

(1) Articles,A

(a)

The

An

or

is called

the

The.

and

definitearticle,and

An

or

the

article.
indefinite
A

(6)

man,"

"a

as,

is used

before

consonants,

cow,"

"an

"a

(2) Pronominals,

297.

as,

"

Some

ape,"

those

An

be

may

others

before

vowels

ox."

"an

that

invited

were

and

used
not

were

tively
substan;

but

all

welcome."

were

(a)

It is better

(6)

The

in most

cases

and

following

to

others

some

the limited

supply

are

noun

called

usually

in

parsing.
pronominal

adjectives: 7%w,

that^ these, those; each, every, either, neither; much,

little;some',all, such, own, any, none, one, both, other, another; certain,
divers, else ; former,

(c)

Pronominals

latter,first,last.
divided

are

(1) Demonstratives;
(2) Distributives;

298.

as, each, every,

as, which,

(3) Nnmerals,

(a) Definite;

as,

classes

"

as, this, that, these, those.

(3) Indefinites; as, all, any,

(4) Interrogative;

four

into

some,

either, neither.
few.

what.

those

that suggest number.

four, six, forty ; fourth, sixth, fortieth; fourfold^

nxfold, forty fold.

(b) Indefinite;
(c)

The

as,

several, few, many.

definite numerals

(1) Ordinals,

those

are

denoting

further
orders

divided
in

into:'

series;

"

as, second, tenth.

REMARKS

DEFINITE

ON

that

state

merely

(3) Multiplicatives, those

that

tell

those

(2) Cardinals,

Ill

ADJBCTIVBS.

the

of

number

objects;

as,

ten.

two,

how

fold;

many

twofold,

as,

tenfold.

BEHABKS

ON

I.

299.
Articles

(a)

differ

they

classed

definitive

little from

so

ARTICLES.

sometimes

are

ADJE0TI7E8.

DEFIITITIVE

separate part of speech, bat

as

should

adjectivesthat they

parsed

be

such.

as

77^6 limits

(6)
few

limits

cases,
The

(c)
whole

is used

noun

strong

to refer
as

of

; A

nouns

And

An, except

or

of

one

any

or

in

to

than

is used
one

refer

to

article is used

class ; as,

article

more

wish

we

indefinite

The

definite

the

class,one

article when

an

is mortal/'

indefinitelyto

part of

without

Man

'^

ox.**

an

plural

or

only singular nouns.

class ; as,

wish

we

singular

either

^^

so

nitely
speak defi-

we

77^6 child broke

^*

; as,

is not

man

when

when

the

dishes.**

n.

300.

DEMONSTRATIVES.

(1)

(a)
than

is better
was

(6)
as

all the

that

better

than
out

and

inflected,and

(c)
would

be

more

be

if there

used

than

the

should

These

(d)
second

(6)
lift the

misuse

This

**

;
"

me)

"

This

nearer

(in

pen

my

speare's)
(Shake-

age

with

to

In

this.

their

are

place, or

near

so

languages

many

in person,

nouns

the

not

ber,
num-

only English adjectives

and

These

number.

those

are

that,

point

but
that

that

to denote

this and

by

out

or

out

; those

one

would
the

be used
use

than

more

should

be

if there

of these

and

object when

one

used
were

those

to

but
so

this

point

out

one.

Let

that

he

may

them.
and

Former

latter

are

used

to

denote

respectively

the

first and

objects previously mentioned.

of two
Both

only

understand

pupil thoroughly

never

and

this

were

place, or

or
"

book

in time

pointed

to agree

used

object when

one

to and

these

respectivelythe plurals of

This

before

object distant

an

; but

case

table

in time

near

**

(Homer's)."

inflected

adjectives are

are

that

is

to ; as,

the

(on

object referred

gender,
that

object that

an

referred

than

points

ITiat

another

out

object

other

some

hand

points

This

PRONOMINALS.

refers

log,"

or

to

two

objects,either collectively,as,

individually, as,

**

Both

boys

came."

**

Both

boys

can

112

GRAMMAR

denotes

(/) Same
Yon

(g)

"

of two

is

other

boldly

helped

all of

denotes

is

Either

Neither

; as,

the

other."
than

more

and

one

without

Each

two

also to the

*^

; as,

other

the

word

soldier

Each

stood

class

taken

individually ;

^^

as,

Every

man

applicable to

one

the

or

other

of two

*"

; as,

book

Either

either;

not

means

(3)

taken

together)
they

includes

All

(a)
to be

The

*^

as,

and

man

his wife rose, but

spoke."

neither

either

log ;

Any

**

; as,

or

Certain

other

means

one

of

more
**

All the

^^

that

objects are
(working

men

is,individually

class,or

to

portion

of

coffee."

Any

the

OiAer

**

or

one

or

not

man,"

same

this

as

not

or

t?ie

same

as

men."

of

some

different,various,

means

kinds,

Divers

the

class;

**

as,

woman,"

certain

women."

Diocrs

(e)

as,

that

mortal,"

are

men

men,"

or

denotes

Certain

(d)

All

**

to

man

as, **-4no(Aer

these;

"

denote

may

individually ;

collectivelyor

applicable

is

Another

(c)

class,and

die.

must

quantity

INDEFINITES.

whole

the

lift the

can

(5) Any

* *

is in view

satisfyme."

(d)

"

that

her."

(c)
will

man."

same

right."

(h) Every
believed

object

applies to

other

individuallyApplicable to

for the

is the

DISTBIBUTITES.

with

as, ^^Each

objects ;

distant

any

He

**

as,

mountain."

Fonder

in connection

Each

SENTENCE.

object ;

denote

may

(2)

(a)

ENGLISH

THE

identical

the

yonder

or

house,"

"Ton

OF

' '

* '

**

as,

numerous;

Divers

colors,"

places.

Divers

denotes

(/) Enough

or

' '

^^

sufficiency; as,

men,"

Enough

^^

Enough

bread."

(g)

denotes

Few

denotes

Little

(h)

**Zi"^e

money,"

(i) Many
(j)

Much

denotes

(k)

No

**

as,

portion;

Few

as,

chosen."

were
*'

little

sleep,"

^^

Little

large number;

large in quantity;
any,

either

^^

as,

as,

of number

Many
^^

crimes."

improvement."

Much

or

quantity

; as,

"

No

man,"

silver."

(I)

None

none;

bread)

not

means

to, it is better
use

small

not

means

number;

sense."

denotes

**iVb

small

to say

as,

is left."

**

None

no

one
one

or

not

any.

; when

(of men)

are

more

When
than

here,

or

no

one

of

one,

or

one

a
a

is

is referred

number

part of

here,"

quantity,

**

None

(oi

114

GRAMMAR

306.

(a)

His
(a)

is strong,

Bear

in

completes

is a^

strong

mind

action

the

made

(6)
are

never

(c)

Since

only

When

He

verb

painted

the

the

Use

called
verb

direct

adjective.

is

beautiful^'^

strong man,"

the

child

say

of

direct

the verVs

cise
beautiful^'' Exer"

^^

factitiveadjectives.
take

can

adjective modifies
adverbial

followed

object,possive

direct

by

with

noun

verbs

reference to

verb,

adjective.
resultant

adjective is changed

adjective becomes

resultant

may

modifiesthe
result

ject
sub-

predicate adjective.

that

one

we

the

adjectives,

resultant

an

is

express

strong.

arm

active

called

passive voice,
'*

air made

resultant

to

as

often

an

followed by
Since

it is sometimes

(d)

are

child

predicate^ but it is not

manner

man's

(a) Resultant

completesthe predicate

"The

"He

Adjective is

Fresh

"

as,

In

predicate.

Besultant

object in such

that

by

predicate adjective always modifies

adjectivein the

308.

strong arm."

modified

one

substantive

^^

that
a

modifieia

"A

be

may

modifiesthe subject; as,

arm

and

that

one

Adjective is

Predicate

and
"

construction

in any

SENTENCE.

beautifulchild,"

"A

as,

noun

307.

Adjective i%

Direct

directly;

ENGLISH

THE

OP

ceilingfc^tie,'* The
"

to

the

predicate adjective; as,

painted

ceilingwas

blue,^^

of the

followingadjectives:old, cold, long,

infirm,reckless, rich, rare, right,strong, mighty,faithless^
309.

each

innocent, beautiful,famous, furious, frantic, wild, worthy,

^

weak, strong,

wise, mindful, mad, mighty, sick, well, angry,

:
acceptMe, agreeable,patient,intelligent,
intelligible
"

(1)

-48 direct, (2) As

Predicate, (3) As

COMPARISON

Most

310.
Some
Some

men

are

ADJECTIVBS.

qualitiesof objectsexist
wise

landscapes

others, most

OF

;
are

Besultant,

others, wiser

in different

and

beautiful.

This

difference

others, wisest.

still

beautiful; others,

more

in

degrees.

the

beautiful;

degree

of

REMARKS

ON

in

quality is expressed by a variation

adjective,called comparison.
Comparison

311.

is

variation

115

ADJECTIVES.

DEFINITE

in the

form

the

form of

the

of

the

adjective

degrees of quality; as, Ibng^longer^longdifferent

est;
most
more
good^ better^ best; profitable^
profitable^
profitable.

to express

OF

DEGREES

There

312.
of the

degrees formed

three

are

COMPARISON.

by

the

comparison

adjective.

313.

The

simpleform of the adjective^used

when
an
object is not compared with any other; as, Cold
days, good deeds, practicallessons.
314.

The

higher or

is the

lower

objects are

two

deeds,

is the

Comparative

expresses
when

Positive

of

than

degree

compared;

practicallessons

more

form

as,

less

or,

the

adjective that

the

positive^used
Colder
days, better
cold days, less good

deeds, less practicallessons.

315.
expresses

The

Superlative is the form

the

highestor

of objects more
best

deeds,

than

lowest
two

compared;

are

practicallessons ;
good deeds, least practicallessons.
OF

316.

There

valuable^ more

are

two

adjective that

when
as.

any

Coldest

days,
days, least

least cold

or,

number

COMPARISON.

kinds

valuable^

the

degree^used

rnost

KINDS

of

of

comparison. Ascending

valuable

most

and

Descending

as,

as,

valuable, less valuable, least valuable.

METHODS

317.

There

are

three

OF

COMPARISON.

methods

of

comparison

"

(1) By different terminations

; as, loud, louder, loudest.
(2) By different words ; as, bad, worse, worst.
less, least; as, beautiful^
(3) By prefixes;more, most;

116

GRAMMAR

beautifulor

more

THE

OF

less

(a) Monosyllables

are

ENGLISH

most
beautiful^

compared

positive; as, loud^ louder^ loudest

(h) Many

dissyllables are
(Y

Jiappier, happiest,
er

or

after

beautifulor

of the

sweeter^ sweetest.

; sweety

compared

like

consonant

is

termination

the

by changing

tiful.
least beau-

monosyllables

changed

happy^

as,

suffixing

i, before

to

est.)

(c)
could

Words

not

of

than

more

two

by prefixing to the

and

or

most

least

practicable
most,

more,

syllables,and
with

easily be pronounced

compared
most

SENTENCE.

for

the

less and

least

less

as,

added

or

less for

positive,are
comparative,

practicable, more

practicable,

least

doubtful.

separated

be

not

syllablesthat

to the

the

doubtful,

should

of two

est

positive more

superlative ;

doubtful,

or

er

words

from

In
the

parsing,

following

word.

(d) Descending
and

comparison

has

but

one

method

"

by prizing

less

least.

(e)
form

In

more

(/)

monosyllables

poetry

fair,

The

face

more

compared

compared

by

Comparative.

Good,

by prefixes;

as, "A

^^

following adjectives are

Positive.

often

are

sweet.

different

words

Best.

Bad, evil, or ill,

Worse,

Worst.

Much

More,

Little,

many.

Less,

Most.
or

lesser.

"

Superlative.

Better,

or

Least.

BEMABKS

OK

DEFINITE

Bear,

Bearmost.

Front,

Frontmost.

Mid,

Midmost.

Middle,

Middlemost.

North, Northern,

Northmost,

South, Southern,

Southmost,

East, Eastern,

Eastmost,

West, Western,

Westmost,

(") Adjectives representing qualities that

do

degrees

Certain,

Fall,

Lawful,

Serene,

Chief,

False,

Leaden,

Solid,

Circular,

Filial,

Living,

Sound,

Conscious,

Fluid,

Natural,

Square,

of

comparison.

different

include

These

"

Continual,

Free,

Paternal,

Subject,

Dead,

Godly,

Perfect,

Supreme,

Earthly,

Golden,

Perpetual,

Triangular,

Empty,

Gratuitous,

Beverend,

True,

Everlasting,

Heavenly,

Bight,

Universal,

External,

Human,

Boyal,

Void.

While

the

most

In

above

find

to

words

such

(j)

five

These

the

that

in

not

words,

the

kinds

two

the

three, if the

or

"

as

of

number

there

not

expressed
(k)

The

be

left

one

"

the

are

as

little

after

but

degrees

objects

have

of

be

can

it with

creased
indefinitelyin-

be

ably
cautious, remarklittle too

all

our

quality that
great many

that

by combining

may

exhaust

regarded

be

only degrees

cautious, a

we

cautious,

more

comparatives

two

cautious,

combinations
cannot

and

qualitiesnot

by adjectives.

termination

is called

And

too

great many

expressed, just

at all

tive
compara-

adjective admitting

cautious, very cautious, unusually

wncautious.

are

the

comparison, ascending

of

degrees expressed

cautious, exceedingly cautious,

uncautious, quite

unless

for every

realityfive degrees

superlatives

two

; as, somewhat

of words

most

them

compare

expressed by regularly inflectingthe adjective ;

other

round,

nearer

least cautious, less cautious, cautious,

j as,

cautious.

one,

most

full,

nearer

very

fuller^ rounder^

used.

are

observed

be

do

words,

such

descending, give us

and

as

it is not

etc.

parsing

comparison

expressions

etc., meaning,

extreme,

It will

logicallybe compared,

cannot

rhetorical

superlative forms

or

what

in

Infinite,

(2)

need

exist

cannot

Extreme,

nearly certain,

as

Westernmost.

Almighty,

certain,

most

Southernmost.
Easternmost.

ordinarily admit

uncommon

of

Northernmost.

not

(1)

and

117

ADJECTIVES.

the

ish is sometimes

diminutive

degree,

given
lower

to

some

than

adjectives,forming
the

positive and

yet

118

GRAMMAR

different

from

OF

the

lower

THE

ENGLISH

comparative

SENTENCE.

the lower

or

superlative ; as, reddish,

bluish^greenish,
318.

Parsing of Adjectives.

1.

Species.

4.

2.

Class.

6.

3.

Sub-class.

1.

That

old

Comparison.
Degree.

man

adj., des.,

R.

man^

com.,

B.

teacher

The

com.,

(2)

Hie

weary

(3)

The

(4)

How

(6)

The

summer

(6)

The

annual,

sick,sicker,sickest,

"

and

limits

degree,

pos.

"

oral

the

traveller

and

parsing

of

and

nouns

pronouns

seeks

breezes

are

as

(8)

was

(9)

The

(11)
(12)

Who

rumbling thunder.

the
and

broken

soft and

blow

there

vows

fires have

almost

flowers

destroyed

bank

two

are

fringed
stood
trees

pear

Virgil.

the

tall

little stream.

waving ash,

in the second

sound

to the

row.

else came?
little learning

Drink

deep,

he

The

minstrel

was

How

brilliant

Like

star

not

the

in the

vain

of her

long, the wind

was

thing !

dangerous

and

infirm and

mirthful

glancing

out

from

spring.

Pierian
human

of his sister,proud

his mother,
way

eternal

thought

The

is

taste

or

(2) Hope springs

And

mules.

as

greater poet than

the grassy

But

are

cool.

desolating

valuable

sweetest

There

7*est.

country.

Homer

On

quiet

back

autumnal,

Horses

(10)

the starry sky.

unkept promises

many

(7)

ascends

moon

echoing hills gave

well-timbered

(5)

degree,

pos.

SELECTIONS.

silent

(4)

X.

model.

abridged

to

The

(3)

R.

man,

"

have

may

(1)

(1)

limits

old, older, oldest,

319.

the

Rule.

R. X.

given according

A.

7.

X.

man,

(a)

and

demon.,

"

Sicky adj.,pred., des.,

limits

Construction.

sick.

was

Thati adJ-"^e^M pronom.,

Oldj

6.

rank

breast.
and
and

cold,
gold.

cold.

was

old.
the

light of

the blue

her

eye,

of the

sky

very top.

REMARKS

There

(6)

ON

milder

(7)

Silver

(8)

She

and

gold

have

the

steak

cooked

(11)

and

legends

most

The

hopeful

mind

Shall
The

(12)

green.

that

sun

And

story filled with

wUd'

Brief

faithful heart
the

better part.

day

December

hills of gray^

cheerless

And,

darkly circled,gave

over

light than

sadder

part,

incredible.

keep

and

the greater

Roae

at

noon

waning

moon.

Whittier,

"

Outline of Adjectives.

320.
la.

win

night.

rare.

fence

the

the

none,

history is, for

Ancient

est fables

light,

serener

imparadise

moons

(9) They painted

(10)

dispense

brighter suns

And

119

ADJECTIVES.

DEFINITE

Kinds.

1".

Descriptive

Qualifying

or

Sweet, golden, beautiful,awful, Asiatic^

rushing.
IC. Common

26.

Svriss.

Verbal

Participialor

Definitive

or

black.

sour,

Australian,

2c. Proper:
3c.

Good,

merely

Six dollars.

JRunning, broken,

educated.

Limiting adjectives:

An

ox.

apple.

Each

JTiat bam.

Ic. Article.
Id.

Definite:

2d.

Indefinite,

le.
2e.
2c.

A, before
An,

consonant.

before

vowel.

Numeral.

Id.

Indefinite

2d.

Definite.

3c.

The.

*, as.

Several, few,

many.

le.

Cardinal

2e.

Ordinal

Se.

Multiplicative: Twofold, threefold,tenfold.

:
:

One, twenty,

one

First, twentieth,

hundred.
one

hundredth.

Pronominal.

Id.

Distributive

2d.

Demonstrative

3d.

Interrogative :

Each,
:

every,

either, neither.

This, that, these, those.

book

Which

will you

have

What

reply

did

he

make?
2ai

Property

or

Comparison

degrees
lb.

Kinds.

of

quality.

variation

in

form

to

express

different

120

GRAMMAR

Ic.

Ascending.

2c.

Descending.

25.

ENGLISH

THE

OF

SENTENCE,

Degrees.

Ic. Positive

That

form

simple

the

expressed by

of the

adjective;

as,

positive;

as,

good, small, beautiful:

Comparative

2c.

higher

better, less good;

lower

or

smaller,

than

degree

less small;

the

beautiful, less

more

beautiful.
The

Superlative :

3c.

least

highest

lowest

or

smallest, least small

good;

degree

of

; most

tiful.
beautiful,least beau-

quality ;

best,

as,

Methods.

8".

Ic.

By

different

terminations

2c.

By

different

words

; as,

3c.

By prefixes:

more,

most

less honest

good, better, best.

less,least

honest

; most

loud, louder, loudest,

; as,

or

Adjectiveslimit substantives.

322.

All

the

under

named

honest

more

or

least honest.

321.

liabilities to

as, honest,

ADJE0TIVE8.

OP

SYNTAX

in the

error

followingheads

son,
Compari-

Choice, Number,

he

of adjectives
may

use

Position.
323.

1. Choice.

adjective

that

Care

"

should

he

taken

the

appropriatelyexpresses

most

select

to

the

meaning

intended,
See

(a)

Dictionary

and

book

on

for the

synonyms

adjectives,awfuly

lovely, nice, splendid, elegant, terrible,grand, bad.

Do

(b)

Never
''

; as,

324.

as

use

as, both

alike;
(c)

not

Good

use

an

well;

both

the same,

Extreme

fewer;

or

both

with

same

or

alike.

adjective for
bad

less for

weather

adverb,

an
"

She

**

or

an

looks

so

adverb

for

an

tive
adjec-

sweetly.'^'*

2. Number.

(a)

Never

(6)

Do

not

use
use

them
these

kind, sort, molasses,

(c)

for

After

etc., need

peaches

not
j six

numerals,
take

the

couple of

for
or

those.
instead

those

of this

or

tha^ before

such

nouns

etc.

the

words

pair, couple, dozen, hundred,

plural form
dancers

; as,

four

four pair

hundred

head

of
of

thousand,

boots; five dozen

sheep.

122

GRAMMAR

have
insist

Shall

agreed.

not

choose

to

we

between

of the

the

present

at

either

thus, if there

column

should

of

the

say

and

boys,

the first two

the

refer

to

(d)
a

few

called,but

participial

is not

as,

be

word

as.

are

to

refer

but

if there

is

one

to the

double

should

we

or

clause, may

is

stars

say

Many

**

sons]
[per-

modified

be

That

delightful.

commonly

what

to

; as,

adjective modifies

the

he

entire

an

he

occurs,

has

parsed

as

adverb,

an

iron

is red

keep

; as. We

the

by
will

sentence
not

come

or

modifies

cheap goods.

no

two

She

hot.

wore

Here,

no

modified

modifies

as

dress.

deep blue

a
as

It

parsed together

be

must

noun

adjective.

another

modify

to

seems

adjective frequently

An

(/)

intended

chos,en."

the

see

sometimes

adjective ; as. The

one

To

Contrary

adjective

An

then

must

times
some-

more,

any

(e)

But

meaning

couple,

to

expression,

first.

understood

phrase,

Sometimes

certain.

attributively;
hack

either

wish

first

speak
series.

we

the

to

nouns

[persons]
infinitive

or

predicate adjective;

come

to the

pelled
com-

boys.

(c) Adjectives frequently modify

are

to

we

it is absurd

and

boys,

first boys

two

wish

we

of

are

different

ordinal

according

other

we

absurd

three

allow

to

the

put

be

to

have

to

single columns

two

are

leaders, we

usage

preferable to

is

reference

critic would
seems

language,

three, and

second

have

we

careful

best

also

were

first,unless

three

Ordinarily, I think, a
but

there

the

It would

absurdities.

two

of the firstthree, unless

speak

first three, or the three first? If

the

say,

SENTENCE.

strictlyliteral interpretation of

upon

ENGLISH

THE

OF

by

goods

other

some

modified

as

by cheap.
(g)

adjectives,like, nigh,

The

by objectives.
governing
lives

near

adverbs,

the

Show

general

two

illustrate the

illustrate
?
may
the

(9)
a

(7)

What

chief

of

forms

of each
the

to

is

exist ?

(12)

of

error

call

these

words

followed

prepositions
He

; as. She

is not

like

call these

words

adjectivesor

me.

following objective.

the

(13)

in the

of
use

adjective. (3)

definie each.
What

How
we

Name

of

many
use

and

the

these

three

(6)

adjective.

and

classes
Define

In
are

how

of

and

two

Name

many

grees
de-

expressed by

positivedegree,
(15)

Name

pared
adjectivescom-

are

(10)

illustrate

comparison.
of the

Name

(4)

the

are

(8) Why

compared

be

do

Define

of modification

comparison

When

methods

(5)

manner

(11)

superlative?
Three

to

frequently

are

to to govern

class.

adjectives can

adjective itself ?
(14)

prefer

adjectives. (2)
the adjective and

What

quality

the

the

classes

reference

each.

pronouns

next

Adjectives.

sub-classes

adjectiveswith

or

preposition

have

we

to

cases,

grammarians

of

why

nouns

the

supply

Review

329.
(1)

Some

us.

and

It is better, in such

following

the

and

near,

kinds
and

the
of

parative,
comparison.
com-

illustrate

THE

THE

The

2.

The

3.

All

4.

Have

6.

We

wish

6.

The

lady speaking to

The

332.

Henry

wanted

is Henry

plowing

the hill is

on

they

Here

first three

The

(c)

word

and

The

it

sentence

assert

(e)
phrase;

what

We

be;

as:

verb
"

only assume

stands; They
the

want

will

being

soon

the

to

assert

house

be

to

Henry

want

stand;

past ; The

house

assert, but

in

to

The

boy

standing

can

verbs

the

last six

state.

be

must

the

Latin

be said of

of

speech

relative pronouns

assume

The

or

taken

in

very

wide

sense,

so

as

to

no

meaning

verbum,
it is the
other

most

word, is applied

important.

part of speech

"

We

can

that without

exist,

parts

adverbs, and
or

assert

can

command.

verb, from

cannot

Other

(d)

that

Falls^ heat^

speakingcan

house

part of speech perhaps because

of the verb

assert

word

the

say
a

words

are

sentences

interrogation and

include

to this

time

attributes.

express

"

action, being, and

assume,

(b)

and

words

ours.

the

In

(a)

Troy

; The

italicized

part of speechthat is used

was;
to

scholar.

verbs.

are

Troy

is Lolita.

you

the

to become

as:

finished.
prophecy ?

to become

have

is the

Verb

plows;

They

plow;

child

substances

relation;

assume

been

sentences

words

such

All

have

the

drums.

giftof

all the

relation

affirmthe

or

tasks

our

and
finished^

been

it.

heat their

boys

between

relations
have

falls.

snow

these

In

331.

VERB.

1.

330*

123

VERB.

"

"

prepositions,
can

express

conjunctions,

relation

conjunctive
the

verb

is sometimes

only

can

it.
is not

always

single word,

but

verb

124

GBAMMAB

The

(/)

The

fact

The

property has
of

predicate

have

might

been

been

discovered;

for it is the only part of speech that

Verbs

(1) According to
observing the sentences,

that

see

we

and

person

She
to

the

form

He

the

by

in the

But
wants

me

to

"

study,

verbs

is modified

by

the

only
and

person

their

that

is often

form
of

number

their

jects.
sub-

following sentences.
She

plow,

him

wants

She

plow,

to

them

wants

plow;
She

the

She

plowing,

me

saw

it will be

seen

that

the

of

merely
person
336.

number

and
A

the person
337.

that

means

the

Finite
and

An

the person

their

Verb

is

number

not

one

person

of

and

modified

never

remains
their
The

in-finite verbs.

have
is

verbs

plowing

number^

by

the

subjects.
whose

form

may

be

modifiedby

of its svijecU

In-finite Verb
and

called

them

saw

number

and

person

form

of their

She

plowing.

of the italicized

form

regardless

same,

him

saw

subjects. They are therefore

verbs do
statement, in-finite

by

By

Subjects.

to

fore
subjects. They are therestatement,
finiteverbs have

The

means

one^

bases.

five different
Belation

the

their

contain

or

VEBBS.

studies, They

of

of

number^

determined

335.

study,

finite verbs.

and

person

number

called

OF

their

334.

verb

predicate.

can

classified upon

are

be

must

OLASSinOATION

333.

possession of,

taken

sentence

every

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

OF

number

is

one

whose

form

of its subject.

is

never

modified

THE

even

our

verb

to

slightinflection

to the

(a) Owing

and

for person

finite verbs

exclusively to

"e, confined

I torite, He

The

(")

the

to

resemble

They

were.

the

in-finite verb

four

has

only

have

more

shown

of

till after

closely

than

are

tively
respec-

do

they

of

pupil

and

that
other

any

written

his

"

written.

participleswith
of

in

ship
scholar-

their
of

part

they

use

is

speech

to 672.

626

infinitives and

completed

has

been
been

participles.

two

and

verb;

the

participles;as

preponderance

discussion, Articles

discussion

the

and

pronounced

very

having

infinitives

class

note

four

to have

written^

infinitives

two

and

being written,

of

the

in

"

illustrated above

infinitives

to he

forms

as

of the

case
:

of

participle,

written,

thorough

The

deferred

was.

them

verbs

abundantly
(e)

are;

He

having written,

regards

wrote,

I was.

adjectives,but

and

nouns

write

They

grammarians

Some

(d)

writes, They
is,

to have

verbs

llius

He

of

modification

in the

tense,

I am.

verb

Intransitive

present

They

transitive

writing,

is,except

number
the

English, the

wrote.

the

write,

in

He

infinitiveand

(c) Every

found

I wrote.

forms

two

125

VERB.

participlesshould

study

of all the

be

parts of

speech.

(2) According

338.

In all such

"

sentences

The

boy plows

The

field

it will

was

be

to their

plowed by
that

the

are

said to be

The

man

The

ox

action

the

Relation

Objects.

to

boy,

representedas going across

verbs

"

field,

the

seen

as

Action's

from

bought

an

bought by

was

expressed by
an

agent

because
transitive,

ox

to

an

the

each

man

verb

object.

transitive

means

is

Such
to go

across.

339.

But

in such
The

while
not

each

dew

verb

represent it

sentences

She

sparkles.
expresses

as

as,

going

the
across

walks

action
to

an

gracefully,
of

an

agent, it does

object. Such

verbs

126

GRAMMAR

are

said

go

across.

Transitive

agent

an

An

341.

Intransitive

the action
(a)
takes

of

It

agent

an

object, and

an

that

transitive

is, every
verb

every
that

do

take

an

take

Bven

box.''

on

object ;

an

on

of

the termination

He

Verbs

used

here

But
he

not

that

expressed.
and

found,

expressed
has

saw

for the

clearly implied.
both

verbs

sentence,

the

are
"

studies
each

equivalent

to

**

as,

the

to

But

but

it is

The

verbs

always

not

represents

The

instrument

object

broken,

was

Henry

that if

say

there

object

When

to

does

agents

active

"^"^

it is

as

"

be

I saw,"

object, that,
does

only

form

the

to

objects.

man

Laura

easily ;

tunes

easily tuned,

its

agent

mined
deter-

always

; but

not," the verbs

of the
the

of

not

is the

studies, but

action

instrument
is

need

be

refer

to

thought

He

**

object

no

in which

as

so

any

in

7'eads.''^

something,
is

always

must

When

Henry studies,

read

must

used

are

Laura

(2)

(1)

studies, Mary

she

minds

''Dora

nates
termi-

box.

particular sentence

the

post," '*I
that

action

transitive,because

the

the

be

may

preposition, represent

speech

Thus

algebra, but

as,

does

intransitive.

reads

our

transitive.

object, algebra.
*'

object, and

an

against

the

Some

part of

sentence,

"

verb

"

often

are

intransitive, having reference

Dora

definite

the

box

the verbs

sentences

to be

passive signification;
is

in

intransitive.

In

transitive, because
to

performs

object expressed,

no

an

objects ;

verb

transitive,although

suggesting

verb

of

as

The

Mary

any

above

therefore

are

if

of

parsing

without

only,

agents
They

in the

take

that many

express

aid

agreed.

are

and

verb

I broke

therefore

office it

the

by

the

But

take

not

corresponding

an

leaned

object;

an

definiteobject;

are

that

one

then

upon

the

without

transitive

no

does

takes

transitive

transitive

split,

grammarians

verbs

the

; as,

on

was

study something,

must

and

refer to
all

its

see

as

never

voice

We

He

*'

splitthe post,

commonly

to

as

so

must

it must,

post

has

terminates

verb

the action

The

(c)

only

Not

voice

verb

that
verbs

represent

object.

an

one

transitive

active

not

does.

intransitive

an

as

in the passive

that

action

an

expressed by
sat

its action

object, but

verb

transitive.

objects are

does

transitive

is transitive.

in the passive voice

not

(")

in the
verb

no

that

one

define

to

of the

cent

verb

passive voice,,and

in the

is

intransitive

object. Precisely fiftyper

represents the action of

terminatingupon

as

to

not

means

object.

an

loose

an

intransitive

that

one

Verb

inexcusably

1b

is

Verb

terminating upon

as

SENTENCE.

intransitive,because

to be

340.

ENGLISH

THE

OP

not,"
in

are

passing
is

used

is

the
both
over

in

this sentence

THE

Verba

(d)

they have
a

in

objects similar
She

sang

almost

the

**

dream."
be

to

seems

intxanaitive

usually,

above

significationto

universal

being

such

expressions very plainly involve

rejected. By definition,any

of the agent
the

of

terminating

as

object.

definition,and
confusion.
"

as,

to

used

verb

Sometimes

transitive

do

in

love

looked

disposed of.^^

be

causative

eyes."

(3)
She

"

action

expresses

When

only

but
his

trots
in

poetic

daggers."
intransitive

an

this

nothing

used

look

can

from

"Paul

as

sense;

of

action

tion
significa-

depart

to

should

the

the

about

productive

his armies."
to

if it represents

matter

of

speak

to

of terms, and

necessary

will

so

verb

state.

by being compounded
We

found

intransitive

an

"

object, no

be

It

objects," but

govern

contradiction

dreamed

righteous life."

that

is transitive

an

marched

action, being, or

expresses

(J)

Eyes

transitive

(e)

attempt

general

The
**

never

When

(2)

pony."
sense;

any

upon

It will

as, "He

grammarians

verbs

verb

lived

among

intransitive

*'

(1) When

transitive.

themselves;

man

custom

as

as

That

**

such

be

the

often

are

song.'*

127

VERB.

verb

with

"

The

"

house

The
had

property

is made

form

passive

preposition, as,

laughed ai."

were

in the

been

was

taken

possession ofy
It may

{g)
adverb

"The

stove."

But

speech
(h)

In

himself

man

this

equivalent to

verb

it

(0."

"He

seems

given

be

and
the

form

*'

We

preposition or

should

an

put off

never

tried

eo^re^ tfp." "Heae^wpthe

the compound
except when

done

could

separated

be

not

into different

is

parts

meaning.

drank

drunk,"

themselves
italicized

the

preferable

laughed herself hoarse,'* "

She

"

as,

of

regard

to

cases

active

never

"They
be

few

in the

sentences

weary,"

; but

should

marring

such

dispositioncan

came

singleword,

without

in

allowable

part of the verb

as

duty."

of

be

to

parse

words

satisfactory

very

words

intransitive

the

following

such

any

no

as

slept

He

the

subject of

infinitive to be understood.

the

(3) According to

342.
The

two

convey

that

the

steals,which

the

while

steals, and

preciselythe

observed
verb

Completeness of Predication.

"

sentences,
He

may

their

in the

in the

predicate,but
by another

He

same

is

thief,

But

meaning.

it will be

first,the predicationis completed by

both

asserts

and

second, the verb

only

asserts

the

expresses
is does

word, thief. Steals

is

complete

not

attribute
a

bute
attri-

the

that

verb

is
of

pressed
ex-

com'

128

GRAMMAR

EKQLISH

THE

OF

and
pletepredication^

because

asserts, it is called

attributive

an

and
predication^
attribute

an

called

An

it asserts

verb

because

is

Attributive

it

is is

attribute

the

verb

another

of

complete
in-

ject
its sub-

only couples to

expressed by

it

word, it is

attribute

is

Verb

is

Copulative Verb

expressed by

(a) ^he

that expresses

one

the attribute

assumes.

or

344.

it contains

copulativeverb.

343.

that

SBNTBNGE.

Uteral

that asserts

one

other

some

the

of

meaning

word

word

assumes

or

an

words.

or

is to

copula

couple

or

fasten

together.
(b)
that

There

few

are

between

distinctions

grammatical

attributive

copulative

and

verbs.

perplexing

more

than

be mastered.

It must
.

(c)

AU

active

They

predication.
active

an
a

transitive

transitive

copulative verb

is

(d)

The

is

verb

objective complement^

is

an

attributive

an

a,

was

and

of

adjective, infinitive,participle, phrase,

(e)

The

two

are

the

always

predicate

expressed together
Paul

Some
the

logicians and
predicate ;

but

is the only part

(/)
"

She

of speech

(g) Although
and
is

following
no

sometimes

*'

verb

to

all the

What
to

was,

is

verbs
no

distinguish

impossible, in

are

more,
a

with

care

"

always
be

substantive

oi

pronoun,

noun,

the class illustrate.

attribute

an

whether

"

preacher.

verb

copula

the

contains

or

as

part of

since

one,

it

the

to

second

what

exist.

is, will

In

to

"

not

bute,
attri-

an

Whatever

(1) Troy

Verb.

sentences,

assumes

or

In

copulative.

attributive
and

; as,

it is often

copula,

pure

it asserts

merely

copulas

as

chairman."

only

Copulative

isolated

be used

may

is the

it denotes

when

as

elected

was

be

first is is attributive, and

(2)
How

voice

passive

It is copulative when

sentences

more.

{h)
and

the

completes

horse.

and

regard

not

what

predicate.

can

honest."

attributive

right,the

that

in the

attributive.

purely

is

but

Let

copula

the predicate is always

considered

was

do

grammarians

verbs

Many

Paul

and

is

It may

separately

or

preaches,

verb

clause.

or

includes

completes

good

used,

so

what

farmer;

a,

saw

has

copulative

expression

some

Bob

incomplete

this:

Distinguish

George

and

good horse,

in

verbs

complement.

farmer,

of

verbs

sense

one

copulative

complement

adjective, or

an

in

are

differ from

George
Bob

verbs

was,

the

is,
two

but

is

be.

It is often

difficult,

distinguish the passive

130

GBAMMAB

Uses

(k)

the verb

that
man

attributive

Verb

to be has

the

construction

Thus,

is without

many

times

phrases

that

regarded

attributive,and

phrases foUowmg

such
the

agents, they
determined

be

**

means

But

the

the

**

thou

"

verb

principal parts

or

see^

expi'essattributes
Thus,

He

She

*'

always
'*

"*

^*

does

not

adverbial.

into
is

"

in

is the attribute.

Texas,

Texas

expanded

"

exist

that

''''He is in health

is in
in

tence
sen-

ever
When-

cannot

in health

of the farm

owner

copula

giggler

Pay

and

"

He

**

debts

your

an

"
=

debts."

their

to

called

Form.

Indicative

Certain

"

Principal Parts,

other

called

always

be

this

But

In this

element.

be

giggles

all the

are

Present

form

the

thy

are

that

these

often

She

("the

(4) According

parts of the

346.

of

adverbial

an

^^

termining
de-

place.

its

incorrectly

are

is

form,

same

either

is homeless.''^

is in the house.''''

Is is copulative, and
the

The

by

take

may

"^e

of the sentences.

may
"

He

"

the payer

345.

from

verb

complement

to

*^

as,

determined

be

that

Is is attributive, and

him.^^

is in

farm

owns

form

exactly

attributive

attributive

Be

of

Texas
An

(m)

the

house
verb

often

predicate adjectives,but

as

is in him.^"*

sentence

''^

mean

from

Health

the

used

are

the

in

passing

principal verb,

construction

in

in

note

above.

as

*^IIe

as,

to

auxiliary ;

an

as

word

same

adverbial

are

two

may

single

is the

home''^

as

explained

the

well

be

one

and

predicate adjectives ;

as

is is

"

phrase

of

^'"He

uses

are

of

SENTENCE.

It may

"

distinct

children

construction
the

ENGLISH

Be.

copulative, which

or

The

To

three

with

playing

was

(I)

the

oi

THE

OF

parts

forms

because

it is

The

obtained.

are

or

"

found

simple form of the verb,

the English dictionary ; as,

the
in

plow^ am.

347.

Indicative

Past

past time
348.

relating it

to

the

form

indefinitely
;

than
definitely

more

other

some

implied by

as,

the

of the
9aWy

form

Participle: the

Perfect
time

of
the

time, either

sentence

; as

seen^

word

used

to represent

plowed^ was.
the
Past

verb

that

presses
ex-

Indicative, by

past, present,

or

ture,
fu-

plowed^ been.

that some
verbs
forn;i
examples show
and perfectparticipleby changing the
their past indicative
ending of the present indicative to ed; as, plow^ plowed^
moved,
moved;
plowed; move,
plant, planted, planted;
349.

these

The

are

above

called

regular

verbs.

THE

The

360.
and

that

verbs

do

in
perfectparticiple
A

351.
and

form

not

this way

is

Kegfular Verb

131

VERB.

are

that

one

their

past indicative

called

irregvlarverbs.

its Past

forms

Indicative

Perfect Participleby changing the ending of the

Indicative

to ed.

An

352.

is

Irregular Verb

Indicative

of the

Present

and

that does

one

its Past

form

not

Perfect Participleby changing the ending

Present

Indicative

to ed.

Irregularverbs are of three kinds :

Complete: those having a full set of principalparts ;

353.

"

354.

write^ wrote., written,

as,

Defective:

356.

parts

366.
of

lacking
as, beware^ ought^quoth.
Redundant
those having
:

principalparts
Some

(a)
the

those

grammarians

be; seeing, plowing,

(b) Often,

in

sufficiency

principal parts

infinitiveand

active
to

; as,

plow,

to

see,

to

being.
of the

case

before

dropped

be

must

as

also, the present

name,

participle as

active

present

than

more

principal

eat, strike,cleave.

as,

the

of

some

love, the final

verb

is added

ed

to form

of the present indicative

the

past indicative

and

perfect participle.
(c)

called the

often

perfect participleis

The

past participle ; and

the

past indicative, the imperfect.

(d) Strong

Verbs.

Weak

and

strong verb is

"

past indicative and

stole, stolen ;

perfect participleby varying the root vowel

but not
Commonly,
always,
sing, sang, sung.

participleof

strong

indicative

(e)
weak

as

It will

All

be observed

that

verbs

strong

Originally all
has

been

our

verbs;

are

those

to

verbs

tendency

participleby adding
yielded

the

that

Irregularverbs, are

en.

the

weak

verb

is

of verbs

irregular,but

not

all

not

all weak

are

weak,

but

irregular in

were

to

form

the

irregularand

their

verbs

are

are

ular.
reg-

conjugation

; but

and

fect
per-

Those

that

the jr past indicative

t.
are

tendency, including

called strong verbs.

\t"

present

irregular verbs

present ihdicative, ed, d, or

withstood

forms

into strong and

into

that

tendency, including all regular verbs,

have

t to the

perfect

feel,felt.

classification
with

for them

to the

or

the

its

steal,

; as,

that

one

completely

not

Also, all regular verbs

strong.

have

in

; hear, heard

abash, abashed

corresponds closelybut

regular.

there

ends

perfect participleby adding ed, d,

and

past indicative

verb

forms

that

one

called
most

weak
of

our

132

GRAMMAR

OF

THE

IBBEGUUkB

357.
most

and

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

YEBBS.

The

following list
irregularverbs, and

the

shows
also

what

verbs

Every student of English grammar,

that speaks the English language, should
one
master
our
irregularverbs, for it is in the iise

indeed

358.

multitude

List of

359.
In
in the

of

use

These

whose

verbs

have

they

form

also be

may

form

as,

form

are

we

of

some

freighted

with

therefore

Past

be

of
verbs

is

best

other.

The

Two

Ind.

was,
arose.

arisen.

Awake,

awoke,

r
,

r.

Forms

Perfect Part.

awaked,

with

borne.

{carry),

PreeefU.

beat.

in

Ind.

Perfect Part

t begat,*

broke.*

*My

tongue

chose,

begotten,

Cleave,

{adhere)

I clave,^

clave

to

the

roof

of

my

chosen.

cleaved, 'i

moxiih.**

"

chidden,

I^^j^

,.,

r.*

broken,

brake,*

Choose,

begot.

blown,

/^^^""
"

befallen.

begot,

Beget,

forms.

blew, r.,*

chid.

befell,

**thun-

Blow,

f^.j,

Become,

;"

Bite,

Caiide.

Befall,

The

bid,bade.{j;j
bit.
{Jf'^.

Bid.

beaten,
become.

der
un-

The

certain way

unmarked

I beat.

became,

regular
form

first.

mischief

the

Past

Break
r

Beat,

the

Different.

(bring forth) ^
bore,

the

placed

applied

I awoke.*

bore, bare, bom.

is

only

Memorize

from

the

that

not

late introduction.

usage

silks," fraught

Past

Am,

of

^^

"

that

denotes

"

present

part only

most

separate

denotes

preferable, when

spices and

Arise,

Bear

that

perfect participleare

and

perfectly,
of the

the

been.

Bear

of these

for the

error

and
given first,

been

learned

der-strwcA;,"**sorrow-s"ricA;ew."

Present,

liable to

past indicative

instead

used

to

1.

thoroughly

errors.

used, being ancient, poetic, or

supposed

second

be

may

it is seldom

grossest

every

Irregnlar Verbs.

those

rest, that

^^

of the

using irregularverbs,

alike.

defective

are

redundant.

what

arise

of

principal parts

Dickens.

Past

Present.

Cleave

Perfect Part,

Ind.

cleft,clove,cleft,

\ clave,
(^split),
Come,

cloven.

'\

Crov^r,
'

"

Dare

/dared.M

Past

Know,

knew,

known.

Lade

laded,

laden,

crov^red.

ISant.

Leap,

leaped,

leaped,

^^^

\l6apt,*

16apt.*

lay,

lain.

Mow,

mowed,

mown,

Prove,

proved,

Rend,

rent,

Ride,

rode,

Ring,

rang,

Rise,

rose,

Rive,

rived,

Run,

ran,

Saw,

sawed,

sawn,

See,

saw,

seen.

Lie

ture),
(Dare

leaned,
{leaned,
leant,

Lean,

I durst,

(repose),
dared.)

dared,

"

challenge,

{tt}

""""

"-^

Do,

did,

done.

Draw,

drew,

drawn.

Drinko ,

drank,
i"".

Drive,

drove,

driven.

Eat,

ate,

eaten.*

Fall,

fell,

fallen.

Fly,

flew,

flown.

Forbear,

forbore,

forborne.

.orge,

forgo,

'

Forsake,
Freeze,

""

forsook,

forsaken.

froze,

frozen.

freighted,

Give,

gave,

given.

Go,

went,

gone.

Grave,

graved,

graven,

Grow,

grew,

grown.

heaved,'

heaved,

Hide.

Md,

Come

as

'

seethed.
jj
sodden.

shaken.

{^^^^

{**;^'
''^''"'"'"{sh^^'l
shaved,

^^"^'^

shown,

showed,
r shrank,

Show,
r.
.

r.

'

r.

shrunk,

t shrunk,

shrunken.*

'

hoven.*

I hove,

hewed,

**

seethed,

run.

Hew,

run,*

shaped,

"^

This

riven, r.*

Shape,

",

rung.
risen.

shook,

I gotten.*

".

rung,

Shake,

Shave,

goti,

**

{ZTied.**
{'^^^

I sod,

I fraught,

Get,

r
"

.1.

fgot,

'

I proven.*

drank.*

Heave,

i^

r.

{J^^^*-'
Seethe,

freighted.

Freight,

r.

Qoad),

I crew,

{ven-

Perfect Part,

Ind,

Present,

come.

came,

133

VEBBS.

IBBEGXTLAB

r.

{Jif".

line he
the

hewn,

dared

winds

came

not

cross."
when

"

Macaulay.

forests

are

rended,^*

Beholden
"

W,

withholden.'

Scott,

134

GRAMMAR

Past

OF

Jnd.

smote.

Sow

ENGLISH

smitten,
Swear,

I smit.

sowed,

SEKTEKGE.

Present.

Part.

Ptrftd
(

Smite,

THE

sown,

Swell,

r.

Swim,
spoken.
{spoke,
spake,*

Take,

rspit,

spit,

Tare,

\ spat,*

spitten.*

Thrive,

"I

Speak,

Spit,

Spring,

sprang,

I sprung,

sprung.

Throw,

threw, r.,* thrown,

stole,

stolen,

Tread,

strode,

stridden,

trodden,
{trod,
trode,

strid,

strid.

Steal,

r.*

trod.*

Stride,

struck,

Strike,

struck.

Strive,

strove, r.,* striven, r.*

Strow,

strowed,
The

2.

I stricken,

Two

Wear,

wore,

Pasi

Ahide,

abode, r.,*

abode,

Behold,

beheld,

Belay,

or

Perfect

'

I waxen.

r.,*

wrote,
wrote,

r.*

woven,

'

-I

written.

I writ,* y

r.

Past

waxed,

worn.

wove,
f

Write,

Present,

Jnd.

waxed,

Weave,

strown,

f
""

Wax,

the

Three

Forms

Alike.

Part.

Present.

Pa^

r.*

Burst,

burst,

burst, r.*

beheld.

Buy,

bought,

bought.

belaid, r.,

belaid, r.

Cast,

cast,

cast.

Bend,

bent,

bent,

Catch,

caught, r.,* caught, r.*

Bereave,

bereft, r.,

bereft,

Cling,

clung,

Beseech,

besought,

besought.

Bestead,*

bestead,*

bestead.*

Bet,

bet, r.,

bet,

r.,

r.
r.

r.

Clothe,

Ind.

Perfect Part.

clung.

clothed,

clotlied,

t clad,

clad.

cost,

cost.

Cost,

betided,

Creep,

crept,

crept.

I betid,*

betid.*

Cut,

cut,

cut.

Bind,

bound,

bound.

Deal,

dealt,r.,* dealt,r.*

Bleed,

bled,

bled.

Dig,

dug,

blended,

blended,

Blend,

1 blent,*

Betide,

Bless,
Breed,

betided,

blessed,

Dream,
blent.*

blessed,
Dress,

I blest,

blest.

bred,

bred.

Dwell,

r.,

dreamed,

dug,

r.

dreamed,
dreamt.

I drgamt,

dressed,
{dressed,
drest,*
drest.*

dwelt,

r.,

dwelt,

Bring,

brought,

brought.

Feed,

fed,

fed.

Build,

built, r.,

built,r.

Feel,

felt,

felt.

Fight,

fought,

fought

Find,

found.

found.

Bum,

burned,
{burned,
burnt.
burnt.

r.

IRREGULAK

the
a

to

hanged, hanged

Hang,

distinction
noun.

caiue

"

to

is not

Rap,
stop.

always

rapt, rapt:

to

suspend

by the neck
*

observed.
to

seize

135

VERBS.

with

Past

with

is used

rapture.

as

intent
an

to

kill ; but

adjective

or

as

Stay, stayed, stayed:

136

GRAMMAR

PreMnt.

Fastlnd.

Sting,

OF

Stung,
r

Stink,

stunk,

ENGLISH

SENTEKGE.

Perfect Part,

Preeent.

Poet

stung.

Wring,

wrung,

Ind,

rsw^t,

could.

Can,

sw6at.

Do

swet.

Have

Iswet,

(aux'y) did.
/

,,"^

Sweep,

swept,

swept.

Swing,

swung,

swung.

May,

might,

Teach,

taught,

taught.

Must,

must.

Tell,

told,

told.

Ought,

ought,

Think,

thought,

thought.

Thrust,

thrust,

thrust.

Wake,

woke,

woke,

r.,

quoth.
Shall,

wedded,

Wet,

wept.

vsish,he- V willed,

queatht) J

wet, r.,

wet,

Win,

won,

won.

Wind,

wound,

r.

willed.)

Wit,

wound,

r.,

(Will-

wed.*

wept,

would,

(aux'y),/

wedded,

I wed,*

should,

r.
.

Weep,

r.*

r.,* wrung,

Beware,

r.,

Sweat,

Wed,

Part

stunk.

strung, r.,* strung, r.*

Perfect

'i

\ stank,* J

String,

THE

r.

Wot,*

wot,*

worked,

worked,

Wis,*

wist,*

wrought,

wrought.

Weet,*^

wote,*

Work,

the
From
tences,
sen(5) According to their Bank.
I plow,"
I can
plow," I will plow," I must
that the action
is expressed by the verb
see
plow," we
used
to
are
mu%t^
plow^ and that the verbs can, mH,
cause
the manner
of the expression. Bemodify, in some
way,
they are used thus to aid other verbs, they are called
either
be used
verbs
that
auodliary verbs; whUe
may
with or without
called principalverbs.
auxiliaries are
360.

"

"

361.

Auxiliary

"

"

"

verbs

are

those

used

in

the

are

those

that

may

be

conjugation

of other verbs.
362.
with

might;
(6)
all

men

without

or

(a)

used

Principal

as

The

Be

have

honest,"

; as,
"

He

in all their

have

will, would;

in all their

principal verbs
were

be and

are

could; must;

and

either

used

auxiliaries.

auxiliaries

can,

verbs

*'

forms

I do the work,"
me

do, did; may,

shall, should.

forms, do, did, would,

willed

his

**

He

did

property."

and

it,"

will
**

are

I would

often
that

138

GRAMMAR

is often

(c) Can
book?"

"*Ca"

(4)

866.

OP

children

the

Hnst

"We

words

writers

should; but

for

would
be

can

offered

for such

these

misusing

ignorant

too

made,

words

Eules.

tells ; in the

second

and

presently."

will

using
is the

(2) Will, in the

a
promise or
expresses

for sTtall^
or
that

whoever

persistsin

either

that

he is

that

ought

to

be

it.

the

first person,
a

speaker.

the

mand^
promise^com-

shcillknow

"I

reward."

the

simply /ore-

"Thou

shalt

shall be free."

nation

first person,

369.

best

very

only excuse

distinction

shall have

"You
"The

steal."

of

accept

are,

our

third, it expresses

determination

or

Even

acknowledge

(1) Shall,in

"

more

of

observe

to

horizon

perhaps,
frequentlymisused

blunder, and
the

master

to

the

There

"

carelessness
a

your

truth."

would.

must

careless

too

or

368.

not

will,would.

guilty

use

premises, yoMmust

language

sometimes

are

be above

must

tell the

and
%halU shovld^ toill^

than

tual,
physical,intellec-

"

his

^''Can

as,

necessity

mu"t

the

in

may;

me?"

star

SENTENCE.

for

with

admit

you

(6) Shall,should

four

no

play

as,'"That

his conclusion."
867.

used

expresses

"If

to-night."

ENGLISH

incorrectly

moral;

or

THE

but
only foretells^

not

of

the

such

speaker; in
and third, it only foretells. "I will pay you."
second
the
will have
will be pleased with
pay." "You
my

the
"I

book."

He

"

(3)

370.
mode

or

"We

would

will

to-morrow."

come

When

tense,

determination

the

demands

sense

should

use

if

assist you

for

shall^and
could."

we

change

would
"You

in the

for

will.

should

try

again."
(a)
the

In

volition

thfttthe

interrogative
or

control

act is under

of
the

shall

sentences,

external

something
control

of the

STtalllgo?

Shall

Will jou

Will

go?

jon
he

denotes
to the

that

the

agent, and

agent.

go?

go?

Shall

he

go?

act

is under

loill

implies

THE

Will

can

be used

never

to know

supposed
very

common

and

may

be

with

which

used

fine

If the

intended

particle it suggests
means,
his slander

tolerate

verb
When

(c)
\mt

; as,

futurity;

leave

verb

(d) Many

as,

"If

or

additional

the

idea

will grant your

idea
or

adverb

an

that

it would

these

be

four
rules

happy

effort for the

All

"

may

when

of

whether
of the
of

Will

or

the

student

act

to be

of that

different

the

should

language

speaker,

something

would

the volition

representedhy

own

shall

to express

the

sentence,

and

also the

'*

tional
addi-

to be

has

be

changed
shall

to

gladly

request," implies

happy.

been

summed

adjective

an

"I

or

grant your

speaker

that
be

to

request,"

said

concerning

in the

up

act

his

**He

adverb

should

will

represents the

both

nothing

tvfo

eral
gen-

"

(2)

The

tense

speaker.

introduce

the

(a)

general

present

the

an

(1) Shall or should represents

independent of the volition or control of
hy the subjectof the verb.

also

correctly used, require

we

372.

373.

grant your
be

*'I will

auxiliaries
:

to

Will

his slander.^

but

of

futurity

speaker^s pleasure,

happy

Snles.

of

my

''^

denotes

Thus,

would.

idea

the

expresses

the

require an

General

371.

or

speaker^s pleasure ; but

request."

grant your

will

will die."

Monday;"

adjective or

an

; and

the

shall

is

such

to express

Flowers

"

would

or

^^

to

is generally

demand

tolerate

determination

will

introduce

we

tive
posi-

very

without

expressed by

before

the

expressed by

as, ''I shall

shall;

be

leave

shall

by

first person

I not

money

simply

person

happen."

expresses

to express

my

he

request,"

of the

third

in which

when

Will

subjunctive mode,

sentences

should

Thus,

^'

/ certainly will not

vHll

But

realitya

but

answer;

demand

it could

than

be

can

negative particle it

is in the

Monday"

before

shall

the

**

in the

used

Accidents

*"

contains

answer.

means,

emphatically

more

of the

"

it.

in the

is in

question

I certainly will

is often

"Will

(6)
truth

^^

an

one

no

knows

figure,will

affirmative

negative

he

for

figure is Interrogation, according

of

question

imply

to

than

better

The

form

the

first person,

the

rhetorical

effect.

having

declaration.

money?"

forcible

very

sentence

literallyin

speaker^s will

the

139

VERB.

and

or

from

of

subjectof
accustom

that

expressed
which

control

is

the

what

to

represented

state

or

pendent
inde-

as

he is

observing thoughtfully
purpose

represented

represented by

either.-

is

as

the verb,

himself

be

state

or

speaker^unless

of others, for the

is to

act

the

as

of

tinder

subject of

determining
the
the

control

verb,

or

140

GRAMMAR

The

(6)

ought

do,

to

announcement

shall

do means,

to

impose

say
thus

or

he,

on

to

the part of

control, we

say,

shall

do

(1)

He

(2)

You

(3)

I shall do

(4)

He

(5)

You

(6)

I will do

in

declaring

other

on

purpose

of

; and

action, we

unavoidable

he,

be, in fact,a
so

mean

our

the

mere

fore
there-

we

to do

person
say,

own

part,

action, which

they

we

you

part of another

speaking

of the

future

or

the

on

he

sees

But

remote.

inappropriate

it is the volition

in

to

therefore,unless

action

is

he

what

"

means

we

or

we
or

mean

shalV^

(Speaker*s determination, or promise.)

(Speaker's determination, or promise.)

it.

shall do

it.

(Mere futurity.)

it.

will do

(Mere futurity.)

it.

will do

it.

(Futurity,or entreaty.)
(Determination.)

it.

force of the auxiliaries in the

Explain the

(1)

Will

you

(2)

Will

it be

(3)

What

give thanks,

shall

leave

wilt

this

Paradise

thou

paradise,
thee.

within

child

This

"

else shall I ?

or

the

tower

not

be

The

stars

of

In

rivulets

beauty
ShaU

bom

of

pass

into

;"

own.

shall be

secret

dance

possess

Milton,

"

shall lean

she

many

shalt

but

I will make

midnight

her ; and

Where

of my

lady

loath

will take

myself

I to

shall be mine, and

She

And

following:

I do ?

To

To

reach

you

Then

Kate,

sweet

before

dark

(4)

(5)

or

person,

will, you,

we

less

control, shall^

another, obligation, or
I.or

doing

about

am

an

and,

will ;

cal
radi-

Examples.

374.

375.

merely announcing

they

or

The

I sJiall do

to do

supposed

announce
some

'*

mination
intention,deter-

do.

to

ought

of another

in

Hence,

so.

is purpose,

to do ; and

will, assuming that

you

shall, you,

claim

action

voluntary

future

is

man

action, more

to

or

we

White

sceal, ought) is obligation. I will

to mean,

came

radically,you

whom

Grant

determined

am

as

of future

obligation,

an

over

person,

do

/ shall

mere

"

to do ; and

radically,/ ought

Richard

(Anglo-Saxon

doing

I purpose

means,

SENTENCE.

(Anglo-Saxon willan)

will

of sfMill

; that

ENGLISH

is from

following quotation

significationof
do

THE

OF

dear

her

ear

place,

their

wayward

murmuring
her

face.

round.

sound
"

Wordsworth.

THE

141

VEBB.

Shall I, wasting in despair.

(6)

because

Die

love

If she

I will die

If she

(7)

then

me,

hate

believe

shall

she

ere

shall

She

fair ?

woman^s

I will

die ere

Wither*

"

believe

then

me,

grieve.

grieve.
Jonson^s

Ben

"

Parody

on

the Aboioe,

Try each of the auxiliaries,do^ 6", Aave, way, can^

rrvuBt^mighty could, would, should, shall,will,in each of the
876.

and

following blanks,
the

of the

meaning
You

(2)

I believe

(3)

He

(4)

Do

study
you

let

(5) They

Fill the

for

reasons

accept it

selection

be

drowned

(3)

be

punished

(4)

If you

mistreat

Ch\

If you

mistreat

me

Qa;

It

(9)

He

(10)
If he

be
he

(12)

Fill

378.

do

have

you

give reoMonsfor

this
in

wrong.

regret it.

you

be

your

be able

(2)

pay

him

(3)

not

think

(4)

We

obliged.
allow

not

we

coffee,or

it.

I drink

he

you

not

pay

me.

regret it

time,

(5) He

help

accept

the

it ?

position.

blanks
following/

with

should

selection.
to

repeat it correctly.

to-day

if he

debts,

demand

do

she

pleased, if
his

give

to-day.

me,

it ;

(1)

be

will,and

trade.

you

accompany

the

or

"

if I do

friend

shall

favor
not

with

nobody

rain

1 assist you
If you

(11)

probably

(8)

blanks

loser in that

(2)

(7)

"

alone.

us

be the

(1)1

in

me.

pay

following

your

made

grammar.

that

say

thus

room.

she

that

difference

the

sentence

leave the

(1)

377.

observe

such

thing.

favor

you
if he

"

r"

it

us.

get his pension.

or

would, and

142

GRAMMAR

do

ENGLISH

THE

OF

others

(6)

We

(7)

He

was

afraid

that

he

(8)

He

was

afraid

that

his father

unto

as

have

we

(A)

commit

"

In

(1)

stands

the

verb

the

for

the

verb

the

receiver

and

thought

that
to

now

the

relates

of

between
TJie mail

and
on

the morning

train,

(3)

383.

determining

the mail

384.

(4)

thought
the

or

and

maU

on

train,

between

on

the

of

tion
rela-

agreement

the

mode.

idea

thought

of power

and

reality;as.

should)

or

as

arrive

on

mode.

express

may

train,

may

(6) certaintyas
reality;as,
arrives

fact

might, could, would,

morning

sentence

property of the

Indicative

"

express

may

relatipn between
the

We

sentence

to express

the

expresses

the

This

its sentence

Potential

sentence

the

Bring

agreement^

"

erty
prop-

reality.

which

in

reality.

the morning

(can, must,

may

or

reality; as,

(2) A sentence
determining the relation
mail

distinction

refers to

manner

it enables

arrives

its

sentence

every

thought

to the

382.

This

that

seen

the

thought

thought

frost.

by

that

so

is mode.
thought to reality,
declare
(1) A sentence
may

381.

The

bitten

are

the act

every

note

verb, by which

suicide.

voice.

have

(-B) We

380.

have

doer

is called

of verbs

us.

subject,frosty
in (2),
of the act or affent. But
makes
its subject,flowers^represent

objectof

or

unto

VERBS.

used,

bites is

bitten

are

OF

flowers

The

do

bites the flowers.

Frost

(1)
(2)

others

hurt

be

PEOPEETIES
379.

SENTENCE.

thought
"

the morning

(a)

of mil

idea
and

as

reality;as.

mode.

Imperative

express,
to

the

doubt

as

to

the

the disagreement^between

train^

we

shall

go.

If

the mail

THE

had

arrived

the

on

train^

morning

143

VERB.

should

we

have

gone.

Snbjtmotlve

"

mode.

((7) Verbs

885.

time;

inflected

are

mark

to

differences

in

as,

I go,

This

I have

(jD)
and

person

I ?iad

is called

property

386.

I went,

gone;

Verbs

of

their

their

I go, he

These

form, too, according

gone.

to

the

subjects;as,
they

goes,

called

properties are

have

tense.

vary

number

go, I sImU

I sMll

gone;

go.

and

person

number.

VOICE.

887.
the

is the

Voice

svhject represents

There
388.

Active

"She

flowers."
389.

the doer

blames

"The

Passive

written

Homer."

by

shall be covered
(a) Only

verbs

that

It is claimed

by

whether
the

of

act.

the verb

"I

will

Homer

"

as,

makes

the

wrote

her

cover

its

with

grave

rw"a."

is the voice in which

"

with

receiver

in which

the act;

of

the receiver

subjectrepresent

shows

voices, active and passive.

me."

boy
Voice

the

or

is the voice

Voice

subjectrepresent
Iliad."

the doer

therefore, two

are,

that

property of the verb

the act;

of

blamed

am

flowers

The

"

as,

her."

by

Iliad
Her

"

its
was

grave

me."

by

action

express

the verb makes

said

proi"erlyhe

can

have

to

Yoice.

(")
hut

this

position is
the

represents

If it does, the
hut

in either

untenahle.

actor, vvhether

the

verh
case

is transitive
it is in the

concerning

is

for in the classification

provided
(c)

in the

The

active

active

algebra^''

battles

^^
=

voice

become
^^

the

Algebra

"Many

the

is

battles

act

of

of verbs

studied
were

won

in

the

the

by

verb

upon

an

subject

make

Thus,
*'

by Napoleon."

not.

or

voice

object, for
and

the

**Anna

Napoleon

;
a

that

intransitive,

passive by making

passive.
Anna."

voice

if its

is intransitive

illogicalto

act

have

object

an

into transitive

to the

changed

subject

It is

voice

upon

not, the

if it does
voice.

verbs

active

terminates

termination

is

is in the

verh

active

distinction

transitive

only

that

many

won

object
studies
many

144

GBAMMAB

'When

(d)
doer

the

the

of

word

the

OF

the

that

verb

objective case

; as,

passive voice,

the

and
of the
*'

as,

struck

was

only

'*

the

that

is in the

is its subject,

act

represents the doer

the

verb

object in

no

while

voices,

two

intransitive

it has

It

do

not

The

elements

The

{g)

The

enallage

The

; as,

"

form

This

preposition by

active

the

be

never

can

.intransitive verbs

to be

changed
made

to

the

the

subject

form

some

(2)

hetoTQ

(3)

of

of

the

the

to

verb

either

when

"

be,

to

verb,
the

use

when

or

are

perfect participle,

transitive

actor,

voice

passive

passive

wish

we

voice,

conceal

to

the

actor, as,

committed.'*^

was

form

passive
active

days
active
The

of

intransitive
The

"

; as,

have

voice

is sometimes
is

expression

is now

of

no

to drive

melancholy

used

is sometimes

verbs

days

come,^^ for

are

*'

by
The

corned

state-house

and
critics,

sufficient

the

(1)

the

for the

melancholy
(i)

know

of

convei^ent

is very

crime

(h)

ablest

is in the

the verb

of the

and

passive.

(/)

we

word

case,

object, and

when

receiver

the

and

represents

John.^^

have

An

passive voice, because

in the

the

that

nominative

is its

But

boy,^^

represents

by

verbs

active.

the

the

of the act

the

case,

is in

objective case, usually governed by

Transitive

(e)
have

boy

that

nominative

is in the

The

receiver

struck

John

word

is in the

act

the

SENTENCE.

voice, the word

active

subject, and

its

represents
^^

ENGLISH

is in the

is

act

THE

building.^'*

of the

**

by enallage

The

warranted

of protest

amount

it out

used

by
the

on

work
our

is

very

for

the

sive
pas-

doing ^
best

and

vmters

part of grammarians

seems

language.
EXEBC;[SES.

(1) Tell the voice of

(2) Change the voice and

390.

each

verb.

the

preserve

meaning of

sentence.

(1)

Sarah

(2)

William

(3)

That

(4)

He

(6)

How

(6)

I crossed

(7)

We

(8)

The

man

She

looks

(0)

(10)

He

astonished

was

bought

nevTS.

book.

written

was

poem

at the

by

Saze.

will find his money.

do

you

desire

seems

spend

the

river

to be

as

if she

sad.

before

loved

killed

was

time

your

by

by

wanted

saw

every

?
you.
one.

lion.
to

speak.

th$

146

GRAMMAR

(a) Occasionally
(")

by

it be done

(c)

The

the

form

the

the

potential, like

as, ''Could

of the

The

verb,

auxiliaries

used

unlike

the

subjunctive, may

or

rather

by

an

in

rather

belong

troublesome

the

mode."

interrogatively;
known

be

always

auxiliary that

before

placed

is

it

subjunctive,

he

would

and

the

will

subject

theme.

(c)

' *

ox

be

may

Here

will

avoid

to

used

have

the

the

to

in
the

the

of

as,

^^If

in

the

mode;

the

is

study

governs

tional
condi-

sign

potential;

would

that

the

expresses

between

idea

thought

and

Pass

we

sentences

entreaty

it may

be

first ; as,

thy

then.

"

noun

or

*^

So

be

day

usually

"

thee."
i7."

"

second

verb

toe

Do
presses
ex-

person

Somebody

Proceed

^'

bread."

third

the

speaker

; as,

daily

our

of

pronoun

seize

Buin

name.^^

us

the

superior, the

this

is

verb

expresses

exhortation

or

addresses
Give

**

verb

When

sight!"

quit my

; as,

us.

inferior, the

an

imperative

an

be

stay with

speaker

prayer

noun
pro-

person,
call my

then

to our

''

is used

imperative

subordinate

relation

expresses

the

of

the

Hallowed

The

; but

belonging

as

verb

first sign

addresses

verb

the

; but

of

pronoun

"

that

Do

and

When

me."

The

the

us.

speaker

equal,

an

"*

mode

potential

The

tense.

''Avaunt

as,

understood
a

volition,

"

supplication

wife."

indicative

considered

improve/*

might

past

the

command;

(6)

it expresses

auxiliary denoting

determining

When

lea^e

the

to

always

the

the

Leave

not

than

Imperative is the mode

as

as
reality,

addresses

may,

tense.

The

396.

of

also

he

study,

toill when

and

must,

are

are

should,

frequently happens

subjunctive mode,

(a)

and

potential mode

Kerl,

all the tenses

the

of the

signs

potential mode

"

sentences,

of

of

sense

the

to

Since

second,

the

are

distinctions,they

indicative

(e)

that

might, could, would,

Shall,

''

only

chiefly in principal sentences

in direct

quotations

; as,

''

God

; it is used

said. Let

in

there

light."
397.

as

be

indicative, may

f'

potential mode,

must,

can,

be

tion,
adapta-

tendency,

expresses

verb.

(d)

or

mode

this

in

SENTENCE.

contingence.

consequence,
The

verb

ENGLISH

THE

OF

to the

between

The

Subjunctive is the mode

agreement,

thoughtand

or

(6) certainty

reality;

as

"

that expresses
as

to

the

X^)

doubt

disagreement,

If he

t8

If he

Jiad been

please

mode

me.

would

he

honest,

subjunctive

The

(a)

will

he

honest,

147

VERB.

THE

in

only

is used

pleased

have

me.

subjoined (subordinate)

sentences.

The

(")
be, the

of much

source

of the

Many

very

from

the

But, although

right to

that

say

the

subjunctive mode

and

is to

mode

has

language
mode

give
no

recognized by

be

must

distinction

granmiar.

after all its inflection

surpassed by
and

the

determine

English
(c)

the

nature

of

elevated

mode

subjunctive

words,

other

what

is to

but

There

it

is

up the

give

to

of these

go, the
student

that

will

dignity
but

have

go back

must

of

of the

expressed

be

to

(d)

indicative

the

by

the subordinate

determine

must

in isolated
be

cannot

cases

the

sentences

the

sentence,

subordinate

(")
(/)
sign

and

wast.

The

; as,

*'

of the

always,

be

mode

from

the

exact

the

guided by

thought

thought

sentence,

the subordinate
f8 honest, he

This

verb

is sometimes

Were

I in her

requested it, I should

have

only

in the

place,
paid

honest, he
expresses
to be

distinction

from

him."

get my

case

always
mode

lowed
fol-

when

condition

or

Sometimes

then

the

verb

you,"

condition

is

; but

is in the

mistaken,"

subjunctive

subjunctive
would

an

is

by

tilL

will pay

it expresses

that

; then

of the verb, but

known,

is liable

still distinguish the

is the

is

of

expressed.

sentence

is indicative, because

wert

be

mar
gramwords

often

is the

form

the
be

to

cannot

If he

"

This

instead

admission

But

knowii

be

frequently, are

subjunctive.

an

cannot

we

If he

sentence

Were

and

was

**

though

expresses

In the

parsed.

is subjunctive, because
in

instead

sentence

such

In

doubt.

words,

mination
deter-

logic.

not

most

our

subjunctive

almost

be

English

thought

the

usually,

if and

matical
gram-

subjunctive

for the

to

seems

their

always

no

acknowledge

form

The

words, by

being preceded by ^, though, lest,unless, except, whether, that,

Some

never

get rid of all its inflection.

to

to the

may

of

distinct

if it must

for then

exact

will be

grammar

The

is gone,

none

of

language

our

of the

that

Mode

of expression.

the form

this, and

loss of

manifestation

part of

the

on

The

far from

seems

be obsolete.

grammarian.

altogether, and

mode

another

is but

the
than

important

more

up

introduction

the

by

form

longer distinguish

no

manner

by

the author.

of the verb.

ever

means

to

entirelypassed

obsolescent, it

is

indicated

be

may

speakers
form

will

Mode

continue

distinct

almost

has

the

in form

lQ,nguage.

position,or

relative
exists

distinction

expression

of

manner

still have,

and

by

the

in any

/orm

meant

indicative

doubt

no

pupil, the teacher, and

languages

writers

best

will

this distinction

But

of the

subjunctive

the

other

many

for this mode.

verb

away.
the

as

and

long been,

perplexity to

English had,

Earlier

has

subjunctive mode

admission.
the

indicative

observed.

without

lessons."

the
^^

Had

usual
he

148

GRAMMAR

OF

ENGLISH

THE

IN-FINITE

The

398.
which

the verb

and

person

the

retains

those modes

in

state, instead

of

regardless of

the

Partioipialare

the action^

asanmea

affirming it, and

MODES.

the

Infinitive and

SENTENCE.

being,or
form

same

of the subject. (See Article 626.)

number

TENSE.

the time

of

mode

being

of

or

has

reference

thought

time, there
Present,
401.

thus

402.

; Past, I

three

primary

have

real

thought

Tenses

tenses

not

Perfect, I

to

relation, that
of the

sion.
expres-

of

"

write.

has

Tenses
; Past

or

I shall

; Future,

vsrote

of

and

arbitrarydivisions

Primary

written

Perfect, I shall

of the

three

Secondary

have

Perfect, I

the time

time

the

to

three

of these

making

Future

I write

Each

Present

the

are

the

of expression

manner

denotes

not

Corresponding

the

to

; tense

is,of action, being, or state,

400.

it denotes

relation,

While

(a)
that

of

property of the verb by which

is that

Tense

399.

perfect tense^

"

had

written

written.

2%e. Present

is the tense

The

Perfect

that denotes

present time;

as,

plow.
403.

Present

period of past
present;
404.

The

past time;
405.
any

I h"ave

as,

The

past

plowed

the

406.

The

ends

any

withy the

that

denotes

indefinitely
any

that denotes

the time

of

it as completed
definitely
by representing

more

of

field when
Future
as,

tense

is the tense

Perfect

occurrence

future time;

to^ and

up

denote

plowed.

Past

event

before the

extends

that may

plowed.

is the

Past
as,

that

time

is the tense

some

he

past event;

as,

I had

planted it.

is the tense

I shall

other

plow.

that denotes

indefinitely
any

THE

The

407.

of any

Future

future

Perfect

event

I shall have

as,

The

form
times

the

the

The

habitual

action

is

to

three

The

future event;

plants it.

forms:

(1)

what

or

The

on;

as,

all

at

denote

to

writing. (3)

am

thing with

simple

is true

progressiveform

express

as

emphasis

more

I do write.

(a)

The

single

past action
him

(knocked)

; as,

the

from

an

(walked)
the

poet, and

up

of

the

past

to

to

the

man

and

historical
the

denote

give

to

knocks

It is used

present

orator

animation

to

The

earth

is

equal

This

proved

that

the

earth

is

of

sum

neither

nearly

all

nor

our

Such

the

Columbus

out.

above

earth

concerning

its

be

shape

in

had
to

sentence

would

three
be

four
at

hasBxi

when

the
he

opportunity

of

hundred
time

speakers

such
years
was

expresses

at

its

of

to

use

two

false
and
the

logicalcontradiction,
a

of

form

his death

believing, and

expression

has

it is not

belief,about
after

claim

absurdity

least

to

grammarians

that

preserve

after

mathematician

elegant examples
all the

is

Columbus

"

triangle is equal

any

nearly

belief,or

he

of

The

*'

triangle

but

is

sitions,
propo-

hold.

of any

old

Some

^^

long

thought,

angles

what

or

principal

to

sentences

and

can

truths

always

not

than

sentence

no

regard

three

and

more

writers

express

the

the

angles

sanction

with
it does

sphere,"

grammarians

implies inconsistency

pointed

future

general

correct

are

to

the

English.

usage

the

of

sum

claim

cannot

of

faultless

most

The

**

syntax, notwithstanding
warrant

he

denote

to

propositions

right angles,"
the

right angles,"

of the

When

is true

statement

and

sphere,"
that

instead
**

j as,

is used

in subordinate

^two

believed

used

present

as

tense

present

to

is often

tense

it."

about

but

that

instead

is called

This

of

at all times.

and

used

walks

historian, the

present

speak

(d)

the

He

**

down."

is conceived

future

true

continuous

description.

(c) The
will

is often

tense

present

frequently by
their

distinguishes a

act.

The

(6)

always

progressive form

instantaneous

the

the time

TENSES.

going

now

he

action,

(2)

emphaticform

as,

of

THE

has

Tense

other

some

field when

OF

I write.

as,

that

Present
denote

to

of

occurrence

plowed

that denotes

definitely
by representing it

FORMS

408.

is the tense

more

completed before the

149

VERB.

what

once

the

that

intention

the

; his

been

shape of

belief

is

was

just what

150

the

GRAMMAR

ought

sentence

been

always

said

truth

to Aristotle

believed

even

for

Most

grammarians

the

the

of

history

with

the

what

theories

would

have

had

masters

in

be

to

distinguish general
the

upon

the

perfect knowledge

of

the

above

could

the

verb

of

time

the

is

sphere**
*^

the

good

believed

Columbus

The

409.

simple form
up

to, and

(2)

The

the act
been

finite

By

to

the

finite

verb.

sentence,

Present

the

the

'*

Perfect

denote

it

any

the

time

of

sequence

tenses

principal sentence,
All

such

the

as

of

the

present

infinitive

the

precisely

is

reference

is present with
believed

in

earth

to

the

same

to

be

a
as

sphere.**

forms

has two
of
;

past time
"

as,

the

(1)

extending

I have

written.^^
of

continuation

referred

The

to ; as,

"

I have

^^

writing.
The

410.

Past

Tense

has

three

forms

(1)

The

indefinitely
any past time; as, "I
continuation
(2) The progressiveform to denote
action
through any past period not extending up

form

by

infinitive

period

period of

principles,not

present

ending with, the present

progressiveform to denote

through

Such

sentences.

of

expresses

Tense

determine

the

time

was

they

using

Columbus

and

could

is in-finite.

verb, and

earth

know

they might

that

they

past in the

sentence

because

that

before

law

the

follow

subordinate

of

that

upon

metaphysics

rectly
cor-

familiar

and

abandoned,

wholly by grammatical
cannot

sentence,

been

Our

they might

subordinate

correctly expressed by

be

subordinate

dependent

and

such

in

everything.

in the

had

case

speak

to

to be

have

that

other

verb

able

be

in the

ridiculously

of

tense
to

times,

ones

theology

verb

present in the subordinate

unless

what

in the

is

souls

is used

more

would

they

all

contingent truths,

determined

be

must

matters

from

for

tense

thought through
and

the

soul

the

that

tense

be

truths.

the

that

say,

difficult,

very

general

past tense

ought

standard

ever

believed

could

schools

such

endured

; the

general

would

are

present

determining

common

to

one

have

believed

Plato

**

What

up.

no

not

ever

much

It is indeed
truths

The

is still held

for

and

Plato

say,

would

just as

was

";

*^

say,

beasts.**

standard

It

has

sphere*^

nothing

what

us

given

now

according

; but

of

belief

girls from

and

us

is

earth

is flat.*'

know

to

have

souls

is

such

than

absurd

boys

belief

the

because

it.
flat

was

earth

have

would

the

because

case

one

earth

the

would

the

the

believing
the

SENTENCE.

general truth, or

learned,

they

became

men

as

that

most

but

immortal/'

*^That

expresa

that

*'

ENGLISH

THE

Columbus

about

Aristotle

of

to

regarded

been

*^

OF

to

denote

simple
wrote,'^
of
to

an

the

THE

present;
denote

"I

as,

The

I did

"

as,

Perfect

Past

denote

to

named

he

has

Tense

period

letter

the
of

he

The

Future

two

forms

The

(2)
"

It must

(a)

assisted

not

progressiveform
the

through
I had

been

forms

two

*'

will

He

the

time

come

writing
The

(1)

used

beforehe

Here

calU^ which

continue
"

as,

with

in connection

(2)

SIGNS

414.

tense

definitely;

and

the

but

may

as,

Tense

has

the

simple
event;
denote
future

future, when
be

I went

**

act

an

be

will

extends
time

forms

two

followed

yesterday.'''*

as,

"

The

is present
the

been

word

tense, refers

(2)

Past

with,

to future

EACH

Mode

Simple form

Past

time, by being

before,

writing an
IN

Indicative
Present

in

completed
ends

The

calls for it."

TENSES

(1)

(1)

1 shall have written

form to denote that

progressive
period
through the above-named

THE

to, and

up

The

I shall have

OF

past

indefinitely;

very

Perfect

Future

letter
(a)

the

time

simpleform to denote that

period of future time that
future
other specified
some
the

above-

to-morrow.^^

The

413.

that

denote

by adverbs,

the

it."

has

remembered

that denote

adverbs

by

be

with,

denote

to

in

written

the time of any future

indefinitely
shall write,^^
(2) The progressiveform to
as, "I
of the act through some
the continuation
period of
time; as, "I shall he writing.'*^

form

to

The

(1)

ended

I had

"

as,

as,

for

Tense

to, and

up

completed

was

continued

action

called

act

it."

past time

before

412.

for

called

that

emphatic form

write.^^

that the
simple form to denote
period of past time that extended
other
some
specifiedpast time
letter before

The

writing,'^ (3)

was

emphasis ;

411.

151

VERB.

indicative

OF

has

hour

THE

the

of future

when

he

"

of the

verb

; I write,

of the

verb

; I wrote.

is to
time

comes."

ACTIVE

MODES,

six tenses

action

VOICE.

152

GRAMMAR

(8)

Future

(4)

Present

Shall

will before

or

Past

perfect

had

(6)

Had

The
(1)

Future

Potential
Present

have,

Present

The

any

of the

Indicative

417.

The
(1)

418.

The

I might

before

the

Past

or

Imperative
Present:

perfect

"

the

simple form ;
before

should

or

have,

can

I may

have

could

the

simple

written.

have,

might

but

the

written.

has
be

it may

should

or

have

commonly

most

before

have

must

or

have, would

signs are

has

Mode

same

used
as

the
in

in the

has

before

Perfect:

To

the

To

two

tenses

"

before

the

"

To

simple form;

have

write,

perfectparticiple; To

written.

has

ParticipialMode
The

tense

one

Write,

Present

(2)

perfect participle ;

Infinitive Mode

the

Potential.

(2)

Present

before

have,

The

six tenses.

Present

must

Perfect;

Present

(1)

before

write,

perfect: May

(1)

The

tenses

Snbjimctive Mode

have

419.

four

perfect: Might have,

and

written,

or

can,

perfect participle :

Past^

Present^

perfect participle;

have,

will

or

Might, could, would,

have

416.

have

has

Mode

May,

Past:

Past

perfect

write,

the

(4)

the

before

hadst

or

Shall

perfect :

form;

(3)

the

toritten.

may

(2)

before

hast

or

; I shall vyrite,

form

toritten.

participle ; I shall

415.

the simple

hath, has,

perfect: Have,

participle ; I have

(5)

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

OF

form

Perfect :

that

ends

Having

in

two

ing

before

the

tenses

"

Writing,
perfect participle; Having

written.

420.

Change

preservingits

each

tense.

of

the above

verbs

to

the

passive voice^

154

GRAMMAR

OF

ENGLISH

THE

A.

425.

THK

VERB

"BE."

Parts.

Pbincipal

Pteaent^ Be

Indicative^ Was

; Past

SENTENCE.

Perfect Participle^Been.

INFI^ECTION.

OEDINARY

AND

SOLEMN

INDICATIVE

STYLES.

MODE.

PBESENT

TENSE.

Singular.
Ordinary

Solemn

Style,

1.

2.

You

3.

He, she,

Plural,

Style.
1. We

am.

Thou

are.

art

it is.

or

PAST

2.

You

3.

They

1. We

You

3.

He, she,

Thou

were.

it

or

wast.i

3.

You

have

3.

He, she, or

Solemn

Thou

been.
it has been.

Style.
hast

been.

He, she, or it hath

PAST

I had

You

2.

been.

PERFECT

3.

He, she,

3.

the

Be

in the

or

Thou

Scriptures.

been.

been.

Style.
hadst

been.

2.

been.

present and

have

They

had

1. We

it had

have

ye

Plural.

Solemn

been.

or

been.

TENSE.

been.
had

have

2. You

Singular.

1.

were.

Plural.

1. We

Ordinary Style.

were.

ye

TENSE.

PERFECT

been.

2.

or

Thfey

Singular.
Ordinary Style.

were.

2. You

was.

PRESENT

1. I have

are.

Style.

was.

2.

are.

ye

Plural.

Solemn

Ordinary Style.

or

TENSE.

Singular.

1. I

are.

Wert

3.

in the

past

are

You

They

old

or

been.

had

forms,

had

ye

been.

been.

not

used

except in

THK

155

VBEB.

TENSE.

FUTURE

Plural,

Singular.
Ordinary Style.

Style.

Solemn

1. I shall be.
will be.

2.

You

3.

He, she,

wllt.be.

Thou
it will be.

or

PERFECT

FUTURE

2.

You

8.

They

1. I shall have

3.

He, she,

1. We
wilt have

Thou

been.

it will have

or

been.

3.

You

3.

He, she,

may

Style.
1. We

Thou

it may

or

be.

mayst

2.

PAST

You

2.

You

3.

He, she,

might

Solemn

Thou

be.

might

it

mightst

be.

be.

PRESENT

PERFECT

You

3.

They

2. You
3.

He, she,

it may

or

Thou

have

mayst

have

been.

3.

been.

PAST

1. I

might

have

2.

You

3.

He, she,

might
or

might

be.

be.

PERFECT

have

may

2. You

or

They

ye
may

been.

may

have

been.

have

been.

have

been.

TENSE.

Plural.

Singular.
Solemn

Ordinary Style.

might

Style.
1. We

been.

ye

TENSE.

been.

have

may

or

be.

Plural,

Solemn

Ordinary Style.
have

be.

may

might

2.

Singular.

1. I may

be.

may

Style.
1. We

or

ye

Plural.

be.

might

qt

TENSE.

Singular.

1.

be.

may

3. They

be.

Ordinary Style.

been.

TENSE.

be.

2.

will have

beea

Plural.

Solemn

be.

ye will have

or

They

Singular.

I may

been.

MODE.

PRESENT

1.

shall have

2. You

been.

POTENTIAL

Ordinary Style.

will be.

Style.

been.

will have

will be.

ye

Plural.

Solemn

Ordinary Style.

or

T"K8E"

Singular.

2. You

shall be.

1. We

Style.

been.

have

been.

Thou

it

might

have

migrhtsthave
been.

been.

1.

We

2.

Youorye

might

3. They

might have been.

might

have

been.

156

6BAMMAB

ENGLISH

THE

OF

SENTENCE.

"

SUBJUNCTIVE

MODE.

PRBSENT

TENSE.

Singular.

Plural

Style.

Solemn

Ordinary Style,

1. If

1. If I be.
2. If you
3.

If

If thou

be.

he, she,

be.

2.

'

3. If

it be.

or

PAST

1. If I
2.

3. If

Solemn

If thou

were.

it

or

3.

PAST

PERFECT

2'. If you
3.

If

1. If
If thou

it had

or

hadst

been.

been.

IMPEBATIVE

Be,

do

or

thou

If you

3.

If

2.

be.

Indicative

and

give

above

We

(6)
the

The

only

verb

Imperative.

using

Potential

be

the
has

Be,

been.

Modes
three
no

the
may
tenses

do

or

ye

or

have

been,

Perfect, Having

been.

Perfect, to

you

be.

MODE.

Present, Being.

(a) By

had

they

been.

MODE.

PABTICIPIAL

"

had

ye

Plural.

INFINITIVE

Remarks.

or

been.

MODE.

be.

Present^ To

were.

were.

had

we

2.

Singular.
2.

they

ye

Style.

Solemn

been.

he, she,

If

or

Plural.

been.
had

were.

TENSE.

Singular.

1. If I had

we

2. If you

wert.

were.

Ordinary Style.

they

Style.
1. If

he, she,

be.

Plural,

were.

If you

ye be.

or

TENSE.

Singular.
Ordinary Style.

be.

we

If you

conjunction if
be

made

all

the

conditional

tenses
or

of

the

subjunctive.

usually given.

progressive style, and

is

emphatic

only

in

426.

THE

B.

157

VERB.

THE

REGULAR

TRANSITIVE

VERB

"MOVE."
Principal

Present,

Move

Parts.

Indicative, Moved

; Past

Perfect Participle^Moved.

INFLECTION.

OBDINAET

AND

STYLES.

SOLEMN

ACTIVE

VOICE.

INDICATIVE

MODE.

PRB8BKT

TBN8B.

Singular.
Solemn

Ordinary Style,
1. I

Style,
1. We

move.

2. You
3.

Plural,

Thou

move.

it moves.

He, she, or

2. You

movest.

He, she,

or

it moveth.

PAST

3.

3.

Solemn

moved.

Thou

Style.
movedst.

3.

PRBBBNT

Ordinary Style,
1.

I have

2.

You

3.

He, she, or

Style.
1. We

Thou

3.
He, she, or It hath

PAST

PBRFBCT

3.

He, she,

or

it had

moved.

have
moved.

mored.

TBNSB.

Solemn

Style,
'

moved.

ye

Plural.

moved.
had

or

They have

Singular,

2. You

moved.

have

2. You

hast moved.

it has moved.

Ordinary Style.

moved.

Plural.

Solemn

moved.

ye moved.

TBNSB.

PBBFBCT

moved.

have

or

They

Singular,

1. I had

moved.

2. You

it moved.

or

move.

Plural.

1. We

He, she,

move.

ye

TBNSB.

1. I moved.
2. You

or

They

Singular,
Ordinary Style,

move.

Thou
moved.

hadst

moved.

1. We
2. You
3.

They

moved.

had
or

ye

had

had
moved.

moved.

158

GRAMMAR

THE

OP

ENGLISH

FUTUSB

SENTENCE.

TBN8B.

Singular.
Solemn

Ordinary Style,
1. I shall
2. You
3.

Plural,

Style,

will

He, she,

shall

1. We

move.

it will

or

wilt

Thou

move.

move.

move.

FUTURE

PERFECT

2.

You

3.

They

or

1. I shall have
2.

You

TENSE.

He, she,

Style,

moved.

1. We

moved.
wilt have

or

3.

PRESENT

They

will have

You

Solemn

Style.
1. We

3.

He, she,

Thou

move.

may

it may

or

mayst

move.

move.

You

3.

They

or

1.

might

2. You
3.

might
or

1. We

it

Thou

might

mightst

move.

move.

PERFECT

PRESENT

1. I may

You

3.

They

or

2. You
3.

may

He, she,

have

Solemn

or

it may

have

might

might

move.

move.

TENSE.

Style,
1. We

moved.

ye

move.

Plural,

moved.

have

move.

might

2.

Singular.
Ordinary Style.

move.

Style.

move.

He, she,

may

Plural.

Solemn

move.

ye

may

Singular,
Style.

move.

may

2.

TENSE.

PAST

Ordinary

moved.

Plural,

move.

2.

moved

TENSE.

Singular,

1. I may

will have

MODE.

POTENTIAL

Ordinary Style.

ye

moved.

moved.

moved.

it will have

or

shall have

2. You
Thou

3.

move.

Plural,

Solemn

will have

will move.

ye

will

Singular,
Ordinary Style.

move.

have^im^^*^'
moved.

3.

have

may

^^^

They

^^

y"
may

^^^
have

moved.
^^"

moved

moved.

THE

PAST

159

VERB.

PBRFBCT

TBNBB.

Singular.
Ordinary Style.
1. I

have

might

Solemn

1. We

moved.

it

He, she, or

have

might

mightest

have

or

moved.

3.

Solemn

Style.
1. If

If thou

move.

we

3. If

PAST

Style.
1. If

he, she,

If thou

moved.

3. If

PAST

we

PBRFEOT

2. If you

3. If he, she,

or

Style.
1. If

If thou

it had

hadst

moved.

3. If

PRESENT

we

or

do

thou

or

ye had

had

moved.

moved.

MODE.
TENSE.

Plural.
2. Move,

move.

INFINITIVE

Present, To

moved.

they

Singular.
Move,

had

2. If you

moved.

IMPERATIVE

2.

moved.

Plural.
Solemn

moved.

had

moved.

ye

TENSE.

moved.

1. If I had

or

they

Singular.

Ordinary Style.

moved.

2. If you

it moved.

or

move.

TENSE.

1. If I moved.

3. If

ye move.

Plural.

Solemn

moved.

or

they

Singular.

2. If you

move.

2. If you

move.

move.

Ordinary Style.

moved.

TENSE.

move.

it

moved.

Plural.

Style.

3. If he, she, or

have

They might

Singular.

2. If you

have

might

ye

MODE.

PBESENr

1. If I

moved.

moyed.

SUBJUNCTIVE

Ordinary

have

might

2. You

Thoa

3.

Style.

moved.

have

might

2. You

Plural.

PARTICIPIAL

Present, Moving.

do

ye

or

you

MODE.
Present

move.

or

Perfect, To

have

moved.

MODE.
Present

Perfect, Having

moved.

move

160

OBAMMAB

THB

OF

ENGLISH

PASSIVE

SENTENGB.

VOICE.

INDICATIVE

MODE.

PRESENT

TENSE.

Singular,
Solemn

Ordinary Style,
1. I

3.

Style.

moved.

am

2. You

Plural.

1. We

moved.

are

art moved.

Thou

it is moved.

He, she, or

PAST

2.

You

3.

They

or

1. I

2. You
3.

were

He, she,

Solemn

Style.
1. We

Thou

it

moved.

was

moved.

wart

PERFECT

or

They

have

Solemn

1. We

He, she, or

moved.

it has

have

2. You

Thou

3.

been

hast

been

or

PAST

or

3.
it hath

been

You

had

PERFECT

Solemn

They

He, she, or

been

hadst

been

or

3.

2. You
3.

He, she, or

it will be

ye

had

been

moved.

been

moved.

TENSE.

Plural.

Solemn

Style.

moved.

will be moved.

moved.

moved.

been

had

They

Singular.

1. I shall be

been

moved.

moved.

FUTURE

Ordinary Style.

have

had

2. You

mdved.

it had

moved

Style.
1, We

Thou

3.

been

TENSE.

moved.

been

have

Plural.

Ordinary Style.
2.

ye

moved.

moved.

Singular,

been

been

moved.

moved.

He, she,

1. I had

moved.

Style.

moved.

been

were

moved.

were

Plural.

Ordinary Style,
2. You

ye

TENSE.

Singular,

been

moved.

were

2. You
3.

PBESENT

1. I have

moved.

Plural,

moved.
or

moved.

are

TENSE.

moved.

was

ye

are

Singular.
Ordinary Style.

moved.

are

1. We
Thou

wilt be

moved.

moved.

shall be moved.

2. You
3.

They

or

ye

will be

will be

moved.

moved.

162

GRAMMAR

OF

ENGLISH

THE

SUBJUNCTIVE

MODE.

SUBJUlfCTIYE

sabjunctive

The
of the

best

writers

form

of

FOBH.

Sabjunctive

the

rejectingit

SENTENCE.

and

using only

PRESENT

Mode
the

is

indicative

Plurai.

Solemn

Style.

1. If I be moved.
2. If you
8. If

1. If

be moved.

he, she,

If thou

it be

or

we

be

2. If you

be moved.

3.

moved.

If

moved.

or

they

be

Singular,

1. If I

2. If you

Style.

Solemn

1. If

moved.

were

he, she, or

it

we

3.

PERFECT

PAST

or

If they

TENSE.

1.

If I had

2. If you

been
had

Plural.

Solemn

Style.

Style,

moved.

been

1. If

moved.

he, she, or

it had

we

had

2. If you
If thou

3. If

been

hadst

been

moved.

or

If

they

had

be thou

be moved.

moved.

2. Be

Present

PARTICIPIAL

Present, Being moved.

moved.

moved.

been

Plural,

INFINITIVE

Present, To

been

TENSE.

Singular.
or

had

ye

MODE.

PRESENT^

moved,

moved.

been

moved.

3.

IMPERATIVE

2. Be

moved.

were

Singular.
Ordinary

moved.

were

ye

moved.

wert

moved.

were

moved.

were

2. If you
If thou

3. If

moved.

Plural,

moved.

were

moved.

be

ye

TENSE.

PAST

Ordinary Style.

form.

TENSE.

Singular.
Ordinary Style.

obsolescent, many

Present

moved,

or

be ye

or

you

moved

MODE.

Perfect, To

have

been

moved.

MODE.

Perfect, Having

been

moved.

THE

168

VERB.

PKOOKESSIVE

STTIiE.

ACTIVE

VOIOE.

INDICATIVE

MODE.

PRB8BXT

TBNSB.

Singular.
Solemn

Ordinary Style,
1. I

Style.
1. We

moving.

am

2. Tou
8.

Plur"U.

moving.

are

it is

He, she, or

Thou

2. Tou

moTlng.

art

3.

moving.

PAST

moving.

axe
or

They

moving.

are

TBNSB.

Plural.

Singular,
Ordinary Style,
1. I

Solemn

Style.
1. We

moving.

was

2.

You

3.

He, she,

moving.

were

it

or

Thou

moTlng.

wert

moving.

was

PRBSENT

2.

You

3.

They

FBRFECT

moving.

were
or

1. I have
2. You

been

Plural.

Solemn

Style.
1. We
2.

moving.
Thou

8.

it has

He, she, or

been

hast

been

or

3.

It hath

PAST

have

You

been
ye

been

have

been

moving.

or

been

They

2. You

been
had

TBNSB.

PERFECT

PlurcU.

Solemn

moving.
hadst

Thou

3.

Style.

moving.

been

it had

He, she, or

been

been

1. We

had

2. You

or

3.

They

2. You

Solemn

He, she,

or

had

been

shall be

2. You

movmg.
it will be

been

moving.

moving.

Style.
1. We

Thou

3.

had

Plural.

moving.

will be

ye

TENSE.

Singular.

1. I shall be

moving.

'been

moving.

moving.

FUTURE

Ordinary Style.

moving

moylng.

Singular.

1. I had

moving.

have

moylng.

moving.

He, she,

Ordinary Style.

moving.

were

TEXSB.

moving.

been

have

moving.

were

ye

Singular.
Ordinary Style.

moving.

are

ye

wilt be

moving.

or

ye

moving.

will be

moving.

moving.
3.

They

will be

moving.

164

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

THE

OF

TENSE.

PERFECT

FDTUBB

SENTENCE.

Singular,

1.
2.

You

3.

Solemn

Style,

Ordinary
I shall

Plural,

have

been

will have

He, she,

shall have

1. We

moving.

been

moving.

2. You

or

Thoa

been

moving.

it will have

or

Style,

wilt have

been

3.

ye

will have

They

moving.

been

will have

been

moving.

moving.

been

moving.
POTENTIAL

MODE.

PRESENT

TENSE.

Singular,
Solemn

Ordinary Style.
1. I mky
2. You

be

Plural.

Style,
1. We

moving.
moving.

be

may

2.
Thou

3.

He, she,

it may

or

You

or

ye

mayst

3.

They

might

2. You

Plural.

Solemn

1. We

might

He, she,

it

or

moving.
be

might

might

2. You
Thou

3.

Style,

moving,
be

might

ye

or

3.

moving.

might

They

PERFECT

2. You

have
may

1. We

He, she, or it may

2.

moving.^
Thou

3.

have

mayst

been

PAST

You
been

have

have

may
or

ye

might

1.

2.

You

have

might

have

He, she,

or

it mignt

nave

been

moving.

may

have

been

moving.

TENSE.

PERFECT

Style,
1. We
2.

moving.
Th""i. uiightst

3.

moving.

moving.

moving. 3. They

moving.

been

have

Plural.

Solemn
been

been

may

Singular.
Ordinary Style,

moving.

be

Style,

moving.
been

have

moving.

Plural.

Solemn

been

be

TENSE.

Singular,

1. I may

moving.

be

mlghtst be moving.

PRESENT

Ordinary Style,

moving.

be

Singular.

be

moving.

TENSE.

FAST

1. I

be

may

may

Ordinary Style.

moving.

be moving.

moving.

be

be

may

been

might

You

nave

moving.

been

3.

or

have

ye might

been

moving.

have

been

moving.

have

been

moving

moving

They might

THE

1G5

VERB.

SUBJUNCTIVE

M0DE.1

TENSE.

FBESENT

Singular.
Ordinary Style.
If you

3. If he,

Solemn

Style,
1. If

moving.

1. If I be
2.

Plural,

moving.

be

she,

If thou

it be

or

2.

moving.

be

If you

3. If

moving.

be

we

or

they

1. If I
2.

If you

Solemn

Style,

moving.

were

If thou

3. If

1.

If

2.

If you

moving.

were

he, she,

or

it

we

or

3. If

PERFECT

they

2.

If you

had

1. If

or

it had

been

had

we

2. If you

moving.
If thou

3. If he, she,

Style,

moving.

been

hadst

been

or

3. If

moving.

they

PRESENT

or

do

thou

be

2. Be

moving.

be

moving.

save

space

subjunctive
only tenses
commonly

present^ pasty

the

and

past perfect.

moving,

Perfect^ To

Present, Being moving.

in

had

moving.

been

or

do

ye

have

been

you

be

moving.

moving.

MODE.

Perfect, Having been

mode

or

MODE.

PARTICIPIAL

verb

moving.

been

Plural.

Present, To

ye

TENSE.

INFINITIVE

moving.

had

MODE.

Singular.
moving,

been

moring.

IMPERATIVE

2. Be

moving.

were

Plural.

Solemn

been

moving.

were

ye

TENSE.

Singular.
Ordinary Style.

moving.

were

moTlng.

wert

moving.

were

PAST

1. If I had

moving.

be

Plural,

Singular.

Style.

moving.

be

ye

TBKSB.

PAST

Ordinary

moving.

may

given

to

have
the

any

of

the

subjunctive

moving.

six
are

tenses, but
named

to

here,

166

GRAMMAR

OF

ENGLISH

THE

EMPHATIO

SENTENCE.

STTLB.

ACTIVE

VOICE.

INDICATIVE

MODE.

PRESENT

TENSE.

Singular.
Solemn

Style,

Ordinary
1. I do

move.

2. You

do

Plural.

Style.
1.
dost

Thou

move.

3. He, she, or it does

2. You

move.

3.

move.

He, she,

or

It doth

PAST

1. I did
2. You
3.

didst

Thou

move.

He, she, or

2.

move.

3.

move.

SUBJUNCTIVE

1. If I do
2. If you

did

You

Solemn

move.

move.

Style.

If thou

move.

it does

did

Plural

1. If

8. If he,she,or

did

ye

TENSE.

move.

do

move.

or

They

Singular.
Style.

move.

MODE.

PRESENT

Ordinary

move.

Style.
1. We

it did

do

They

do

ye

TENSE.

move.

did

or

Plurca.

Solemn

Style.

move.

move.

Singular.
Ordinary

do

We

move,

dost

he, she,

do

2. If you

move.
or

we

it doth

8.

if

move.

or

they

do

ye

do

move.

move.

move.

PAST

TENSE.

Singular.
Ordinary

Style.

1. If I did
2. If you
8. If

Plural.
Solemn

Style.
1. If

move.

did

move.

he, she,or

If thou

didst

2. If you

move.

it did move.

PRESENT

move.

move.

or

MODE.
TENSE.

Singular.
thou

did

3. If they did

IMPERATIVE

Do

we

Plural.
2. Do

ye

move.

ye

did

move.

move.

167

VERB,

THE

^427.

Model

Parsing Verbs.

for

Species.

(1)

(2) Classes,

transitive

(a)

utive
intransitive; (i) attrib-

or

copulative; ("?)regular or irregular.

(If irregular,give principal parts.)
(a) voice, (6) mode, (jcf)
tense, (d) person
or

(3) Properties,

and
Construction

(4)
(5)

(agreement

All the

may

teacher

class.

and

428.

of

uses

parsing, but

verb

made

be

See

Killed,

v.,

outline

and

of the

explanations

in

the

of

the

verb.

Will

will have

its

invited.
honest.

been

with

its

with
v.,

subj. he,

am,

been,

was,

"

ind.,pres., 1st,sing.,to

XV.

invited,

considered,
its

agree

XV.

subj. 7, R.

3d, plu., to agree

with

been

considered

was

"

have

Was

killed the bear.

intrans., cop., irreg.,

with

v.,

trans., attrib.,reg., pass.,

subj. they, R.

trans., cop.,

ind., fut.

per.,

XV.

reg.,

pass.,

ind., past, 3d, sing., to

R. XV.

the

complete parsing of all finite verbs.

possible^change active verbs to passive^and expand
attributive.
attributive verb into a copula and
an

429.

When

complete

questions

stated

trans., attrib.,
reg., act., ind.,past, 3d, sing.,to

v.,

subj. huntery R.

agree

the

be

sick.

am

He

agree

conveniently

veiy

by

hunter

They

A.

subject).

Parsing.

Am,

cannot

clear

(6)

The

each

with

Rule.

(a)

its

number.

(1)

Write

Plato

well.

reasons

(2) Every trianglehas

sold

(3)

He

(4)

You

(6)

If I

were

(6)

Get

wisdom.

(7)

Gtet out

(8)

James

has
may

three

sides.

his farm.
after your

come

you

I would

work

is finished.

try that.

of the way.
says

that

the

pudding

tastes

sour.

168

(":

(lo:
(11
(12

it.

man

struck

the

boy.

The

ship

struck

on

The

city surrendered

The

smells

The

(16:

He

is

(16:

He

may

(17

Must

I bear

(18:

write

(i"

You

should

(20

If I

were

rose

talking

can

nonsense.

all this?

letter.

study.

he

Though

I would

(22
(23:

If he

(24

If I could

(26:

If he

(26

Send

me

(27

Troy

was,

slay

him

study,
but

is poor

is

is

no

is the

Bryant

(31

The

place

(32

The

State-house

(33

Thou

(34:

The

of

(35

When

(36:

The

(37

If you

(38

Shall

(39

I would

(40

He

bom

(4i:

How

I have

should

write

and

apple

old

appear

face, and

their

graves.

(2:

Green

(3:
(4:

You

ought

The

lady

is

(6:

The

task

was

slavery ?

(":

I could

(7

My

(8)

To

get ready for school

to go.

accomplished.
not

go
was

accomplished

because
broken

my
when

in

day.

buggy

was

my

horse

circle,teacher, bend
the wall dismount

we,

broken.
ran

away.

thy steps,
for

as

tree.

that I had

him.

your

Go,

next

the

do, George ?

(1

buggy

down

her, it might

chains

with

I will visit you.

this grammar,

broken
to

to

bear.

great.

do you

not

world.

this wondrous
killed

submit

be.

flowers.

with

have

were

is will not

what

Thanatopsis.

completed

may

be.

building.

is

bad

storm

and

more,

create

hunters

from

willingly.

always

will

covered

was

didst

be

himself.

more.

no

author

(30

wash

come

it to

might improve.

he

and

now,

was

was

him.

dollar.

we

better.

in.

I would

assist you,

would

What

to

kept

he

hurt,

was

do

to

try

yet will I trust

me,

is here, ask

the

enemy.

the fork

sweet.

you,

If he

And

to the

come.

(21

He

rocK.

general surrendered

(14

BENTENGS.

""(QLISH

TH"

I will taste

I believe

(13: The

B.

OF

GBAMMAB

hence

requested it.

170

GRAMMAR

Past

3c.

Perfect

participle.

Auxiliary.

26.

Properties.
Voice.

16.

Ic.

Active.

2c.

Passive.

Mode.

26.

Ic.

Indicative.

2c

Potential.

3c.

Subjunctive.

4c.

In^itive.
j

6c.

Participial.J

6c.

Imperative.

Sb.

,^

Discussion

Present.

2d

Past.

3d.

Future.

2c.

Secondary.

Id,

Present

2d.

Past

3d.

Future

46.

Person.

56.

Number.

perfect.

perfect.
perfect.

STITTAX
431.

(a)
pluraL;

"

nor,

verb

must

be

tives stand
nearest

to

its

subjectin

"

plows.''

subjects

more

They

plow."

connected

by and,

'be

must

brothers."

are

following

two

or
**

as,

singular subjects

more

He

or

she

goes."

connected

Either

**

the

by

or,

lawyer

or

plural;

two
"

as,

or

We

plural subjects

more

they

or

are

connected

by

**The

wrong."

men

or

or,
or

the

mistaken."

verb

in person

with

agrees

mistaken."

was

He

or

singular ;

be

verb

(d)

two

following

must

were

VEEBS.

finiteverb

**

plow.''

and

"He

women

having

verb

doctor

(c)

or

"

as,

"

OP

number.

and

Example.

(6)

XV.

Rule

person

nor,

In-finite Verbs."

Primary.

Id,

the

of the

Tense.

Ic.

or

SENTENCB.

indicative.

2c.

3a.

ENGLISH

THS

OF

cannot

and
in

it,and

have

joined by
sentence
a

verb

two
or

more

or
or

before

nor.
one

is understood

nominatives
When

two

verb,

the

with

each

differingin
or

verb

more

of such

agrees

of the

vdth

others.

number
nominar
the

one

THB

plural subject next

pupils were

his

or

the

Put

(1)

and

order,

first person

the

Let

(2)

second

the

mistaken.*'

am

such

cases

if it

can

to rewrite

and

does

you;"
idea

of

jury

or

**Your

I,

commands

for

its

subject

having

singular;

be

must

guilty,but

is

verb,

own

You

; as,
taken,
mis-

are

of

up
for

club

Your

blue

wear

idea,

master, command

not

one.'*

but

conveying

noun,

whole

regiment

uniforms,

^*This

this

with

men.**

The

**

as,

divided.**

agree

collective

the

conveying

noun,
was

sxmj

does

thousand

subject

its

collective

jury

two

the subordinate

I,your

**

; as,

**The

as,

other

the

is made

having

verb

"

**

in

you."

master,

of

"The

better

formal

too

toere."

pupils

verb

form

be plural ;
plurality^ must
"The
jury are not agreed."

idea

its

sound

sentence

his

the

he

the

nominative

in

next

always

it is

of

regiment

(g)

each

giving

blame,

to

affect the

unity ^

'*The

teacher

You, he, or I

**

; as,

But

subject expresses

verb

days

the

thiiyl person

verb

the

is mistaken.*'

making

without

from

the

not

farthest

the

appositive modifying

or,

(/)

verb,

Either

**

as,

id.'*

she

An

the

to

sentence,

was

verb;

next

she

or

the

the teacher
or

(e)

done

be

Either

**

be

person

You

^*

to the

'^

blame.

to

171

VERB.

army

club

our

happy.*'

are

laughing

were

do

the

and

ing."
talk-

dress

not

in

uniform.**
It is

(1)

idea

the

expresses

most

instances, upon
of

collection

compared
the

to

in

same

the term

The

public

having

are

shows

the

distinction
pronoun

plural verb
(i)

not

be

An

he

noun,

able

be

that

"

; as,

"

adjunct,

allowed

family
large.*'

to

You

(one

or

tinguish
dis-

to

of

unity,

form

took

My

the

of

has

in the

family

(the

committee

were

of

have

boats

increasing daily."

the

been

singular,
when

place,

to

singular.

are

country"

in

Say,

in the country

The

"

place).

same

not

agreed."

passed

up

the

last example

nicety.

singular or plural, should

many)
of

depends,

noun

collective

general rule, that

were

the

verb.

always

have

mistaken."

prepositional phrase, joined

affect the

it

diversity, in regard

or

number

in its greatest
whether

in

"The

is

you,

"

the

speaker

untwisted
as

say,

the

be plural ; otherwise

is

"A

the number

or

whether

collective

the

threads

may

should

adjourned."

spring, and

that

plurality, since

sense,
or

We

state.

was

this

The

plural

respectfullyinvited.'*

river

(h)

of

that

or

its strands

state, the verb

or

has

determine

to

separation, distribution,

committee

"Congress

unity

the

(differentplaces). "My
"The

collective

particular conception

In

twisted

denotes

time, action,
"

rope

of

the

objects.
a

impossible

times

It is many

noun

to

by

pupil

the

to

the

of plurality,

that

(2)

importance

conveyed

ideas

the two
and

of

matter

Do

to

not

the
say,

subject
"The

must

deriva-

172

GRAMMAR

OF

ENGLISH

THE

SENTENCE.

him

show

words

such

of

Uon

introduced

by such words

Define

hence,

as

There

**

What

say

about

verbs

the
five

wa$

with

reference

verbs.

(13)

verb

that

does

one

Name

is

in the

passive

be

changed

to the

of the

verb

and

(26)

Name

and

define

and

of

inflection

433.

mode

the

verb?

can

each

(25)
of the
each

What

Tell

(20)

(19)
an

Can

Illustrate.

active
an

Name
three
a

(27)

two

relation

general

divisions

primary
regular
What

tenses

and

is

an

meant

and

When
verb

tive
intransi-

(22) Name,

the

about

of each.
illustrate

(23) Explain fullythe

say

the

sentence.

use

and

how

(21)

weak

sAaZZ, will, should,

Illustrate.

principal

misused, give

incorrect

an

and

Name

the

in

an

Is

Illustrate.

strong and

(17) Define

voice

Why

you

with

voice.

(28)

also

object;

an

by

auxiliaries

Illustrate.
?

(7) Criticise

(10)

often

are

Illustrate.

What

passive

the

(a) finite,

object ?

illustrate

verb?

active

of the modes.

; illustrate

tenses

you

(6) Classify

principal parts

the

passive voice.

(24)

form

the

and

the

to

mode.

active

of

correct

voice

subjunctive

secondary

prep^

can

object. (8)

an
an

is meant

that

using

in the

illustrate each

number

for

verb

define, and

the

(4)

Illustrate.

and

irregular verbs
each

on

Define

put into the passive voice

be

verb

etc

pronouns?

What

requires

require

What

(11)

(12)

Illustrate

verb

may

relative

illustrate

that

terminates

copulas.

properties belong

(18)

is

jariees

resemble

predicate.

and

one

not

copulative verb

of

ten

When

is

if its action

Illustrate.

(15)

What

each.
a

and

every

Define

(6)

transitive

principal parts of each, use

(14) Give general directions
would,

Hence

them,*'

verbSi

Illustrate.

?
to

classes

parts of verbs?

is

do

adverbs,

phrase

bases.

complete

may

illustrate the

(16)

say,

between

How

(2)

is

transitive

always

and

not

'*

transitive, intransitive; (c) attributive, copulative

(b)

verb

What

(9)

verb

different

definitions

intransitive

friends

the sentence

(d) regular, irregular; (") principal, auxiliary.

verb

by

verb

in-finite verbs;

these

of his

when

Do

there.

differences

Illustrate.

verb.

is meant

on

ezamination

of the verb

or

ositions, conjunctions, conjunctive

(8)

The

'^

of Verbs.

Review

(1)

^*

the right form

use

eight parts of speech ; ''

4S2.

bankrupt."

careful to

Be

(j)

be

to

uncertain

are

use

of the

between
of tense,

each

of the

irregularverb, ip,
by

person

and

by conjugation, synopsis,

is meant

Supply

that

the verbs

ment

with

their

suitable

are

in

verbs

the

in the

following blanks.

present tense,

subjects
may

be noted

"

so

Scr

that their agree

173
THE

(1)

he

Either

or

blame.

to

mistaken.

Thomas

(2)

You

(3)

Either

the

(4)

Which

of

(6)

The

(6)

What

(7)

Hence

(8)

Neither

(9)

Which

or

VBBB.

teacher
these

pupils

the

or

books

two

blame.

to

best

?
.

two

Everybody

(11)

or

that

Write

five

436.

Write
two

joined
437.

by

five

or

or

Write
two

joined
438.

by

or

Write

subjects

plural

Write
verbs.

which

an9.

in

which

by
each

sentences,

the

each

or

or

verbs

verb

have

follows

each

two

or

nor.

but

containing

nominatives,

differing

each

containing

in

verb, following

one

number,

and

nor.

sentences,

but

differing

nominatives,

more

verb, following

one

in

and

person,

nor.

(o/

musicians'),

of singular
sentences

which

in

sentences

band

assembly,

439.

or

friend.

by

joined

me.

in

sentences

five
or

to

pensions

father's

joined

industrious.

very

received

sentences

more

or

brother

my

subjects

advantages.

kind

you

subjects

vowels

the

soldiers

five

more

his

nor

very

knew

singular

more

as

the

Write

435.

following

boy

the

bad.

very
of

each
the

of

roads

the

sounds

(10)

434.

of

condition

the

collective

pair, family,

crowd,

school,

nouns,
are

used

verbs.
in

which

they

are

used

as

subjects

of

174

GRAMMAR

OF

ENGLISH

THB

ADVERB.

THE

440.

In

441.

(1)

1.

John

2.

He

8.

He

4.

writes

correctly.

exceedinglycareful.
does tolerably
well.
is

not

am

writes

8EKTENCS.

artist.

an

attribute, and

an

expresses

expresses

an

attribute

of

this attribute.

expresses

an

attribute

of

the attribute

In

(3) tolerably
expresses
the ideas
attribute

an

of

443.

other

adjective^or
this

the

As

part of

modify
(1)

the

the

attribute

such

pressed
ex-

connection

artist^and

All

not

the

as

tween
be-

expresses

words

icized
ital-

adverbs.

are

part of speech that expresses

Or,
of a connection.

an

"

that

word

verb^

usually modifies a

adverb.

suggests, the

adverb

name

is to

speech

; as, *"He

An

adjective

(3)

An

adverb

(4)

(2)

or

of

verb

the

modify

principaluse
but

of

it may

"

verb

is

Adverb

An

444.

is the

attribute

of an

/and

above

sentences

(2) exceedingly
expressed by careful.

expresses

the connection.

Adverb

An

attribute

(4) am
expressed by

four

in the
442.

In

well.

by

In

attribute

an

correctly

; ajs,

; as,

^
intelligently

talks

*'

prepositional

*^

He

She

is very

works

phrase

lazy.''
enough^

weU
^*

as,

Lord

the

Has

spoken

only by

Moses?'*

(a)

Sometimes

come?"
entire

propositions ;

affirmative

simply repeating
adverbs

used

the

to

the

truth

did

used
yes

question,
"ITe

given

is

adverbs

but

the

To

answers:
are

adverb

The

Fc"."

"

propositions.

answers

the

and

is, that
"Did

he

come,^^

one

question;

answer

for

independently.

Yes

independently;
no

they

as, "Fes,

there

Yes

did

he

modify

to

entire

to

be

may

Sometimes

"Fes."
he

said

equivalent

are

comef^

and

emphasis.

often

are

"Did

as,

come;^^

and

is of affirmation ; no,

no

are

two

both*
but

it is

responsive

of negation.

will he

frequently modifies

adverb

The

(6)

again

come

*'

singleuse

"

is

Simple Adverb

446.

447.

But

in

they

limit

their

and

time.

And

another,

in
it

"

the

verb

USE.

called

so

as

addition

limits.

That

came

ideas of

the

place

is, in addition

to

words

Such

use.

verbial
its adare

conjunctive adverbs.
is

Conjunctive Adverb
clause^which

subordinate

to

conjunctive

He

modifying use, each

the preceding verb,

this

to

"

adverbs^ because

are

to express

its clause

fell,"and

it

when

and

joins

it has

use

TO

AS

lies where

tree

verbs

clause

therefore

one

\i^nted," where

was

the

The

"

he

When

given above, have but a

They are simple adverbs.
having only a modifying use.

rmdifying use.

when

in

modifies

sometime

**

as,

adverbs, like those

Most

445.

448.

Here,

ADVERBS

OF

GLASSES

which

understood

understood.

will come^

has

word

Sometime,^*

"*

176

ADVERB,

THE

that

one

it joins to

modifiessome

word

cipal
part of a prin-

some

sentence.
SUB-CI^ASSES

Most

few

450.
when

used

adverbs;

adverbs

ask

as:

does

ask

He

walks

He

stands

He

came

rogative.
inter-

"

rapidly.
there*

recently.
as

how^ where^ when^ and

imply questions,

or

he walk

does

Where

In

responsiveor

why.,

interrogative

are

"

Sow

"451.

is either

responsive;as

are

adverbs, such

to

ADVERBS.

SIMPLE

adverb

Every simple

449.

when

OF

he

When

did

the

three

direct

stand

he come

sentences

in the

how

I know

where

I know

when

to

questions,and

interrogative adverbs

I know

are

three

the

walks.

he

he
he

stands.
came.

left,how^ where, and

therefore
to the

called

right,they

direct
indi-

176

ISNOLISH

THB

OF

GBAHMAB

rectly imply questions, and

SEKTBNGE.

therefore

are

called

indirect

interrogativeadverbs.
The

(a)

or

direct

Bubordinate
did

When
The

interrogative

indirect

adverb

sentence

he

come

as

used

in either

cipal
prin-

-^

do

When

intexrogative

be

may

think

you

always

is

adverb

he

came

found

in

aabordinate

sentence.

(b)

Tbe

clanse

in which

always sabetantive,
(1) Subject

of

be

finite

(2) Complement

of

indirect

an

It may

is found

is

"

verb

'*:Where is he f is the

; as,

finite

interrogative adverb

copula;

The

as,

question.*'

question is,

^^

Where

UheV

(3)

In

; as, The

apposition

(4) Object

of

(6) Object

of

transitive

preposition;

of

(6) Subject
been

adverbs

of

must

be,

to

Where

make

not

interrogativeword,

direct

ishefi^

ask,

about

believe

Where

to

These

454.

Sometimes
a

the

mistake

455.

was

Such,

clause
ever

needs

have

You

walk

You

will find him

You

are

we

is the
a

as

words

pronouns

aU

have

Conjunctive Adverbs.

no

No

joins

as

an

adverbial

"

as

happy

as

king.

he.

Ordinary Conjunctive Adverbs.

where

when

interrogative

conne"tioe.

AJ)Y"BBS.

conjunctive adverb

place

time

tall

call

may

the

I direct.

as

as

thought

connective.

OONJUNGTIYB

OF

they

Joiim

an

adjective

"

the
were

the

relative

he is.^"*

i8hefU"

calling indirect

of

indirect,is

or

substantive;

This
It

where

is hef*^

adverb
verb^ adjective^
or

453.

to

'

is he V

**We

as,

Ordinarily a conjunctiveadverb

452.

answered."

Where

talked

copula;

substantive

GI"ASSB8

clause

We

infinitive

an

connectives.

clause

; as,

We

'^

**

"

as,

as,

Where

"*

answered."

question
We

verb

infinitive

an

(7) Complement

(c)

question,

are

accident

occurred.

serious.

same

connective

therefore

called

force

as

Selative

178

GRAMMAB

The

(8)

word

joinsto
The

wTien

on

am

in

always

it

substantive

in such

my

feet," and

the

the

in

limits

which

adjectiveclause,

an

ambiguity

OF

it

tence.
principal sen-

sentences

as,

I know

"

when

dispositionof

how

long, or

Ever, never,

ADVEBBS

of time;

Adverbs

AS

TO

sponding
corre-

HDANINa.

expressingthe

often

as

of time, either

idea

"

santly,
always, continually, constantly, endlessly,forever, inces-

everlastingly,evermore,
whenever,

limits

clause, which

conjunctive adverb

the

GLASSES

when, how

adverbial

an

always

eg,ch signification.

to

459.

SENTENCE.

part of the principalsentence.

word

joins to
Mark

in

some

relative

some

458.

ENOLISH

ordinary oonjnnotive adverb

some

(4)

THE

OP

aye,

then, meanwhile,

when,

meantime,

while, subsequently, after, afterwards, otherwhile, before,

as,

late,early, again, oftentimes, sometimes, occasionally,rarely,frequently,

and

now

then, weekly, daily, monthly, yearly, newly,

nowadays,

yet,

as

erewhile, till now,

instantly,momentarily,
460.
as

Adverbs

of

now,

day,
to-

yet, yesterday, heretofore, recently, lately, of

late, formerly, already, just

ago,

anew,

now,

anciently, as

hereafter, soon,

soon

to-morrow,

directly,forthwith,

not

as,
ere

yet,

long since, long

long, by

and

by,

anon.

place ; those suggestingthe idea

of place;

"

Here,

there, yonder, everywhere,

where,

anywhere,

somewhere,

wherever, wheresoever, herein, therein, hereabouts,

whereabouts,

hereby, thereby, aground,

on

thereabouts,
hence,

high, whence,

off, afar, aboiit, beneath, above, before, behind, under,

without, whither, hither, up,

down,

backwards,

where,
no-

where,
else-

within,

forwards, hitherwards,

aground, nigh.
461.

of manner;

Adverbs

how
question,

those

answering

or

asking

the

"

So, thus, well, ill,wisely, foolishly,justly, how,

anyhow,

however, howsoever, otherwise, least,likewise, as, extremely,

somehow,
at

length.

179

ADVEBB.

THE

lengthwise, suitably, considerably, happily, extensively, together, separately,

accordingly, creditably,necessarily,really,certainly, foot by foot,
so

wholly, clearly,namely, silently,feelingly,surprisingly,mournfully,

so,

merely, proportionally, verily.

of

Adverbs

462.

mnoh, how
Much,

degree

little,or

to what

entirely,actually, in

mostly,

suggestingthe

extent

idea

of how

"

little,less, least, far, by far, farther, very,

most,

more,

those

general, totally,highly,

too,

gether,
perfectly, all,alto-

quite, constantly, extravagantly, immeasurably,

immensely, painlessly,
infinitely,clear, nearly, well-nigh, partly, partially, intense y,
exclusively, scantily, precisely, enough,
somewhat,
sufficiently,

exactly,

the

of cause,

Adverbs

why:
question^

just

so,

as,

all,simply, brightly,particularly,especially,in

at

furthermore.

particular,also, besides, still,likewise, moreover,

463.

ever

even,

or

purpose,

reason

those answering

"

hence, therefore,then, thence, consequently, whereby,

Why,wherefore,
hereby, thereby.

of doubt

Adverbs

464.

as

"

Perhaps, probably, perchance, possibly,doubtfully, doubtless, certainly.

of affirmation

Adverbs

465.

or

Yes, no, not, yea,

to

named

classes

classes, he

(6)
doubt

(c)

Adverbs

of

coming

in

the
but

an

idea

are

sible
impos-

to

of the

one

of these

to any

No

one

that

of these
of

manner

not

the

of adverbs

be

adverb

an

adverbs

action.

of

If the

answered
must

of

by the

always

be

than

the

that it expresses,
the

called

**

Truly

to the saying.

Such

sentence,

adverb

subdivisions

as

asked, it could

kept in mind

be

denote

action^

were

the

cannot

be

expressed by the adverb.

be referred

classification.

go?

it would

suit it.

question concerning the

he

"

because
be

may

usually given

are

wrong

to the

that

that

one

class to

new

It must

according

manner

did

How

perhaps.

named

Thus

to

answers

question.
word

this is

but

of doubt

Adverbs

manner,

finds

if he

make

must

that

nay.

should, if possible,refer

pupil
; but

aye,

complete,

ideas

different

all the

name

parsing, the

In

be

classification cannot

The

(a)

negation

of the expression rather

manner

modal
he

adverbs

came,"

adverbs

may,

; as,

truly does
for

truly, verily, etc.

not

refer

convenience,

be

to

the

parsed

180

GRAMMAR

modifying

as

OF

the

realitythey modify
An

(d)

All

(e)
time

again,

random,

at

combination

does

should

then

of

in

^^

He

in

in

interrogative

an

with

connection

used

the

verb

by, day and

no

to

used

are

sentence

they

and

so

express

so,

**

there^

Then

the

should

be
the

expresses

They

fiftymen
what

^^Well!

Jones, yesterday?"

when

They

sentence.

were

last, out

at

parsed together.

be

expletives.
There

as

and

again

the words

introduce

to

parsed

But

man.

therefore

cannot

as,

by

singleadverb,

merely

night,

man

more,

introductory

as

be

may

high, in fine,at present,

it then

signed

single adverb

as

and

by

place

the

see

you

but

responcdve.

as

the force of

have

parsed

be

''''Why,did

used

is called

question

through,

and
not

force

modifying

regarded

; as,

adverbs

few

be

there of

of time, and

{g)

ask

in vain, at least,on

parsed separately ; as,

idea

to

of words

phrase

out, through

and

found,

are

as, I shall go presently.

combination

adverbial

an

they

understood.

say,

often

are

SENTENCE.

in which

sentence

verb

may

definitely;

more

the

used

others

Adverbs

(/)

the

adverb

adverb.

in

verb

ENGLISH

THE

have

no

present."

did

you

think

it?"
COMPARISON.

like

Adverbs,

466.

loud^ louder^ loudest

; as,

brightly^most

more

the

degrees are
The

(a)
apply

to

467.

brightly.

same

for

rule

the

adjectives,have

those

as

the

comparative

and

"

well^better^best

the

superlative of

of

adjectives will

adverbs.

Parsing of Adverbs.

1.

Species.

3.

Comparison.

5.

Construction.

2.

Classes.

4.

Degree.

6.

Rule.

Work
We

and

adjective.

superlative

and

parison
com-

brightly^

kinds, methods,

The

of

comparative

property,

one

while
diligently
walked

the

to the kennel

sun

where

shines.
the

puppies were

playing.

adv., of manner
more
diligently,
Diligently^
diligently,
most
diligently, pos. degree, and limits work^ R. XI.
While^ adv., conj.,of time ; it limits shines and joinsits
"

"

clause, while

the

sun

shines^to work, R. XI.

Where, adv., relative, of place

and

joins

kennel, R.

its
XI.

clause, where

the

it limits

puppies

were

were

playing,
playing, to

THE

conjuuctive

adverb

clause

to

noun

should

be

called

468.

(1)

She

sang

(2)

The

wind

(8)

When

(6)
(6)

Do

(7)

She

moaned

(8)

It cannot

be

is

happily.

(8)

How

(4)

We

(5)

How

well

can

(6)

How

well

she

(7)

How

shall

(8)

How

is Ruth?

often

house

do

(10) Perhaps

can

play

there

asunder.

stands

(14) Thoughts

often

(15)

The

was

(16)

Be

(17)

Never

(18)

I shall meet

(19)

The

lilies grow

(20)

The

patriot answers

shall

we

(21)

Whither

(22)

Ere

(23)

He

trifie too

(24)

It is uncertain

(26)

Newton

see

to bear

is

the

well

place

no

his

weight.

like home.

again.
the boat

ground

arrives.

is moist.

his country

calls.

come.

will die.

he

I left.
where

news.

deep

when

cannot

sad

weak

whenever

discovered

way.

for tears.

his like

where

dawns

before

the

there

friend

my

I go ye

day

heard

lie too

humble,

so

the

night.
she

as

do

fightingbravely.

right over

and

day

ever

fiftymen

were

silent

stood

Never.

Wisely.

their bonds

work

To-morrow.

Sick.

old house

stick

play
?

act

believe.

we

she

we

burst

came

mind.

her

covered

be

lecture

you

see, therefose

the

Yes.

to-morrow

flying.

ever

will the

it

grave.

Sometime.

it is true.

When

(18)

the adverb.

I shall go.

(2)

She

verbs

Homer

why

an

}(""" P"P"""""'-)

was

apple

,"

bom.
falls.

.^

.^-

the

joins

phrase,

one

true.

Time

(12) They

again

you

her

over

continually changing

(1)

(11)

see

very

Doubtless

The

parsing of

mournfully

expect them

you

(9) They

but

agreeably disappointed.

were

is

adverb

and
adjectives,

the

Write

to

to which

phrases

sweetly.

(9) Perhaps

B.

pronouns^

lived

We

(10)

nouns^

shall I

(4) They

equivalent

conjunctive adverb.

model.

or

conjunctive

relative

Parse

When

it is"

pronoun

phrase

the

name

equivalent.

is
or

by abridged
A.

always

should

pupil

The

(a)

181

ADVERB.

its

and

orally

182

GBAMMAB

(26) Logic

OF

teaches

(27)

Make

(28)

As

we

(29)

As

is the

(30)

When

(31)

Mr.

(32)

Can

(33)

Did

(34)

The

(35)

The

answered

by

labor

boy

As

lb.

to

when

he

came

buds
shall

meet

you

I disturb

when

guess

asked

was

and

you

of Adverbs.
As

2b.
use.

meaning.

to

Ic.

Time.

2c.

Place.

3c.

Cause,

Interrogative.

4c.

Manner.

2c.

Besponsive.

5c.

Degree.

Independent.

6c.

Doubt.

Affirmation.

Negation.

Conjunctive.

7c.

Id.

Ordinary.

8c.

2d.

Belative.

Comparison

2a.

SYNTAX
Adverbs

470.

agam,

witches.

the

le.

2d.
2c.

spring.

three

we

Limiting.

Id.

is

open

Simple.

Ic.

rest.

may

you

sits ?

Division.

la.

task, then

your

you

the

man.

do

he

question, when

Oatline

469.

do

wheti

season

the

where

hear

you

will be

how

see

you

be rewarded.

we

finished

have

Brown,

shines.

bud

shall

so

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

think.

we

the

so

you

Can

(36)

how

while

hay

THE

ADVEEB8.

OP

other

verbs^ adjectives^and

limit

usually

(See Adjective.)

adverbs.
(a)
and

sometimes

(b)

or

The

have
word

not

make
had

adverb, according

an

the
to

wish

to

the condition
describe

strangely
arrival

of

manner

refer

at

I say,

me."
**I

as

the

of

we

the

arrived

to

prepositionalphrase,

an

wish

to

refer

refer

aa/c,"

I say,
which
to

to

not

the
**He

he
my

should

verb

expressed by
man,

'^I will

as,

do

not

it

no

to-day."

intransitive

in

manner

And

bread

no

the action

limits

affirmative;

an

following

adverb

an

independently.

used

be

negatives

"I

(c)

for sometimes

it may

Two

more."

or

always,

Not

the

be

strange

looked, I say,
condition

safely.

the agent

Thus, if I wish

verb.
looks

adjective

an

of

condition

at

the

;^^
'*He
time

but

if I

looked
of

to

my

THE

(d)
sake

In

of

poetry

the

adjective is

an

metre

; as,

often

swallow

The

**

183

ADVERB.

used

instead

sings

of

sweet

adverb

an

from

her

nest

for

the

on

the

wall"

All

471.

liabilities to

reduced

three

to

heads

(1) Always

472.

nearly

(2) Always

the

adds

the

to the

most

that

adverb

and

be
may-

Position.

expresses^

or

most

intended.

meaning

(3) Always give

that

the

the lest adverbial

use

of the adverb

use

Choice, Form,

use

the

expresses,

in the

error

the

adverb

the word.

form of

positionin

clearness,and

correctness^

the sentence

eleganceof

expression.
the

Discuss

473.

walk

following sentences:
fast ; you

(1)

Do

(2)

She

is less beautiful

(8)

All

your

neighbors

(4)

How

he

(6)

There

^ot

(7)
(9)

be

cannot

Jacinto

Whether

(8) Speak

flows

(11)

young

(12)

only

tolerable

(15)

lady

(16)

The

fox

(17)

He

(18)

You

is

(19) Nothing
(20)

Come

(21)

We

than

part of Texas.

to pay

the debt.

suddenly stopped.

party nearly dressed

alike.

of

as

some

gently rapping,

one

elegant.

artful

animal.

clever.
wrong

further

was

informed
said

walk

I you

remained

his brother.

remarkably

been

quick

the

tapping,

exceeding

an

exceeding

have

will have

not, you

it.

well.

nobler

dresses

is

southern

undertake

door.

acted

boy

to

came

came

chamber

The

the

through

rapidly, but

very

there

The

willing to

sillily.

very

ladies

(14)

is

distinctly.

Two

(13) Suddenly

that

man

willing or

and

running

was

at my

weary.

invited.

River

(10)

rapping

become

soon

supposed.

not

were

one

He

am

he

than

found

are

you
slow

behaved

She

will

got it again, I scarcely knew.

San

(6) Th^

so

"

week

about

too
at

this

on

the

subject.

matter.

slow.

Galveston,

and

proceeded

thence

to

Indianola.
or

back

to the

No

(23)

We

(24)

Such

(25)

I received

one

loftier than

is nobler

(22)

went

cloaks

were

the

cave.

in fashion

giftwith

he.

about

five years

pleasure,but

I shall

since.
now

gladlierresignit

184

GRAMMAR

If

(26)

have

you

(27)

Com

(28)

Having

THE

home.

at

should

be

lost

ENGLISH

learned

only

stay

may

you

OF

SENTENCE.

spend

to

extravagantly

money

lege,
col-

at

generally
$1000

once

in

planted

April.
he

speculation,

by

will

have

never

another

chance.

(29)

That

(30)

Having

(81)

We

(32)

The

(33)

At

(34)

474.

(1)
(3)

used

those

of

define

Name,

direct

relative

each.

(7)

adverb

be
classes

the

use

house

of

in

(2)
illustrate

How

the

may
?

of

adverbs

adverbs

Illustrate

as

of

success.

afterward.

and

high

steep.

buggy.

Illustrate

clause
with

to

meaning.

of

adverb

an

adverbs

In

and

modifying
containing
\xihen,

the

an

What

connective

define,
are

the

tinguish
Dis-

conjunctive,

sentence

indirect

Name,

(8)

(9)

of

modify.
(4)

use.

ordinary

kind

what

may
to

as

interrogative,

(5)
the

what

classes

indirect

adverb.

definitely

used

of

repent

we

considerably

are

the

interrogative,

State

failed

Adverbs.

conjunctive,
(6)

the

and

which

mountains

adverb.

an

he

proposed,

measures

sweetly.

the

the

by

speech.

frequently

smell

place

went

the

things

flowers
this

fine

considered

not

do

Define

remarkably

Beview

and

was

is

each

use

of

interrogative
and
chief

illustrate

errors

in

186

GRAMMAR

The

480.
(1)

noun:

(2)

pronoun

(3)

An

We

"*

adjective

(6)

infinitive

(6)

participle

(7)

clause

We

Reason

**

We

of

and

before

remain

may

die

until

clauses, are
is

adverbs

when, where,
be

cannot

We

shall

following
that

after

start
same

"TTe

Second,

gives
For

to

example,

That

is, he

event

mentioned

No,
clauses.

(6)
in;-^

"

when

his

The

why

object

after

has

his
been

not

comes"
comes"

We

*'

He

**

day dawns"

"She

not

of

of

them

parse

always

be

after

be

dinner

is over"

by

adverb

conjunctive

is over"
which

'

means

to

is not

italicized

the

introduced

universally conceded
the

the

abridged

word, leaving

latter sentence,

for

as

prepositions

clause

The

dinner

when

to

are

of this

to

is

followed

ere,' when

can

object

in the

be

lent
equivaof words

group

sentence.

these

exactly

the

words

made

so

as

opposite

(tfterhe made

after. After

as

his
to

what?

conjunctive adverb

of the

intended.

one

will," if after i8
the

express

idea

is but

There

junctive
con-

of time.
one

other

is,his death.

it is better to call these

And

and

not

died

will

shall start

dinner,"

modify

that

We

start

one

any

man

it must

We

"

"

words

former, after

meaning

made

it.'''

on

sailor.''

him
He

"
=

they

known

ever
"

shall

of

The

"

prizeV

sunset."

"

ere

unimpaired.

is therefore

dispose

adverb,

before

prepositions ;

of these

one

word

the

start

and

in

die

clearly establish

Thus,

We

"

its sentence

was

supported

That

certainly the

dinner

as

shall

nothing

means

is

other

any

preposition. But,
to

Noah

till morning

may

the

there is

until Christmas

unmistakably

will

abridged.

precisely the

"*She

before

We

wait

will remain

original sentence

or

so

shall

deserves
timber

fie arrived

inexcusable.

considerations

of the

since

seen

who

started
'*

144.)

p.

school."

to

much

since

We

"

then, tillnow^

good,^^

after,before, since, till,until, and

substantive

meaning

upon

He

"

how

jurymen

"We

"

[to']cry.''

of going

talking about

elected"

was

been

of day."

First, the clause

a

thinks

"

Christmas."

words

conjunctive
following
into

he

but

nothing

been

set

be

(See Whitney's Grammar,

of old, in vain, for

never

sun

not

the dawn

ere

The

did

been

arrival."

subordinate

by

She

till morning."

will

(o)

has

He

his

shall wait

then.

high,

have

the

after

**

since

seen

She

*'

It may

n'ver."

clearing land depends

him

election."

On

''

"

and

"

justicehave

started

supported

substantive.

expressions as, since tJien,before

now

An

SENTENCE.

me."

by

sat

In such

An

"

"

He

**

adverb

labor

ENGLISH

to the

went

(4)

The

THB

objectis always

here, forever, between

to

"

OP

words

prepositionsgoverning

the

following

f
a

prepositionsometimes

seems

to

be

phrase,

as

THE

He

it is much

But

and

under,

following

The

stream

since

from

under

verb:

(2)

noun:

(3)

pronoun

(4)

An

(6)

An

compound

of

*'

book

We
'"

before,from

prepositions,

above, from
the

governing

adverb

the

Woe

be

All

:
"

iies

interjection

word

the

"

the

on

table."

city in flames."
unto

read

the

book

prepositionsmost
following

hoary

for
sufficiently

maiden,

The

heads

the

to

for

^^Alas

of little faith."

you

reverence

I have

is the

preposition

be:

saw

"

adjective

An

alas

for

with

purpose."

my

judge."
used

commonly

age."

given

are

"

List.

A, aboard, about, above,

"

along, amid,

amidst,

according to,
around

amongst,

among,

athwart, before, behind, below, beneath,

beside

but, by, concerning, down,

beyond,
from,

the rocks.

call since

to

It may
"The

the

war,

the clouds.
,

combinations,

antecedent

(1)

482.

before the

above

from

runs

convenient

limits.

phrase

in

spiritcame

there

substantives.

481.

(6)

more

like

lived

has

187

PREPOSITION.

in, into, notwithstanding,

through, throughout, to,

toward

of,

on,

round,

or

during, except,

save,

of, since, till

out

to,

as

at,

twixt,
besides, between, be-

or

towards, under,

or

after,against,

across,

up,

or

for,
until,

with, within,

without.

(b)

is

; as.

(c) Of

484.

but

We

went

is used

it

between

rarely used

now

nical,
poetic, antique, tech-

preposition except

as

before

participial

fishing.

nearly

much

as

as

preposition

parse

which

of

either

all the

other

prepositionstogether.

Parsing of Prepositions.

483.
To

remaining prepositions are

comic.

or

noun

of the

Most

(a)

belongs, and
which

It is

it shows

both.

correct

(1)
to

find

Put
the

answer

the

the

name

the

generallyvery

preposition,and
the

is to state

the

part of speech

object and

antecedent

relation.
easy

to

determine

the

often difficult to find the

to two

then

object

antecedent;

questions will always give

interrogativewhat

object;

to

(2) put

after
the

the

preposition
interrogative

188

GBAMMAB

before

what

the

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

OF

find antecedent.

phrase to

For

Frantically,they dashed that rapid torrent

the torrent.
Through
(1) Through what?
Dashed
through the
through the torrent?
"

485.

He

the

from

came

(1)

He

(2)

It fell

(3)

Put

and

with

went

it

B.

He

the

the* relation

air to the

table

cityand

between

in

pocket

under

night

St. Louis,

moves

ground.

into your

or

until

from

went

shelter.

plains, to

the

across

straight lines, and

in

California.

all directions

from

leaden

Her

(2)

All

(3)

To

sable

him

who

in the
with

various

Into

the

(6)

I left before

(6)

You

mouth

(7)

I shall go

(8)

She

have

You

her

visible

Young,

"

holds

forms,

she

speaks

Bryant.

"

the

Six

Hundred.

came.

changed

since

after he

leaves.

till you

will leave

you

stay until

must

forth

of nature

of hell rode

he

will wait

(9^ They

throne.

slumbermg world.

love

language.

(4)

ebon

Mary.

Communion
A

her

stretches

now

sceptre o'er
but

came

I from

goddess

rayless majesty,

In

saw

you.

come.
ere

you

the

are

aware.

arrives.

train

of the State of
the character
(11) The eulogium pronounced
on
Carolina, by the honorable
gentleman, for her revolutionary and

merits, meets
C.

(1)

From

peak

men,

and

He

"

to

Psalm

passed

peak,

day

unto

came

concurrence.

from
with

"

uttereth

South
other

Webster,

rattlingcrags among,

the

live thunder.

the

Leaps
knowledge.

hearty

my

(2) Day
(3)

the

emission.

(1) Night,

(10)

Rule.

3.

us.

the

on

(6) Light
of

Relation.

city.
shows

through

(4) They stayed

point

torrent.

XIII.

R.

(5)

2.

Preposition.

From^ prep.,

A.

(2) What

Kodel.
1.

came,

example :
through."

"

Byron,

speech,

and

night

unto

night

showeth

many

eminent

19.
Rome
to Paris, in
theitnthrough many

the

company

cities.

of

THE

1 who

Ah

(4)

Or

(5)

in I know

Which

crossed

(6)

He

(7)

After
in the

Helena,

O^er

(8)

At

tremble

trophies

of

Outline

486.

of

lb.

Simple.

25.

Compound.

36.

Complex.

2a.

or

his way.

feet,pursues

or

St

rare.
Milton.

"

hour

of the

in

suppliance bent.

and

camp

conqueror.
under

court, he bore
Halleck.

"

the

ruins.

Prepositions,

Antecedent

Ic.

2c.

Noun.

3c.

Pronoun.

4c.

An

Verb.

Adjective.
SYNTAX

Rule

XIII.

objectto

the word

487.

(a)

When
but

adverbj

(6)

the

One

preposition

cook, eat, and

(c)

One

of
(d)
against

the

One
all

prepositionshows
phrase limits.

the

preposition is

adjective:

an

the

plains
have

may

people, by
preposition

may
the

the relation

"

sleep in the

antecedent

PEEPOSITIONS.

OP

object of

sometimes

**It overlooked

again."

to

of Relation.

Terms

16.

iron

banished

was

Kinds.

la.

its

gold.

for

cations

Napoleon

ChurchilL

"

at his power.

from

crawled

He

grows.

guarded tent.

lay dreaming

dreams, through

The

(10)

in his

Greece, her knee

Should

nose,

steep, through strait,rough, dense,

or

Turk

When

Sogers.

"

Ocean.

head, hands, wings,

The

in the

Waterloo,

Atlantic

midnight,

In

of

the

far country

search

plains to

mind,

refined.

taste

what

not

battle

South

bog

With

(9)

the

the

by

plant, so grateful to

choice

that

of the

triumphs

and

illumined,

truth

By

tell the

can

189

PBEPOSrriON.

several

fraud, falsehood,

have
and

flew

up,

usually
around,

becomes
and

an

down

antecedents;

as,

^*

They wash,

room."
severBX

people,

may

*^It

it

ftcZow?."

same

have

omitted

of

and

prepositions ; as,

for

several

the

ment
govern-

people."

objects;

violenceJ*^

*'A

as,

"

positive law

190

GRAMMAR

(e)
and

One

the

Better,

He

I.
IV.

several

halV

"He

approved

of the

48d. Use

of

ENGLISH

THB

have

object may

across
"

OF

prepositions;

approved o/, and

be reduced

Choice.

II.

to

He

ran

for^

the

**

tip, down^
measured

for it."

in the

error

"

as,

voted

voted

and

measure

Prepositions. All

may

SENTENCE.

use

of prepositions

or

Omission.

"

III.

Position.

Insertion

Sepetition.
CHOICE.

I.

489.

Great

should

care

precisely the

expresses
should

relation

consulted

be

be taken

always

intended.

for the

select

to

the

doubtful

In

object,the antecedent,

preposition that

and

ary
diction-

the

cases,

the

preposition

itself.

490.

Exercises

(1)

The

(2)

He

(3)

The

to he corrected

sultry evening
died

with

fever

followed

was

(5) Of what

consists
does

(6) Religion
(7)
(8)

Charles

(9)

The

in

He

(11)

I have

(12)

He

consist

happiness
in

you

dropped
of

out

went

been

fine

(1)

his estate

its

immediately

turn

(2)

We

heard

(3)

These

^is grave

(4)

Wanted.
mind.

daughter,

his son,

and

nephew.

POSITION.

be

so

placed

the

in

man

sentence

make

to

as

it

digging

were

for

should

be

generally

placed

object.

lecture

"

preposition

to he corrected

verses

in

of

its

Exercises
saw

barbarous.

were

morning.

implies, the

before

We

other,

each

elegant.

name

(1)

with

widely

creek.

in the

between

should

Phrases

correct, clear, and

lain

differ

Orleans.

to New

divided

Representative^.

of

opinion.

his dollar

H.

492.

rain.

House

persecutions of the Quakers

(10)

As

"

died).

and

Senate

Christianity may

and

I differ from

(2)

parsed :

soil is adapted for wheat.

(4) Congress

491.

with

both

(means

then

and

on

well

then

and
with

Roman

teaching geography

written

by

parsed :

young

man

"

nose.

at

10 o'clock.
who

has

long

since

amusement.

A. yoxxng

man

to

take

care

of

horses

of

religious

THE

(5)
(6)

He

went

to

did

Whom

give

he

of the

connection

proper

AND

Exercises

be

not

It

was

in vain

to remonstrate.

(2)

It

was

to your

brother

(3)

What

(4)

She

could

(5)

San

Francisco

(6)

I admit

is it to

(8) California
(9)

He

is not

(10) Ignorance

that

only,

one

(2)

which

you

of fear

Exercises
He

from

the party.

gold

bears.

him.

well

as

than

admii-ation.

as

REPETITION.

inelegant, sometimes

496.

Mountains.

Rocky

blame

several

repeat the preposition before

sometimes

"

objects

must

be

before

used

each, of them.

or

To

(1)

the

for its

preposition having

(1)

parsed :

sense.

indebted.

was

deserted

mother

IT.

495.

then

the

tears.

side

noted

more

is the

required by

say.
have

men

right in

was

other

you

talented

(7) Many

shedding

is the

of what

the

destroy

to

as

sentence.

when

and

whom

so

me

refrain

not

of the

parts

to he corrected

to

inserted

be

omitted

(1)

use

OMISSION.

not

different

should

(2) Prepositions
494.

it to ?

should

(1) Prepositions

horseback.

on

INSERTION

II.

493.

his friends

see

191

PREPOSITION.

is

each

of

and

economy,

then

and

sagacity, experience,

(2) By industry, by

the

sentence

forcible.

to he corrected

man

renders

object

parsed:

of

and

honesty.

luck

by good

"

he

accumulated

fortune.

Beview

497.
(1)
a

verb

can

them

Define

name?

you
?

the
How

(3)

(6)

Name

may

the

be?

Illustrate.

(9)
have

One

of

object

preposition.
is it unlike

and
of

object may

illustrate
a

(8)

Name

may

(10) Classify and

several

verb

the

preposition
the

have

prepositions ;
have

(4)

one

be ?

the

errors

words
all

from

prepositions. (7)
that

may
;

have

Illustrate

with

in the

govern

one

What

clauses.

antecedent

several

of

antecedent

the

may

antecedents

common

resemble

relation

other

What

preposition may

preposition

preposition

of

prepositions

several

What

the

classes

prepositions.

illustrate

does

How

(2)

distinguishes

(5.)What

preposition

several

Prepositions.

objects ;

may
one

originalsentences.
use

of

prepositions.

192

GBAMMAB

THB

OF

1. Men

We

3.

He

4.

The

5.

Words

6.

The

each

word

the

two

that

words

us.

see

that

seen

are^related,and

this

relation

the
that

and

joins

conjunctions.

are

Conjunction is the part of speechwhose only office

Or, a Conjunction is the part of speech
express relation.
A

500.

is
only office

whose

In the

601.

to connect

the

parts of sentences.
above, the conjunctions

sentences

first five sentences

coordinate

connect
on

ideas

to

be

it may

type expresses

Such

horses.

something.

to say

above

sentence

parts.

with

and

floodscame.
are
mighty.
they wanted

beoaiue

came

black

children

9JiSithe

parts express

in

be industrious.

and

but deeds

weak

are

children
In

the

to stand

descended

rain

italicized

is to

be

endeavored

499.
two

boys should
gentle toith

and

should

2.

8ENTEK0E.

CONJUNCTION.

THE

498.

ENGLISH

or

parts; in the

right explains,or

sentence, the

last

to, the part

is subordinate

part
the

on

left.

and

conjunctive
; the

use

is not

adverbs

conjunction

The

(")
it

conjunction

The

(a)

are

has

no

indicates

modifying

they

that

have

in the

force

preposition, is

relation

the

Relative

comMctive.

only

connectives, but

like the

conjunction,

always

the

also

sentence.

word, because

relation

bear

parts connected

the

pronouns

modifying

to

each

other.
The

verb

verb,

unlike

(c)
the

the

expresses
it is

being

unable
in

(c)

appear,

to

having

From
"

but

; it is

preposition

and

affirms it if it is

always
finite

But

connective.

conjunction,

the

or

is like

the

preposition

assume

the

relation

governing power

all these

t^at part

word

verb,

or

not

only
it if

assumes

participle.

affirm
no

relation

the

both

or

conjunction

The

(d)

is

relation

infinitive

an

also

over

whose

; but

unlike

it is unlike

the

verb

the

in

sition
prepo-

substantives.

notes, the definition

of speech

and

of

is
only office

conjunction
to express

will

relation.

cleariy

194

OF

6BAMMAB

ENGLISH

THE

Correlative, those used

510.

either

neither

or^

child

the

Both

^^

its mother

and

as,

and^

or.

there."

of

one

tives;
alterna-

two

nor.

or,

"George
512.

were

denote

to

both

as,

Alternative, those used

611.

pairs;

whether

nor,

in

SENTENCE.

Causal,

his

or

will

brother

causal

introducing a

one

help you."

because^

clause ; as,

since^for.
He

**

613.

Conditional,

that, for, and

(a) And,
pass."

shall

what

For

he

That

"

it

him

did

preferable,
introduce

to

For

(6)
.

but

the

clause;

and,

words

in the

following

are

sentence

effect
I

for

meek

am

(d)

In

lowly

and
he

honest, hence

was

called

sometimes

was

studying

or

two

(2)

Is it codrdinate

or

words

parsed

clauses

illative

merely

And

it came

he

that

should

be

Or,

if it is

as

did

it."

parsed

as

thought

joining what

they

either

correlative

both,

neither

coniunctiona ;
only expletives,

are

the

or,

parts that

are

joined

heart."

in

that

express

"

I think,

conclusion,

cause,
*^

; as,

Learn

therefore I

am."

of me,
He

"

trusted."

conjunction, keep

the

teaching

are

(1) What

in

does

mind

that

it connect

subordinate

Parsing of Conjunctions.

514.

6.

1.

Species.

3.

Sub-class.

2.

Class.

4.

Construction.

'

(1) Oxygen

(2)

as

as

conjunctions

things absolutely indispensable

the

used

and,

(c) Conjunctions introducing

are

parsed

to introduce

but

; as,

XVIII.

either, neither, and

and

"

word.

or

commonly

power

words

be

correlative

sentence

nor,

or,

Rule

to

often

are

.**I believe

Such

sometimes

such

it."

upon

connecting

any

man?"

may

preceding

force

no

for

convenience,

reality the

having

or

conditional

conjunctions

it is doubted."

profit a

and

some

both

nor,

in

by

me."

see

insists

other

introductory expletives,according
and

he

if

some

without

introductory words,

^^

iwtrodu-dng

one

I shall pay

**

to

to

if.

as,

as

wanted

he

because

came

He

strove

and

hydrogen

with

Rule.

CoObdinatb.
are

gases.

all his powers

and

{Words.)
to

noble

end.

(JPhrases.)

(3)

You

walk

may

the

into

195

CONJUNCTION.

THE

garden

but you

must

pluck

not

the flowers.

(Sentences,)

(4)

Plato

both

was

philosopher

and

(Correlative.)

poet.

Subordinate.

(5)

trusted

friends

His

he

(6) Although

fails.

; it connects

the

(2) And, conj., co6r.,

and

to

the

into

(4)

and

and

the

two

and
is

and

philosopher
to

gen,
hydro-

loith all his

two

the flowers, R.

may

XII.

introduces, and

both

and

philosopher

sentences, you

and

poet, R. XII.

the

correlative

are

and

words

is

both

conjunction connecting

cop.

poet, R.

Article

and

XII.

conj.,subor., causal

verb, trusted,

R.

613

; it connects

expletive

an

the

two

ducing,
intro-

phrases

noun

(6).
the

clause, he

orable,
hon-

was

XII.
it connects

clause, he

the

tries,to

verb, fails,R. XII.

(a)

prefer, and

Some

last compound,

(6)

In

is done

515.

with

call

and

above.

That

Selections

(2)

She

came,

(3)

We

all must

(4)

I will work

(6)

He

(6)

Out
We

gave

of the
must

(8) Though
(1)

And

(2)

That

(3)
(4)

Aristides
Not

now

you

he

remained

advice

both

and

slay

let
were
was

us

up

hasten

either
he

at home.

will pay

he

yard

phrases, verbs,

nouns,

starve.

or

me,

me.

and
the

money.
street

he

march

our

yet will I trust

or

rushed.
return

by night

him.

proceed.
mistaken

both

is evident.

just and

truth, but falsehood,

wise.

fears

the

as

the

definitelyclassified

to be

rival powers.

were

work

if

are

sentences

Parsing.

Rome

but

me

connected

parts

such

conjunction.

coordinate

is,say they

for

and

the

consider

to

reason,

although

parsing, require

(1) Carthage

(7)

B.

the

pluck

not

(6) Although, conj.,subor., disj.;

A.

phrases,

conj., coQr., correl,

phrases,

co"r.

(5) Because,

as

two

the

connects

must

you

are

noun

the

oxygen

better.

Both

and

nouns,

end, R. XII.

noble

garden

Both

connects,
Or

two

; it connects

cop.

conj., coQr., disj.; it

(3) But,
walk

honorable.

was

XII.

R.

powers

he

because

always

tries he

conj., cop.

(1) And,

him

open

day.
.

etc.

196

GRAMMAR

(6) Scrooge
over.

(6)

Men

work

did

Men

He

looks

He

616.
la.

silent,for

ClaBsea

Co'drdinate

16.

believed

them

not.

than

iron.

that

was

thief.

his

while

children

to the

went

tentiary
peni-

gallows.
is truthful.

he

he

knew

not

what

to say.

Use.

to

aa

taught

Conjunctions,

of

Ontline

blue.

or

you

Congress,

him, because

was

Kingaley.

"

Wordsworth,

"

less useful

hut

to the

and

(16)

if

as

(/*he

to

went

(14)

deep.

tired.

(M

(13) Johnson
I believe

and

over

weep,

waters

green

valuable
o"

boy.

was

taught

me

and

blind

thing

be

must

(10) Gold is more

(11) He treated
(12)

and

over

melody

sweeter

the poor
the

must

women

hidden

be

made

(8) Whether
(9)

thought it

afid

again,

and

storms

none

Than

SBNTENCE.

Dickens.

"

must

For

BNGUSH

THE

bed

to

went

Though

(7)

OF

joins elements

that

One

having

the

granmiat-

same

ical construction.
Subordinate

25.

joins a limiting clause

that

One

to

some

part of

principal sentence.
ClasaeB

2a.

meaning.

to

as

lb.

Copulative:

26.

Adversative

36.

Correlative:

46.

Alternative
as,

"

Used

Conditional

to

Rule

and

opposition (but, nevertheless,whereas).

assert

and
.

; either

the

or

one

of

other

two

...

or.

alternatives ;

go."

introducing

causal

clause;

as, **I

shall

not

go,

went."

he
:

introducing

One

might

XII.

"

conditional

clause ;

as,'

**

He

learn."

OF

SYNTAX
517.

.(and, also,likewise).

pairs (both
will

James

or

that he

came

in

Used

One

because
66.

Denoting

John

Causal:

56.

addition

Denoting

OOKJUirOTIOlSrS.

Conjunctions

connect

words^ phrases^

sentences.

518.
(1)
(2)
they

come

coordinate
independent

Two
TiKTO

dependent

after """."

conjunction may
aentencea

aentencea

connect

as, ^^John

; as,

*^

went

I shall go

"

and

Mary

if he invites

came.^^
me

and

THE

(3)

Two

prepositional

the glen, he

(4)

takes

Two

197

CONJUNCTION.

phraaea

'^

; as,

Up

the mountain

through

and

his silent way.*'

infinitive

phraaea

tries to be

He

**

; as,

honest, and

be

to

industrious.''^

(6)

Two

looking

and

He

nouna

Two

He

Two

bought

adverba

519.

subordinate
A

(2)

An

(3)

An

(a)

It has

verb

adverb

joined

to

an

adjective

somewhat
The
if

parts
part

one

is

of

certain

mode

same

(")

The

participleto
as,

*'The

or

as

and

verbs

and

and

\oent

turned?'*
re-

great.^"*
night."

the

silentlycame

principal.

of

to

the

that

join its

may

adjective;

and

either

if

part is

he

part must

one

used

co5rdinate

as

is often
its

rule

the

be
a

he:
; thus

adjective,or

an

the

noun,

object

of

should

connectives

cation
appli-

should

construction

must

part

think

hut

grammatical

same

hy

this rule is too

prepositional phrase
cannot

missed.''^
dis-

was

parts connected

of place.'*'* The

out

other

the

he

left^I'm."

class ; hut

**I

; as,

and

joined by

that

all

they

that

same

follow.

adverh

such

was

authors

some

be in the

an

It

^^
diligently.

h^ studies

slow

so

he

an

other

verh, the

Generally,

verh.

by

must

must

used

and

conduct

was

adjective,the

an

expression

some

He

^*

constrained

connected

is wise

beoanae

^^His

speakers

and

He

*^

"

as,

conjunctions

; as,

through.^^

it

man

the

learns

stated

heen

strict for writers

of

to

; as,

read

Slowly

**

; as,

conjunctionalways joinsa subordinate

He

**

; as,

the bank

on

modifiers

without

or

modifiers

The

^^

part

adjective;

coordinate

and

; as,

sentence

(1)

and

man

book

; as,

some

standing

his little girl came."

without

or

subordinate
to

sentence

old

with

adjeotiLvea

Two

(9)

The

him

saw

with

either

pronouna,

"

verba,
^*

(8)

or

**

; as,

'^'^

water.

/ went."

and

(7)

the

into

T'wo

(6)
"

participial phraaea

object

the

same

have

the

tense.

subordinate
the

it modifies

noun

man,

conjunction although

although

; but

the

[he was]

is sometimes

must
ellipsis

said

always

be

running rapidly, played

to

join a

supplied
the

piece

perfectly."

(c)

The

word

that is not

connective

clause; subjective, objective, predicative,

**

That

believe
are

the

stars

are

suns,

that the stars

suns."

**

The

are

is the

suns.

"

belief that the

belief
* *

The

stars

it introduces

when

of

astronomers."

suns

substantive

element;

appositive

or

astronomer^s
are

**

as,

Astronomers

belief is,that the stars

is held

by

astronomers."

198
The

(d)

it

adverb

an

in the

walks

*^He

words,

wiser

be

is older

and

word

The

rules

as,

in

(h)

When

The

is

0)

I.**

uses

Do

limiting

sentence,

be

in the

not

two

comparative degree
is

**He

say,

that

To

(1)
rules

the

old

as

coordinate

between

come

in

sovereign,

**

as,

always

queen

series

words

in

the

and

conjunct

(2)

supreme

or

tives
alterna-

two

"

England

precede

to

always

governor,

construction

same

last ; as,

before

the

and

m^y

give

and

Peter

them

**

We

As

sentence

with

sentences

used,

is

the

John, James,

saw

Neither

and

the

corresponding

present.**
**

improves

neither

He

careless

neither

with

remember

that

attributed

to

their

and

Peter

disposition.

prefer

some

pounds.**

call it,a

to

excellence

parts that

introduce

he

''^Neither

understanding,

the

his

nor

student

the

writers

of

delightsthe

should

feood writers

Many

such

mind,**

his friends

nor
nor

are

be,

"

I shall visit him

(2)

That

must

not

must

conjunctions.

may

Neither

(4)

Our

(6)

John

(6)

Tones

(7)

He

flatterynor

judgments
the

is

are

be

incorrect

tences,
sen-

changes

"

this summer,

fully

Rewrite

because

imderstand

the

desires

he

subject, let

it.
us

consider

following propositions.
(3)

He

entirely

composition

possess

nected
con-

are

carelessness.

(1)

we

as

as,

or;

; but

the necessary

maMn^

the

have

Or,

his farm

correlatives

all the

Parse

same

his mind.**

nor

whatever

their

improves

improves

his farm

the

always
and

nor

It neither

**

six hundred
"Paul

two

collective

subject.

should

either

connected

parts

signification;as,

sentence.

compound

the

to

(together) weigh

distributive

partial compound

520.

of

coal.**

heart.**

too

or

as, "Paul

give

by
were

than

two

placed only

(each) weigh
simple

has

or

conjunction

it may

Each

or

am."

Peter.**

signification
;
Or

than

sentences.

term

is

and

(Q

adjective

an

better

England.**

connective

Mary,

both

they

by good grammarians

king

**

explanatory

an

subordinate

that

wiser

joins two

always

taken

It is claimed

(g)

is

L"

than

(/)
tiou

should

to

sentence

**He

as,

else,other, and

does.**

she

introduces

than

care

^*He

than

the words

subordinate

degree;

comparative

faster

When

(e)

as,

nearly always joins a

SENTENCE.

follows

tJian sometimes

conjunction

rather, but

ENGLISH

THE

OF

GRAMMAR

threats

should

Baptist

neither

came,

different,both

taller,but

not

could

so

be

hasty

eating neither
from
old

as

him.

move

nor

bread

emphasis
his brother.

and

unjust.
nor

drinking

pauses.

wine.

the

He

(8)

eloquent,

as

was

199

CONJUNCTION.

THE

and

perhaps

than

mine.

even

eloquent

more

than

Webster.
It

(9)
(10)

We

(11)

This

(12)

There

(13)

(14)

Read

no

one

(17)

No

(18)

The

(19)

(20)

(21)

Though

remained

that
not

Beview

can

each.

(3)
?

illustrate

What

each

two

may

Introductory
in

the

more.

New

or

York.

understood.

be
is

poor.

go.
Edison

that
and

have

company,

in

is
the

inventor.

great

street.

but

have

they

gone.

invited.
shall

yet

live.

he

Illustrate.

the

parts
classes

of

conjunction

differ

the

the
from

conjunction

join

conjunctions
(7)

conjunctions.
of

showing

conjunction

to

as

Discuss

(8)

What

(2)

Illustrate,

may

connect.

study

Boston,

yard

am

conjunction.

does

How

the

name?

you

(4)

might

something

Conjunctions.

of

Define

fact

dead,

were

in

will

the

unless

go

he

in
I

is

history.

nor

learn

can

may

he
the

play

logic,

judgment

then

dispute

children

shall

you

his

but

will

one

that

going,

are

he

others.

to

he

but

whether

honest,

you

good
with

wise

so

distinctly,
is

do

to

neither

know

not

(16)

words

(6)

is

He

(1)

ought

consistent

is

do

better,

or

and

may,

If

words

good,

as

(16)

521.

parts

is

(a)
do

What
?

other
connective

force

all

other

connective

(6)

Name,

define,

(6)

use.

Correlative

yOu

connective

consider

Illustrate

of

and
what

conjunctions,
of

most

portance
im-

200

GBAMMAB

INTERJECTION.

THE

522.

0, pshaw^ he is

^^

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THB

OF

emotional, but

too

alas^ I

like

am

I"

him

italicized

The
that

An

523.

Interjectionis

They

isolated

feelings

called

tions.
interjec-

are

used

exclamatory word

an

feelingthat

isolated

an

express

ideas.

between

in

come

above

words

comes

in

thrown

between.

to

press
ex-

thoughtsor

between

ideas.
word

The

(a)

interjectionmeans

in between

it is thrown

thoughts

in between

is thrown

sentences

(") Interjections have

(c)
to

To

Rule

nature

XVII.

Rule

An

"

eigh, hey,

Sorrow
Wonder

its part of

earnest,
:

speech, referrmg

be

fear

(8) Contempt

:
:

(10) Expulsion
Desire

boy, ahoy.

classified

express,

into

other

depend

not

word.

according
:

to the

"

or

address

indeed.

(generallyfollowed

by

noun).

well-done, good, bravo.

or

Aversion

any

upon

heigh, ha, strange,

Praise

(7) Pain,

(11)

name

io.

(6) Surprise with disapproval

(9)

properties.

oh, ah, hoo, alas, alack, lackaday, welladay, orwelaway.

(4) Wish,
(5)

no

interjectiondoes

Interjectionsmight
of the feelingsthey

(1) Joy

(2)
(3)

expresses

INTEEJEOTIOlSrS.

OF

for grammatical construction

625.

that

XVII.

STHTAX
524.

and

interjection,simply

an

parse

word

the

tion
emo-

parts of sentences.

or

classes

no

ideas, and

or

is,the

That

whew,

hoida, zounds,
hoity-toity,

what.

oh, ooh, ah, eh, O dear.

fudge, pugh, poh, pshaw,

pish, tush, tut, humph.

foh, faugh, fie,fy, foy.

:

out, off,shoo, whew,

for attention

begone, avaunt,

aroynt.

ho, soho, what-ho, hollo, holla hallo, halloo,

202

6BAMMAB

THB

OF

other

In

526.

PARTICIPLES.

AND

IXFINITIVES

places it

SENTENCE;.

ENGLISH

has

insisted that the proper

been

way

to

subject of

grammar

either

practicalor technical
together. Every lesson

grammar,

but

should

contain

both

the

teach

principlesof

I intend

Here

I shall

grammar.
to

fives and

it is safe

to

ago
there
and

well

as

that

as

the

indeed

one

still be

"

will

class and

that

sure

am

book

one

to

will say

sad
a

book

one

one

it ;

of

great

thing

and

though

it

is,it is

teacher

himself

remains
or

of the

"

does

not

Is this the

teachers

that

know

in

to have

ion,
opin-

any

will say

this, of

the

what

that

perhaps

seem

almost

to do."

what

reality,

It is true

book

another.

pupils,and, pity
But

subject,of

grammar

fuses
con-

course,

majority of
to do.

thing

one

it is.

another

fault of the

I hold

most

is,Infini-

I think

"

extent

also, that this will confuse

also

; that

affairs,if it is

It is true,

true

the

knows

never

state

very

perhaps

clear

right. A few years

I despise grammar
;

"

contradict

the teacher

Well^ this is indeed

be

branch

hold

me,

technical

in

teachers

may

guage.
lan-

taught in
misconceived
by the

Many

pupils.

no

book

Study.

much

so

opinion,and
superintendent said to
is no certaintyabout
it
the

that

is

as

other

is no.

in grammar

another

and

there

of the

some

it will

this branch

Difficult

them

teach

to

applicationto
that

so

neglect

to

lessons

some

regarded

with

which

schools

idea
or

that

say

common

the

is

the Host

Orammar,

527.

give

present,

subjectconnected
Participles.

difficult

teacher

to

try

their

also

to

teachers, what

young

the

and

grammar,

is not

is

cases

the

the question
the

books,

science

as

AND

INFINITIVES

exact

as

taught in

any

of mathematics
understands

teacher

and

that

fact

in almost

books

the

that

possibleexception

that

if the

case,

every

what

know
differ.

superintendent.

our

First,let it be understood

you.

the

business, he may

of

condition

in the

are

schools, with

to

do,

Well, how

this,is the question of importance

know

he

our

his

the

regardless of
may

203

PAETICIPLBS.

to all that

Let

language

me

tell

is not

structed
con-

on
according to anybody's text-book
grammar.
should
On the contrary, everybody's text-book
on
grammar
have been
constructed
according to the language. This is
The
earth was
in all science.
true
not formed
according
to anybody's text-book
on
geology, but all the text-books
"

on

geology

of the

earth,

Now,

suppose

another,
to

pupils
to

No

itself and

right,the

earth

and

is not
with
to do

good

reference
is to

be

must

usage

in

which

Suppose

text-books

have

right ?

different

not
to

are

its construction.
from

books

the statements

geology,

on

text-books?

It

is not

it
You

that
one

may

familiar
sufiiciently

general

to

know

then, if he finds

to the

step to

language.
is

teacher

tific
scienquestion. Now, this same
investigatinga subject may be applied in
as
successfullyas in any other branch.

literature

for themselves

themselves

the

or

the

another

contrary, they

all their

or

of any

use

the

of

of the
both
way
be

speech

text-books
the

and
sure

what

is and

text-books

and

write

and

let the

fering
dif-

there

with

agree

text-books
the

with

part of speech, all

blackboard

containing that part

sentence

and

and

this

answer

of

language

which

find for

books

teacher, however,

has

the

on

their

to

thing

confused

of both

teaching grammar

see

do ?

be

to

construction
find it to be.

it may

one

says

find it to be

is

what

examines

Suppose they

method

he

that

the

explain

to

geology

one

earth

necessary

The

written

one

any

what

go to the

which

as

the

are

know

been

have

or

class
the

all the

language another,

it is the

language.

But

204

do

GBAHMAB

understand

not

with
foolish

that

one

ordinary teacher ;
continually comparing
with

the

teacher

will

soon

nearly in

most

the

usages

able

that
upon

other

This

is true

is it true

of the

books

books

on

one-hundredths

nine

other
But

rather

grammars
the

ideal

than
on

erally
gen-

fact

been

have

theless,
never-

written
the

upon

is

that

Teachers
a

is

earth.

general,and particularly
English grammar.
Ninety-

them

text-book

text-book

it is

than

by

in

on

of

it than

speakers, the

what

fact, but

ject
sub-

language, and

rather

geology

text-books

with

the

very

text-book

the

and

geology

on

text-books

with

of

for his class.

adopt

on

pense
dis-

this, that

is

mean

determine

with

aware

most

writers

to

accordance

text-book

statements

best

be

understanding of

what

the

be

be

not

may

better

but

our

should

This, I think, would

of

that he should

one

the teacher

has written

likelyhave

the

SENTENCE.

that

say

text-book.

the

will most

ENGLISH

to

me

for any

THE

OP

been

have
upon

this

written

upon

the

English sentence.
subjectwill be the one

subject-matterthe English sentence, as

in literature.
So
spoken and written by great masters
of words
is concerned, the Engfar as construction
or
use
lish

that

for

has

its

language

necessityfor
is there

Nor
on

now

need

the

pretty

much

very

settled,and

well

disagreement

for confusion

part of the

the

keep

is

teacher,

scientific method

or

in

in

our

there

is

no

text-books.

for the

pupil or perplexity
superintendent,if he will
view, that is, verify the

by referring to usage in the

ence,
language, always remembering that, when there is a differthe best text-book
must
give up in favor of language.
to the investigation
let us apply this scientific method
Now
of

statement

of infinitives
528.

the

and

text-book

participles.

Knowledge

of Other

Understanding of English.
"

statement

just here.

Languages
Let
Some

me

Necessary

not

make

another

text-books

and

to

an

inary
prelimteachers

AND

INFINITIVES

responsible for

are

understand

must

could

what

see

it

what

which
Even

he

know

may

of

nature

they
on

giving

them

are

as

much

is,and

look

at it

that it will be
those

names

This

ancestors.

to

foreign languages

an

artifice

on

in

languages

for the tenses

throw

the

that

times

books

such
as

would

be

would

classifymen
by
fourformerly applied to our
practice of continuallyreferring
teaching English is in most cases

part of the

the

cases,

should

behind

anthropology
the

for the

names

teacher

The

etc.

treatise

footed

that any
also

Latin

the

use

verbs,
;

so

it

etc.

English words have been taken, and after

of our
English syntax has been modelled.
of the new
text-books
on
just now
grammar

some

away

us,

is,and

it

English is what
one
willingto

absurd.

more

Latin, the Hebrew,

the

our

much

appearing
of

Greek,

is, regardless of the

which

from

be

the

the

it before

have

may

in

used

they were
Nothing
we

misunderstanding, that for. the

English infinitives and participleshe
and
also the infinitives
participlesas

understand

pupil to

205

PARTICIPLES.

teacher

or

writer

to

conceal

his

ignorance of English itself. Suppose tliat the foreign

language agrees in its syntax with the English, we must
the
understand
the
note
English syntax before we can
agreement
throw

on

Suppose,

;
our

and

after

English
the

other

we

understand

to go

back

it, what

to the

lightwill it
foreignlanguage?

hand, the

English syntax differs

from the foreign; then, again, a knowledge of the foreign
will throw
no
light on the syntax of the English. So that
the thing for the teacher
of English to learn is that he is
teaching English,not Latin, Greek, German, or French, or
anything else.
529.

on

What

Part

part of speech the

Or

must

they be

of

Speech.

"

infiuitive

made

Let
and

to constitute

Here, it is true, the authorities

are

us

the

determine

to what

participlebelong.
a new
part of speech?
not agreed; but let us

206

GBAMMAB

follow

scientific

our

not

was

SENTENCE.

shall be able to determine

we

Let

follow

us

adopt if he should
altogetherfamiliar

would

that he

and

method,

part of speech.

their
scientist

ENGLISH

THB

OF

the

come

with.

What

class
must

do

he

is

the

decides

latter

if not, the

question arises,Into
class that it most

the

to

as

to be

animal

let it

its nature

this, a committee
wolf

631.

The Final

respect

especiallythose
declared

have

that

is it

then

make

Be

and

532.

or

to

are

and

we

been

claimed

and

the

with

same

could
; some

still others
in

the

it be found

to

phase

every

of

authority persistin
I think

all sensible

in the

they

is the final

verbs.

not

be

classed

test ?

This

of the verh^and

and participles
of infinitives

language of the

whether

high authority,

should

the nature

understand

grammarians,

participlesare

that

with

condition

our

considered

What

careful examination

Finite Verb"

Into

Bring

that

this is about

infinitives and

from
differ

participles. Most

have

note

the

that, notwithstanding

suppose

Now

"

we

here

side of the bear.

the

that

writers^and

verbs

characteristic

that

they are found

as

done

testify.Suppose

part of speech.

sure

be

to do

that

he

animal

fox, and

what

Test.

suppose

themselves

new

in

Some, it is true, have

under

this

high

infinitives

to

for

of scientists

take

would

people

new

others, he

do the

scientists

is to

bears, and

with

callingit a

what

essential

in every

all

put it ?

must

wolf, others

Now

itselfand

agree

We

"

class

proper

might declare it
possiblya bear.

make

knows;

he

animals

reserniles.

nearly

participles.But

infinitives and
differ

class shall

which

he

must

of the

Now,
he

animals

Scientific Method.

The

530.

the

class it with

to

former.

the

animal

an

upon

Evidently he must class it with some

already familiar with, or else he must
for it.
If it differs materiallyfrom

do ?

method

they are

best

English speakers

found

to

agree

with

them.

dp not

always

Assert"

Now

let

us

pro-

'

AND

INFINITIVES

ceed

to make

that
and

the

has

it is true

office of

infinitives and

that

verbs

to

well

is not

easilysee

may

also

is true

will talk

It may

for this

or

verbs.

In

all

we

533.

have

They

been

to

For

you

come

thief."

subordinate

that

deny

assert^

that

grammarian

subordinate
to

he

in the

would

said

When

"

it

assertions^they only

they

are

the

sentences

can

they only

assume;

verbs.

as

the Classes of yerbs

It is easy

"

has

our

properly be
regard them

verbs

make

not

reason

of

none

believe that

the

never

other

any

finite verbs

is^do

there

yet

assume;

do not

that

peen

and

come

"I

easily be

sentences,

still

over

this

participlesalways assume,
do not always assert.

finite verbs

"

it

but

assert;

founded, for, while

instance, take the following sentences

we

tions
strongest objec-

urged against callinginfinitives

is,that they only ansume
action, being,

it is the

that

of the

been

verbs
participles

objectionwe

One

comparison.

ever

state, while

or

207

PARTICIPLES.

Attributive

"

and

lative.
Copu-

observe, also, that the different classes

commonly attributed to verbs apply as well to infinitives

and
either
participles. First, we
say that all verbs are
in* the sentence, "The
attributive or copulative^
man
as,
farms^'' we
it does
attribute
"

The

the

say

is

man

words

sentences

the

to

to

well," the
from

he

to

may

other

subject;
"

The

see

copula, may

word
and

to

is

the

sentences,

well,"

say

they only couple to

their

man

In

attributes.

the

same

We

want

the

distinction

instance, in

"

cause
be-

express

in the

attributive, and

farmer," and

sentences,

is attributive

we

express

For
is

farm

infinitives

these

the finite

we

that

infinitives.

farm^'*

man

farms

copulative because

are

reference

its

any

farmer," and

subjectsother

to

of

it asserts

the verbs

man

require

not

verb

finite

"

We
in
the

lowing
folwith
the

want
"

We
man

want
to

he

clearlycopulative. It is seen
also,that the infinitive copula,like
be completed by a predicatenoun
or
are

208

GRAMMAR

OF

THE

ENGLISH

SENTENCE.

that

have
participles

Show

predicateadjective.

the

same

uses.

Transitiye

534.

verbs

are

either

transitive

"John

plows

sentences,
the

verb

because
the

pertainingwholly to
following infinitives
"We

and

We

and

to

yet been

I have

is

run

able

to any

that

Begular and

535.

like

"

to

Irregular.-^_ The

the

far

and

and
plow'*''

"

to

is true

transiti
In-

Show

verbs.

same

as

attributed

Attributive^ Transitive

be used

participles
may

as

of

So

ever

part of speech than

other

action

plow the field,"

plow is clearly
noun
field as its

has

one

and

to

the

parse

the

is true

same

John

learn, no

classes. Copulativeand

the

receiver

clearlyintransitive.

as

to

boy rwns^''

represents

upon

run.'''' To

to

transitive, everybody would

object;

"The
it

The

want

boy

Thus, in the

represents the

it

doer.

"

the

want

field," and

the

all finite

that

say

intransitive*

or

terminating

as

intransitive

is

rwM

doer

We

"

transitive, because

is

plow

of

action

IntranBitive.

and

run.^^
with

the

Irregular. Every regular verb, like

plow^ has its infinitive and its participle,to plow^ and
sponding
plowing; also every irregularverb like see has its correinfinitive and participle,
to see^ and
seeing.
classes,Begular and

636.

May

express

too, that

Action, Being,

infinitives

or

State.

We

"

milst

like the?
participles,

and

serve,
ob-

finite

verb, may
action, as, to run^
running ; being, as,
express
to 6e, being^or
state, as, to standi standing; although as

previously stated they

action, being, or state.
637.

be modified

also that

seen

be

may
to

May

from
638.

the

the

shade

by

only

by Adverbial

infinitives

modified

lie in

can

and

when

the

Elements.

sun

elements

is hot,^^

It may

"

like
participles,

adverbial

assert, this

not

assume^

finite

be

verbs,

Boys like
"Having come

as,

"

country, he enjoyed the city."

They have the Propertiesof Verbs

"

Voice.

"

We

find

210

OF

THE

time

in

GRAMMAR

honest

was

some

these words

mark

can

therefore,
have

ENGLISH

the

So

past.

distinct

two

the tWo

SENTENCE.

periods in

called

tenses

it is clear
time

Present

and

that

they,

Present

Perfect.
Time

541.

and

expressed by the Tenses.

connected

practicalquestion

very

infinitives

and

"

participlesis

this

with

What

"

important

very
the

is the time

pressed
ex-

"

The
by each of the tenses ?
only statement
is commonly found
in the grammars
the time
is,that
by infinitives and participles depends upon
sentence."
expressed by the finite verb in the same

that

"

the

In

The

first place, this

time

often

has

in the

same

the

expressed by
reference

no

sentence,

infinitive and

whatever

as

be

may

The

horse

to be

sold, was

The

horse

to be

sold,

The

horse

to be

sold, will sometime

The

man

having

the

work

done,

The

man

having

the

work

done, is

The

mUn

having

the

work

done,

In

the
to

time

the

of the

that

of the

hold

without

the

true.

participle
finite verb

following:

was
a

congressman.

congressman.
be

will

is not
when

even

and

congressman.

nite
defisufficiently

When

it is true.

participledoes depend

exception.

First,

"

The

time

of

with

the

He

comes

He

will

He

came

He

comes

He

will

(past)

to the

front

referenceto

(now) to the front

come
(future)to the
(past) stumbling

(past) the speaker.

to hear
to

hear

front

the

(now)

to hear

(present) stumbling (present).

come

speaker.

(future)the speaker.

(past).

(future)stumbling (future).

to

present

"

came

upon

verb, the following rules will be found

and present participle

is present
infinitive
Thus
that of the finite
verb.
:

He

"

be valuable.

statement

infinitive

finite

of the

from

seen

the

that

valuable.

now

information

any

to that

always

pressed
ex-

valuable.

once

place,the

next

give

is

is not

statement

of

tenses

AND

INFINITIVES

the sentences

From

and

infinitive

given

above

that their

"

time

the

finite verb."

that

and
infinitive
of the finiteverb
:

in the

(future)me
be

may

his lesson

Having

prepared

Having

prepared

his lesson

prepared

his lesson

time, but
of the

the

as

that

The

been

and

that

of

participles:
"

recites it

(previously)he
(previously)he
(previously)he

(now).
recited it (yesterday).
will recite it (future).

perfectinfinitive
either

The

^'

says,

and

participle,

present^past, ov future
time

expressed by

perfectparticipleis previous
Infinitive.

an

I have

"

and

V I want

believe

wish

now

Grammarians

some

him

Aim."

Having

"

all tell

actor

learn

to

that

explain

to

because
it of

of

true

as well
participles,
transitive,govern
objects,as in

to

to

(past).
mistaken
(the day before).
mistaken
(previously).

to be

express

rule

Subject of

infinitives

when

reference

to be

the

to that

finite verb."

542.

it

to have

the

that

seen

perfectinfinitive

been

observed

like the present, may

me

have

will believe

It will be

seen

sentence.

same

mistaken

He

Having

is also

time

been

He

same

past time^

"

believes

The

rule

present

expressedby the perfect

perfectparticipleis always previous to
"

(now) me to have
believed (yesterday)me
to

He

The

the

express

present with

Second.

illustration

For

is

the

that

see

we

present participle may

present time^ or future time^ but

true,

211

PARTICIPLES.

that

us

cannot

We
;

equally difiicult

but,

as

finite

as

verbs, may,

the

tences
following sengrammar.^'
They want
"

him

seen

they

we

have

finite verbs

assert

already sho^yn

action

trial will

home."

came

subjects also.
must

have

without

convince

jects,
sub-

asserting
us,

we

find

assuming it of
for saying that
So we
have the same
actor.
some
reason
infinitives and participles
have subjects. It is true
must
that some
grammarians deny that infinitives have subjects.
to

assume

action

without

212

OF

GRAMMAR

instance, in such

For

seijtences

honorable," they have

not

But

prepositionfor.
for
more
"

ENGLISH

THE

it has

prepositionthan

That

should

he

is not

for

act

him

the

that

word

introduce

their

still insist
its antecedent
act

Who

thought

the

for him."
has

infinitive

"

to

We

believe

liar," him

be

infinitive,not

the

believe

But

the

that

in the

to

to
next

be

"

the

sentence

meaning

and

evidently the

Him

parsing
is the

believe.

of

as

two

one

subject

supplied
the subject
the

We

the

verb

their

with
show

to

the

with

the

believe^for

object

us

for

stance,
in-

fore
there-

truthful,we

the

him

subject of

subject,say,

be

ing,
follow-

believe

trying

to

able
honor-

him

as
"

our

meaning

of

believe.

view, for,although this disposition

in

this sentence,

We

believe

him

as

the

contrary

sentences

should
of

all of

in accordance

as

consistent

to parse

him

him
a

sentence,

that

say

read, "To

be

it must

transitive

have

parse

narrow

marians
gram-

is not

so

last

it is in accordance

so

than

those

sentences

parsed

not

in this sentence,

The

this

parsed

the

believe

him;

is too

be

does

we

sentence

seems

do

if

act

authorities, in

some

infinitive
that

of

object of

Now

meaning.

be

always

ar^

use

express

truthful," and

to be

should

the

such

In

act.

him

should

sentences

that

to

other

sentence

we

to

grammatical construction,

any

of the

him

certainly,if

Now,

no

sentence,

preposition,and

Then, if

For

"

say,

tence,
sen-

him," the question still remains.

acting?

must

we

is

/or

for

honorable
do

is to

that

this

Both

suppose

honorable^ making the

is

is not

so

But

sentences.

the

It is

in the

no

is

so

of

object

honorable."

having
merely introductory expletives,
to

to act

of relation.

is not

so

him

preposition in

term

is the

For

"

as,

called

antecedent

no

SENTENCE.

the

be

are

the

him

to be

object
to

the

it will
a

liar;^^for

of believe
one

not

gives

intended

grammaticallyalike.
parsing

not
infinitive,

o"
the

the

other.

object

of

AND

INFINITIVES

543.

Jn what
is the

What

Case?

of

case

Another

"

the

213

PARTICIPLES.

subjectof

of

importance,
f
We
see
infinitive

question
the

all the

from

is
be the

that the case

foregoingsentences
objective; but it is true that the same
subject both of a finite verb and also

When
finite

it

verb, and

is,its

is

case

is therefore

of the
word
of

nominative.

may
tive.
infini-

an

determined

always

tive
infini-

by

When

the

it is the

subject of an infinitive only, it is always objective. So

the fdllowing is the rule that determines
the case
of the
subject
does

of

infinitive

an

depend

not

upon

Wh^n

the

other

any

subjectof

word

it is in

an

the

infinitive
objective

case,

Now, it is instructive to ask also. Why

Why?
in the objectivecase?
Some
subjectof an infinitive

544.

"

-is the

admit

who

grammarians,
the

in

Take, for instance, the

sentence

that

and

the

that

subject is
objective,not

infinitive has

subject,

the

objective case, still insist

because
it is the subject of the
that it is
of the
influence
of a preceding
infinitive,but because
is incorrect.
transitive verb.
This, also, I hope to show
to be

him

for its
the
same,

case

upon

if the

Now,
the

him

word

infinitive

to

long as
change the

the

infinitive

believe

believe

finite verb

he is

the
a

same,

liar."

to

remains
finite

and

case

is

"

believe

depend
governed by

will

infinitive

the

We
not

imdergoes,
But

same.

the

remain

let

us

verb, leaving the transitive

the

Here

does

6e, and

preceding transitive verb, its

regardless of any change the

so

verb

liar."

given above,

will

sentence

the

words

he

and

read, "We
him

stand

preceding transitive
verb
believe^for this verb has not been
changed. The*
the change
therefore
must
depend upon
change in case
in the sentence
that is made
we
change the
; that is,when
infinitive to a finite verb, the objectivehim changes to the
he.
So we
the subject of an
nominative
infinitive is
see
in

preciselythe

same

relation

to

the

214

GRAMMAB

in the

of

OP

for the

objectivecase,

the

same

other words, the subject of

In

and

case

the

True

545.

Other

in

Languages.

this objective
subjectis

that

English language
noticeable,

of
it is

and

extended

"

Stoddard's

and

Andrew

"

the

to

much

more

inflection, in
and

by grammarians of those languages.

infinitive
is in
"The
subject of an
and
Q-reenougKs
(objective). Allen
" 240 (/).
"The
subject of the infinitive mood
accusative."

the

suppose

peculiar

understood

so

is in

not

must

common

their

native
nomi-

constructed.
We

"

is in the

infinitive

an
so

just as

account

on

Greek, and

and

Latin

it is

an

construction

it is the

is in
infinitive
subject of the infinitive.

of
is

language

subject

ject
is, the sub-

beeause

case,

finite verb

the

that

mbject of

subject

the

objective,because

case

it is the

because

objectivecase,

the

and

that

reason

the nominative

verb is in
finite
Bubjectof a finiteverb ;

of

SENTENCE.

is in the nominative

finite verb

ENGLISH

THE

the

disposed of
accusative"

Grammar,

Latin

is

in

put

Latin

the

Chrammar,

"239.
The

"

subject of

Legousi 'tous
went
away.'
The

"

in
Art.
of

729

andras
"

the

infinitive

an

in

subject of

Crosby'sGreek

"

mood

in

"

730

same

the

the

Greek

in

Art.

is the

verb, it is put
"The

'

accusative."

and

is in the

apelthei, They

Goodwin^

"

infinitive

infinitive

an

say

accusative

clause

Bullion's

Greek

the

has

the

subjectof

the

"

its subject

Grammar.

When

says,

with

men

Grammar.

dependent
he

the

that

; as,

subject
ing
preced-

case."

same

infinitive

is

put in the accusative."

Grammar.

subjectof its own, it is in

tive
the accusative.
When, however, the subject of the infinifrom
different
the
is not
principal subject of the
Greek Grammar.
sentence, it is not expressed." Kuhner^s
"

When

the

infinitive

has

"

AND

INFINITIVES

subject of an infinitive is governed

The subjectof an infinitive
is in
by the rule given above.
the objective
when it is not dependent upon another word.
case
Examples of infinitives haviug subjectsdifferent from
So

we

that

215

PARTICIPLES.

see

of the

those

the

finite verb
We

believe

She

wants

of

Examples

does

She

Who

(4)

Another

(5)

dence

noun

pronoun

participle

I know

The

646.

depends
or

the

(1)

The

(2)

The

cheating

that

be L

to

"

us."

sing for

to

thinks

He

*^

thinks

us."
to be

me

to cheat

I say

Participle.

beating me."

to be

nothing

other
not

subjectof

subject

of

object

of

subjecta

word

rob."

to

about

it to

be

evi*

sentence,

be also

; as,

Alice

^*

verb

; as,

blushing
**

We

noun

word.

other

any

upon

or

"

answered

yes."
stealing

John

saw

the
that

pronoun

or

participlemay

tramdtive

like
participle,

noun

in the

depend

finite verb

The

"

for its

does

that

pronoun
Thus

have
some

upon

as

nothing."

Subject of

infinitive,may

thinks

be

sing for

to

him

want

; as,

He

**

same

library ?

your

Paul

We

infinitive

the

mistaken.

thought

was

have

to

; as, ^^He

; as,

subjectsare

to be

who

want

**

; as,

clause

that

We

**

; as,

library?

your

infinitive may

an

me.

leave.

man

wants

subjectof
A

whose

to be

"

to

is the

to have

intend

not

wants

He

(1)
(2)
(3)

thought

you

want

you

infinitives

He

The

to leave.

whom

of the finite verb

those

mistaken.

to be

him

man

do

Whom

"

them

is the

He

watermelons."

(.3)The
admired

(4)
the

of

complement

verb;

copulative

as,

**He

was

man

by everybody."
The

object

of

preposition

; as,

*^

Speak

to the

girl standing by

stove."

(5)

In
is

charge

apposition
a

very

of the

as

^*

fine penman."

expedition."

Johnson,
**

He

the
wrote

gentleman
to

writing

Jordan,

the

on

board,
the black-

scientist

having

216

GKAMMAB

In

the

OF

preceding

being

man,

subjects of participles,

other

upon

Alice^ John^

words

scientist^the

dependent

also

SENTENCE.

the

sentences

and

ffirlf
gentleman^

ENGLISH

THE

words,

governed hy

are

John

participles. Thus Alice

it is the subjectof answered.
nominative
case, because
it is the object of saw^
is objective case, because

etc.

So

those other
is the

words

and

may

say

we

depends
the
not

the

word

that other

word^

following sentences
depend upon any

the

governed by

the

when

that

other

any

upon

by

not

participle

the sentence^ its

in

case

is

by the participle. But in

do
subjectsof the participles

not

word

other

subjectof

'

"

(1) Mary''8 leaving surprised everybody.

(2)

I understand

your

(3)

We

surprised

(4)

Brown

(5)

Our

not

were

Iti the

having
leader

quibbling

having

first three

at his

in, we

come

with

been

him.

accepting

conversed

sentences,

proposition.

him.
the

abandoned

killed,we

of these

your

with

expedition.

it will be

observed,

in dependent constructions.
participlesare used as nouns
Thus, leavingis the subjectof the verb surprised^
quibblingis the object of the verb understand^ acceptingis
And
the objectof the prepositionat.
it will be observed
also that the subjectof each participleis in the possessive
But in the last two sentences, the participles,
case.
having
with any
and
come
having been killed^have no connection
and the subjects.
except their subjects,
part of the sentence
the

'

Brown
we

and

may

leader^ are

the

this all up

sum

in

nominative
the

absolute

following rule

So

case.
:

the

When

depend upon any other word

in the sentence^ it is in the possessivecase
nominative
or
when
the participle
is used as a noun
in
absolute : possessive
a
dependent construction^and absolute when the participle,
togetherwith its subject,is used independently.
subjectof

(a)
the

This

student

does
participle

rule

is not

will find

found,

it verified

subjects of participles.

not

so

by

far

as

all correct

know,

in any

sentences

other

in which

book,
are

but

found

218

GRAMMAR

for the

same

and

since

THE

OP

ENGLISH

nominative

no

reason

the

exception to
be parsed as

as

in the

**

in

that

infinitives

now

understand

they

are

they
that

officeof

the

force

that

have

infinitive

and

the
is

verb
a

noun.

noun,

It

not

must

all

as

always performs

made

historyin

the morning,
has

its verbal

as

But

stands

the

done
in the

it also
an

govern

^^

It may

as

in the

the

be

this

relation

like

"I

shown
or

For

same

use

sentence,

to

to the

nature,
take

an
"

He

an

read

to

also that
of

or

not

it?

its verbal

use

Why

with

object,and

like

relation

will say.

retains

the

"I

same

to have

sentence,

construction

nature,

in the

one

some

be

the

We

object of

the

as

it is said

like^so

in

like education."

following sentence,

to read

to

noun^

used

in the

and

"I

noun,

does, yet

noun

element,

retains

We

participleis used

other,

sentence,

like; and

it

infinitive

adjectives^and

or
adjective^

or

one

adverbial

the

nature

an

of

be

verbal

nouns^

time.

that, although it stands

may

must

we

the

transitive

the

but

of

the

as

verbs;

to agree

that, it has

to

reason,

ought

nature.

or

same

Their

to

read," the infinitive

verb

double

rule, stated

"

their

ception
ex-

then, in addition

verb

call

as

is the

we

to

also

the

the

in

Participles

seems

addition

in

to

simply

So

and

participlesare

an

education

construction

But

case.

then

This

Infinitives

sentences

Take

transitive

an

verb; and

also

adverb.

be

is not

complement,

all this it

that

So

the

see

the

parts of speech at the

these

an

and

in

understand

of

from

used

adverbs.

absolute

previouslygiven.
given as on page 234.

So

"

this to

above, scholar should

in the nominative.

Nature

Donble

absolute,

being a scholar has been questioned,"

the participlebeing^is clearly in the

but

be

Construction.

stated

rule

full,would
549.

supposing

nominative

subject of
Scholar^
possessivecase.
the

for

nominative

JK"

Ai",the

to

the

general rule

in the sentence,

possessivecase,

for

appears

noun

SENTENCE.

when

adverb

it

came

to

INFINITIVES

leam.^^

The
of

purpose
of

call it

of

govern
in

the

much

the

Martha."
of

the

that

"

it is

verb

the

adverbial

the

construction
;

the

is used

adverbs

it is used

or
as

of
the

are

of

different

uses

are

of

in

most

the
is

ease

to

message

or

is

you

has

the

use

know

we

objectwork and
Also, the participle
adjective,modifying
in the object message
Now

for

general

or
infinitive
participlehas

it is

used

as

adjective,when

an

construction

of

nouns

are

it is used

as

adverb, when

an

it

used.
a

Noun.

particlehas the
nouns

without

the

you.

when

noun,

used;

Construction

infinitive

an

seen

to

An

say.

construction

as

550.

of

is

element

may

we

of

may

"

element,

time; but

ease.

same

infinitive

an

infinitive

it takes

construction
force

the

noun

with most

nature

with

work

the

the

because

its verbal

but

adjectivesare

the

that

it is clear

the

adjective,as

an

your

For

grammar

of

Why

say,

adverbial

an

also

lady sending

element

has

statement

used

as

do

to

The

"

adverbial

lady;

the

time

Here

sending
and

used

construction

it ?

learn

to

is true

same

is

by

tells the

will

verbal

its

came

the

one

with

modified

adjectivemodifying

an

also

be done

He

"

it

"The

present

be

has

some

it retains

This

study.
participlewhen
sentences:

But

purpose.

sentence,
^^

therefore

and

adverb, and

an

this sentence

in

learn

to

coming,

given above;
an
object,and

reason

as

his

adverb

an

not

infinitive

219

PARTICIPLES.

AND

said

We

"

construction

used.

The
A

nouns.

noun

of

above
a

pupil must
may

be

that

an

when

noun,

recall

now

used

"The

The

boy is pleasant." TJie

We
agreeabl
subjectof an
thought John to be disThe complement of a finite
John
copula; as,
The complement of an
is 2k farmer.
infinitive
copula; as
The
"We
to be
a
farmer ^
object of a
thought John
The
preposition;as, "I like all the boys but Henry.
I like the boy.
In apposiobjectof a transitive verb ;
subjectof

finiteverb; as,
infinitive
; as,

"

"

'^^

''^

"

"

220

GRAMMAR

tion;

"Henry,

as,

OP

THE

ENGLISH

the"

man

that

SENTENCE.

with

came

is my

you,

brother."
Now
as

infinitives- and

with

The

finite verb
is

grammar

subject of

an

"

; as,

following

uses,

sentences

To

pleasant."

is

study grammar

pleasant."

infinitive
;
**We

disagreeable."

be

same

"

subject of

Studying

to

by comparing the
immediately preceding :
seen

those

The
"

be

may

the

have

participles
may

as,

We

**

thought

once

thought

once

study grammar

to

studying

be

to

grammar

disagreeable."
The
"

it.

Studying

"

The

to be

**We

like

In

object of

to

gave
direct

it,is

was

with

as,

We

**

criticised.^

verb;

**To

as,

studying

it."

to master
to

like it all but

like

as, **We

study
to be

grammar

to

be

study

to

"Studying

it, is mastering

of

an

diligently,to

criticised^

grammar."

to

same

anything diligently,
(/ivm^

In

Adjective.
"

u%e

in the

as

use,

his tools."
To

using permission.
construction

of

As
use

direct

infinitive
in

the

give proper

it."

the

sentence,

medicine

the

have

the

to

study anything

permission. An
predicate adjective,as

noun

know

know

"We

as,

good for all ills,"the

medicine.
adjective,
limitingthe noun

me

permission
it

Constraction

551.

We

"

studying grammar."

attention

proper

being
transitive

apposition;

attention

it."

preposition;

it all but

like

it.

is to learn

grammar

'

infinitive copula;

an

to understand

object of

The
"We

of

learning

'

it."

understanding
2%e

is

study

as, **To

finitecopula;

grammar

complement

grammar

may

of

complement

word
An
"

sentence,
it

He

He

"

good

is

infinitive
me

gave

good medicine,

was

is therefore

an

be

used
The

so

infinitive

adjective,modifying
may

also

as

the
a

boys are
to blame''
is to he found (findable)in
(blamable), "Gas
Indiana."
Neither
infinitive nor
active participle
an
an
be used
resultant
active
can
as
a
an
adjective. When
participleis so used it loses its verbal force and becomes
merely an adjective(see Article 558).
sentences,

"

AND

INFINITIVES

552.

Constmction

performs

of

of the

any

of

construction
of

adverb
limit

ofi"ces of

of

construction

the

Adverb.

an

adverb

an

it."

read

to

In

such

An

"

to

I have

"

limits

sentences

with

infinitives
express:

the

"I

grieve
"I

Purpose:
A

future

**

How

is old

He

to

adverb

of

adverb

an

be

infinitive

of
to

are,

when
is almost

take

to
one

like, "He

our

found.

Another

of

of

"

He

same

the

He

"

or

struction
con-

is always

It

will be that

ciple,
parti-

or

likes to leam^^^

"Time

to

'^Future

as,

"He

what

infinitive

is skilful in
as,

Inflnitiye

an

determine

Thus,

thought

same

to

walk."*^

likes edueation.^^

control."
the

expresses

suit

to

place

control," is the

our

me."

to

or

the

be

can

more."

no

participlehas.
part of speech the word

find what

made

enough

difficult

"

helpful to

went

rise

the Construction

Participle. It is often

ture^

an

weak

learnt
fell ^o

He

determine

to

the

to
**

Everything

*'

Degree:

beyond
beyond

enough

it."

hear

to

came

event

Manner:

can

of

as,

principal uses

of

construction

an

purpose;

is too

The

too.

as

it may

French

"He

as,

the

"

Cause:

553.

adverb

But

express

atandy^^the infinitive has the construction

degree, limiting the

verb,

studied

to have

with

infinitive

to ieam.^^

came

adverb

adjective or an
"Apples are good to eat;
an

infinitive

an

adverb, it is said

an

usually
We

"

as,

purpose;

Whenever

"

adverb,

an

221

PARTICIPLES.

come

is

time

is

building houses,"

is skilful

in arehitec-

of

determining the construction

of an
infinitive or
participle is to expand it into a clause
and
the clause
He
observe
what
use
performs. Thus,
desires that I
He
desires me
to see
you^''is the same
as,
clause.
see
you^^^in which, that I see you is a substantive
means

"

"

"

He

came

came

here

here

to

that he

learn

might

grammar

learn

^"^is equivalent to

grammar^'' in which,

"

He

thit he

222

ORAMMAR

might

learn

is

grammar

the bench

sittingon
that sits

on

bench

an

is

adverbial

an

struck

the bench

struck

found

be

either

to express,

in

clause.

is the

me,"

same

"

The

boy

"

The

boy

as,

which, that sits

in

me,"

But

adjectiveclause.

will
participles

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

OF

the

on

infinitives

many

and

equivalentsit is impossible
dinate
singleword or in a complete subor-

whose

sentence.

554.
When

Not

the Infinitive

the

infinitive

Fartioiplealone, bnt its Clanse.

participlestands alone it may

or

or

correctlyparsed as having the construction

when
But
it is used
adjective,or adverb.
phrase or clause, then it is the entire phrase
infinitive

the
of

such

in

infinitive

gramm^r^'' we
abridged clause
has

of

sentences

as,

to

learn

in which
of

it is
a

found,

Noun.

part of

may

to

the

as

an

objectof
to learn

me

infinitive,and

an

to learn

me

the

grammar^

wants.

Whenever

"

parse

leam^''

wants

object of

noun,

Participlebecomes

is

noun,

construction

noun,

He

"

the

be

clause, not

or

to

as

we

wants

construction

say

has

Thus

^'He

as,

should

construction

the

566.

the

in such

But

wants.

sentences

having

that

adverb.

adjective,or

noun,

learn

participlealone,

or

of

"

ciple
parti-

lowed
immediately preceded by the article the and folby the prepositionof it loses all its verbal force
should
then be parsed as a participial
in the
as
noun,
is

and

following

fair."

the

limited
noun;

bank

at

same

bank

the

concerning

was

of

is true

caused

the

opening

participlethat

directlyby an
adjective. It then becomes
Such
walking is tiresome."
as, "Ordinary
be carefullydistinguished from
the
must
by
this

the

adverbial

therefore

should

closing of

The

dispute

The

in which
modified

"

"The

alarm."

much
of

sentences

time

be

same

words

elements

parsed

as

necessitates

retain
and

their

power

is
a

structions
con-

lowing,
fol-

to be

objects,and
participles: Closing the
to govern

^^

closingall

other

forms

of

AND

INFINITIVES

business."

"

He

was

made

223

PARTICIPLES.

bank

bankrupt by closingthe

other
Opening a bank here is opening many
business
enterprises." But since the participlesin the
sentences
immediately preceding sustain also the relations
of nouns
subject of a verb, object of a verb, object of a
the
preposition,and complement of a copulative verb,
mth
the
complete parsing of each will be as a participle
construction
of a noun.
soon."

too

"

"

"

The
article

without
the
noun
a
even
participleoften becomes
in
the adjective,
as
or
Painting^music, sculpture,
"

architecture, and
such

literature

from

the

difficult

five

fine arts."

In

distinguisha participle
in (1)
as
participialnoun,
Painting
and (2)
Painting is a fine art."
;

it is sometimes

cases

are

to

"

mere

"

delightfulexercise
Painting in (1) evidently refers to an action, which takes
time, in
place, at some
place upon some
object,in some
and
It is therefore a paractor.
some
by some
manner,
ticiple.
But painting in (2) is simply the name
of one
of
the fine arts, not referringto any action, and
is therefore
A participlealways retains the idea of time^
only a noun.
and if active and
transitive it can
be given an objectwithout
Thus, the first might
destroyingits force in the sentence.
be written,
Painting pictures in the morning is a delightful
is

"

"

exercise," but
fine

art;" but

we

would

rather,

not

say,

"

Painting pictures is

Painting pictures is practisinga

fine art."
So we
that it changes the meaning of the
see
second
to put in an
objectfor painting.
When
656. A Participle
becomes
a Direct Adjective.
any
that is commonly
is made
word
to limit a noun
a participle
immediately following it,it then loses its verbal force and
a

^^

"

becomes

direct

participialadjective; as, "The

But
in the following
irresistible."
driving winds were
the same
should
word
be parsed as a participle,
sentence
for it performs the verbal
offices of taking an
adverbial
merely

224

ORAMMAR

OF

ENGLISH

THB

SENTENCE.

winds
driving everything
object: "The
before them
But
in this sentence, as
did much
damage."
in all such, the participleperforms also the office of an
that its complete parsing will be ew a partiso
adjective,
ciplewith the construction of an adjective.
and

element

667.

an

becomes
Participle

participleperforms

active

its verbal

it loses
"

"

is fleeting.

Time

the italicized words

adjectives.It
active

an

Predicate

the

"

office of

an

predicate adjective

as, "Wealth

nature;

When

Adjective.
is

deceiving.'^

"

Children

All such as
amusing.
should be parsed as participial
predicate
is impossible to give a sentence
taining
con"

are

participle with

the

construction

of

predicate adjective following a pure

copulative verb.
Passive
of
participlesfrequently have the construction
predicateadjectives; as, He lives there loved by everybody."
"

658.

Participlebecoines

in all such

made

him

569.
a

Factitive

or

the

as

of

Progressive Form

he ; as,

"

is

Henry

plowing

the

it

^^

deceiving.

is formed

Finite Verb

participletogether with

Adjective

peculiarities

"

"

The

to

Besnltant

His
following:
amusing.'''* Iron's density makes
sentences

present active

verb

with

form

some

field."

"

of the
We

are

distinguishthe progressive
form of a finite verb, as in, He
is pleasingme,"
as
in, Your
copulative and predicateadjective,
And
both
be distinguishe
is pleasing.''''
of these must
from
the copulative verb
followed
by a participle
lessons."

recitingour

Be

careful

to

"

from

the

conduct

"

with

what

"Doing
560.

An

from
in

predicate

done

wants

man

noun,

pleasing him."

is

the construction

of

of
noun

direct adjective
in

"

desire

(2) My

task

to

in,

"

with the construction

(1) My

as

distinguish

with
infinitive
one

of

construction

It is difficult to

(1)
as

the

is now

to teach

teach

is

satisfied ;

pleasant.

and,

apposition,

226

GRAMMAR

561.

Infinitives and

(1)

Both

are

verbs.

(2)

Both

are

unlimited

(3)

Both

assume,

and

(4)
(6)

Both

express

time

Both

have

The

(1)

loses

never

(2)

The

or

and

by person
not

the constructions

an

alike

of

become

"

state.

absolutely.
adjectives, and

nouns,

noun;

a
^^

in

number.

nnlike

are
participles

adjective; as,

its verbal

SENTENCE.

action, being^ and

assert,

relatively,not

participle may

arts;"

ENGLISH

paxtioiplesare

Infinitives and

562.

fine

THE

OF

Howling

as,

in

adverbs.

"

is

'^Painting

wolves,"

while

one

the

of the

infinitive

nature.

infinitive usually has

sign;

the participle has

except

none

its ending.

563.

of the

Sign

Infinitive.

It must

"

be understood

that

prepositionalforce when it is used as the sign of

The
It is merely a sign,nothing more.
infinitive.
the infinitive is comparatively
of the sign to before

to has

the
use

no

recent, and
form

would

be

not

needed

present indicative.

for the

if

Goold

had

we

Brown

different
others

and

they
object of its sign to^ which
the English of to-day furnishes
call a preposition. But
no
ground for such a disposition. One had as well parse
the present active
participleas the object of its ending
in which
construction
a
ing. In Anglo-Saxon there was
in the dative ; but
have
to governed a verbal
no
noun
we
of it in English, We
told by high authority
trace
are
parse

the

that

the

infinitive

human

ancestors.

But

certainlybe

very

the

man

surpass
the
has

of
the

as

the

race

descended

has

whether

this

be

true

from
or

four-footed

false,it would

unscientific,to say the least,to describe

But
this would
to-day as four-footed.
stupidityof parsing the English infinitive

object of fo, which,

as
clearlylost it as

if it
a

man

ever

has

had

not
as

prepositional force,

lost his

additional

pair

of feet.
This

sign

of the

infinitive is often

lengthened

into

in

AND

INFINITIVES

order

to^ as, "He

in order

It

the

gives
564.

meaning

him
of

omission

the

please^and
The

the

in," "I

come

When

of the

him

not

verbs

the

infinitive,the

had

These

definite

^o

and

to

he^ as

verb

what

is the

dare

to be
to

best

do, but

666.

see

being,or

The

; as,

"

(6)

state

form

as

to

English,the
the

but

present

they

The

etc.

and

are

is confined

"Bid

him

come

by a passive
sign to^ is often
[to be] killed.^^

him

altogether satisfactory,but
learn

must

find that

slightlydifferent
to

you

do

it ;

"

the

from

expressed

form, would
**

Dare

itself

language

is

sign

more

no

in

do

you

it ?

the

require
"

of the verb, usually

form

assumes

**

and

in

number

English

the

general

without

its

as

ceded
pre-

of
office

implies action,

or

affirmingit, and

as

the

performing

adverb,

an

retains

the

same

of its subject,

and

most

name

of

other
the

modem

verb,

as

the

love, etc.
infinitive

indicative,and
so

bid

J*^

to^ that^ while

without

give, the verb

In

lief; as,

dw."

not

sign

and

the

as

student

I dare

and
Latin,
(a) In Greek
languages,^^ infinitive^*is used
to

m(ike^

followed

have

form, regardlessof the person

verb

6e,"

say,

are

will often

put in

or
adjective,

an

noun,

He

I dare

the

and

rather

nlake

well

Infinitive is that

The

by

given.

when

omitted

verbs

in."

be

not

may

usage.

which,

sentence,

sign

be

can

active

would

come

have

statements

rales

infinitive.

phrase.

lief not

as

sign after

suppressed; as, "They would

"I saw
him
[to be] sentenced
(a)

the

tences,
sen-

others.

some

Bid

the

adverbs

"to positiveexpressions. One

"

divide

the

as

such

sign is optionalafter dare^ help^need^

omission

in," or,

parsed

after

In

learn.^^

to

be

to

is omitted

sign

lety8ee^ hear^ also after

"Make

order

should

learn

to

wrong

The

in

came

227

PARTICIPLES.

different

in

they
use

that

sign generally has

are

commonly

they demand

(c) All participlesending in ing and having substantive

frequentlycalled infinitives or participialinfinitives.

the

spoken
separate

uses

are

same

of together,
ment.
treat-

also

228

GRAMMAR

infinitive

((2) The
adverb,

seldom

very
In

(")

English,

participles,

two

"

have

OF

has

commonly
that

of

the

construction

verb

for each

each

SENTENCE.

of

or

noun,

an

has

infinitives and

four

voice.

Thus,
white.

from

the

verb

four

write

we

"

InfinitiveB

(a)

Present

Active, to

(b)

Present

Passive,

(c) Perfect Active,

to

to

be

written.

have

wbittbn.

(d) Perfect Passive, to have

(a) Present Active, wbiting.
Present

(6)
Participles.

Passive,

Of

(/)

been

being

intransitive

every

course

written.

having

been

lack

would

verb

written.

wbittbn.

(c) Perfect Active, having

(d) Perfect Passive,

written.

passive infinitives

the

passive participles.

and

666.

adjective,or

being,or

the person

very

noun,

following :

George
when

the

wish

agent

; and

Here

walking

that

of

assumes

the office
of

its

of

the

form

same

subject,

construction

the

implies action,

or

retains

adverb.

an

to direct

the

of

In all such

adjective,or

an

sentences

to walk

be

be

when

parsed

the wire, has

In

the
as

Street ; "

Washington
observed

that

act

is the

the

as

is

the construction

the

in

of

noun,

"I

our

to the

thought.

construction

the

saw

participle

act, but rather

and
infinitive,

an

(2)

the

use

uppermost

participlewith

(2), walk

we

to the

particularattention,not

infinitive
should

down

it will

wire,"

adjective limiting George,

George

has

cated
verh^ usually indi-

performing

number

and

George walking

saw

walk

we

the

"

"I

(1)

seldom

of

affirmingit,and

participlecommonly

The

form

adverb,

an

without

state

regardlessof
(a)

that

ending^ that, while

its

an

noun,

Participleis

The

hy

of

of

adjective.

an

transitive

every

of

ENGLISH

THB

the

of

an

clause,

object of

saw.

foregoing discussion no effort has been made to

itives
with anybody's dictum
have
it harmonize
concerning infinthe other hand, no
and
pains have
participles
; on
with the uses
it accord
been spared to make
performed by
wherever
infinitives and
they may be found in
participles
In

the

English

sentences.

Professor

Whitney

classes

infinitives

and

as
participles

and

nouns

be

of

one

small

no

denied

himself

that

who

is not

and

right in

is not

The

and

it may
it

call

can

facts

the

Professor

Whitney

separates infinitives
distinct

adjectivesis

have

point
fairly

added, with

more

and

ing
mean-

point is one of no small

and it may
fairlybe denied that
a
regard to it can call himself
"

in grammar,

that

that

and

nouns

might
consistency,

more

consequence
one

line

he

Then

invarialleJ*^

variable.

that

seems

"The

ought to have said:

from
and participles

separates

in regard to
right^
in the light of

But

grammarian."
brought together,it

here

and

line which

in grammar,

consequence

one

The

"

says,

the latter is indistinct

from

them
is

adjectives.He

229

PARTICIPLES.

AND

INFINITIVES

The

grammarian."
IndependentUse

667.

absolute

several

are

but

in

of

tell the
parse

be done

is to say that it is

3.

The

4.

I believe

him

(a) Require pupils to

state

has

of

It is not

noun,

of

not

independently.

participles.

etc.

state

to

to

have been mistaken.

definitelythe

enough

; whether

adverb,
cause,

infinitive used

an

to

adjective,or

an

construction

objective case

gone

predicate adjective,or

purpose,

truth, I do

find his hat.

attended
came
by his friends.
apples are to he picked to-morrow.

participle.

an

ciples,
parti-

be

of infinitives and

He

of

tell the

and

"

2.

the

infinitives

it would
read, To
supply the ellipsis,
If we
truth, [I confess]I do not like him."
wish
to tell without
supplying anything, all that can

He

it has

"

struction
parsed as having the constood.
limitinga verb underpurpose,

of

1.

or

To

"

There

Participles.

to

Parsing

568.

adverb

an

Here,

the

like,

sentence

of

constructions

him," the infinitive may

like

to

of Infinitives and

noun

an

resultant

the

observe

of it

simply

adverb.

in the

it has

nominative
construction

idea

whether

of

that

case,
of

it expresses,

the

of

direct
the

whether

it is the infinitive

or

struction
con-

whether

state

or

if it has

tive
infini-

every

it has

Expressly

adjective ; and

definitelythe

Also

say

construction

in

noun

adjective,
tion
construc-

of

time,

participle

230

GBAMMAB

OF

its entire

alone, or

To

(1)
found,

should

clause,that

find, v.,

be

given

of

construction

the

find, found,

trans., attrib., irreg.,

"

act., inf.,pres., with

"

SENTEKOE.

adverb.

adjective,or

noun,

ENGLISH

THE

the

of

con.

adv.

an

of purpose,

and XI.
limitinghas gone^ Rules XVI
(2) [Being] attended, v., trans., attrib.,reg., pass., part.,
of a pred. adj.,
limitingAe, Rules XVI
pres., with the con.
and

X.
To be

(3)

the

with
and

been,

have

To

been, v., intrans., cop., irreg.,

the entire

"

obj.of believe^Rules

This

form

of

participle,but
for that

Give

italicized

the

and

words,

of

possible meanings

the

intended.

of

See,

for

reason
case

be

given

denying

noun

case

to

form

not

means

to

but

parsing, according

all others

signed by

as

See

ambiguous.

are

each

sentence, and

also, that

he

can

the

that

which

give

the

to the

the

meaning

sin

(2)

He

likes

(3) They

(4) Training
(5)

He

(6)

Let

(7)

The

(8)

(0)

Flee
The

us

to assist

come

horses

is

tumbling

came

come

to rest.

have

is anxious

not

from
curious

here
the
go

us.

useful.

them

making
in at the

get permission

boy

used.
tives
infini-

our

relation.

door.

to remain.

to

have

his trial.

to talk.

wrath

to

to church

come.

to

see

; the

(6)

of all

Several

was

probably

parsing corresponding

is to suffer,

To

so

pupil understands

Constructions.

(a) Very Simple

(1)

infinitive

models,

teacher.

meaning.

570.

(10)

good

no

written

sentences

all

one

would

case

to the

Parsing.

complete

following

to each

is

for

Sentences

569.

of the

there

matter,

IV.

necessarilygive case

not

tells what

only

and

XVI

participles,for, in English,

and

(a)

does

parsing

abridged clause, him

in the objecnoun
a
tive

of

con.

was,

am,

"

have been mistaken^ has the

(h)
But

XVI

pred. adj.,limitingapples^Rules

inf.,pres. perf.,

"

case,

or

of

con.

inf.,pres.,

pass.,

X.

(4)
to

picked,v., trans., attrib.,reg.,

vain, to

he seen.

INFINITIVBS

(11)

The

(12)

the child

dog lying by
letter

with

written

231

PARTICIPLES.

AND

is protecting her.
is

pen

desirable

more

than

one

done

on

typewriter.
to live and

(13)

Learn

(14)

It is wrong

(15)

To

(16)

He

(17)

The

believes
task

children.

t6 deceive

it.

is to believe

thing

see

live to learn,

trying

to write

to he

an

succeeding,

(18) Lying, telling untruths,

to read seems
(19) Sometimes

assigned

was

essay

of punishment,

deserving

is

not

me,

be to understand,

to

to be learning,

(20) Studying seems

enjoyed reading Shakespeare
(21) Having

(22)

She

does

(23)
(24)
(25)

The

rustling of

The

rustling leaves

frightened

The

leaves

near

(26)

To

She

but

after

home

sport of

is to blame

us

get

our

criticise.

leaves

the

rustling

return

(27) Making
(28)

nothing

hour, let

an

frightened

us.

us.

frightened

us

this, never

us.

never

a poor
simpleton, how
for keeping us waiting.

rude

child,how dreadful 1
(29) Murdering her own
(30) He sits there growling instead of giving thanks.
succeed
better,
we
may
(31) In time to come
This

(32)
(33)
(34)

The

(36)

He

(36)

The

campaign
fell to rise

He

child
did

She

to

more.

well

his work

well

enough
enough

to

stay,
get the prize.

to

please is worthy of being cultivated.

yet clear, that is

brief and

study

thought

to

books

and

(39) Good
found

is not

desire

(37) Being
(38)

no

exciting.

more

seems

to

most

to be scolded.

than

be better

difficult.

magazines discussing all

current

events

are

to be

here.

(40)

Please

(41)

Please

excuse
excuse

me

for writing to you.

me

from

(42) WesawMm/a?Z.
(43) We saw him walking
(44)

He

thought merely

(46)

He

is considered

(46)

He

blames

(47)

For

undertakes

one

down

to ask

the

to

you.

street.

to be to

get what

he

asked /or.

to be reliable.

for being interesting.

to know

what

to

try

to be is

a^

difficult

as

to be what

one

to be.

(48) Suddenly

rapping

us

writing

at

my

there

chamber

came

door.

tapping,

as

of

some

one

gently rapping,

232

GBAMMAB

571.

used

OF

InterestingConstmotions.

(ft)More

(1)

The

slave

(2)

The

auctioneer

(3)
(4)

am

going

to sell my

am

going

to town

(6)
(6)

Whom
He

thought

to go

(7)

He

believes

the

(8)

The

house

as

SENTENCE.

ENOUSH

THE

stepped

stepped

she

does

to be sold,

wagon

wheat.

want
to

he sold,

to

the

upon

wheat.

to sell my

help f

to

to he

to work

sea

to have

m"in

been

have

to

block

the

upon

to

try

hanged

been

to he

satisfythe

to

morning

this

dedicated

to learn

was

sailor,

moh.
built

to

be

church.

(9)

The

band

is to have

(10)

The

boy

is to become

(11)

Diamonds

(12)

I have

(13)

I had

(14)

An

to

as

leader.

new
a

man.

the

to become

worn

are

to go

wearer.

sleep.

lief not

be

as

live to

is

reading.

important study

reading,
(16) George
book
is reading
a
Studying
(16)
(17) I want to try to do what he

be in

of

awe

such

as

I myself.

upon

us?

thing

is

(18) Try

to

Is it better

(20)

You

may

(21)

The

plate being broken,

(22)

The

stones

(23)

An

(24)

The

story is amusing.

(26)

The

story is amusing

to be

horn

great,

expect the dishes

amusing

story

amusing

loved

by

(32)

He

(33)
(34)

His
The

letters

being

(36)

The

letters

having

(36)

The

dog having

(37)

I believe

(38)

I believe him

wickedness

him

made

is

it.

foundation.

was

amusing
has

become

written

by Hawthorne.

them.
a

problem.

amusing.
is

generally

bad

friends,but despised by
him

written
been

run

for

children

child

his

buy

not

children.

the

(29) Amusing him is pleasing him.

the man
(30) His peculiaritiesmade
despised by everybody
(31) A man
died

broken.

told.

was

of the

did

are

greatness thrust

to have

or

to he

we

being broken

(26) The story amusing the

(27) Making children laugh
The

done.

wants

get ready.

(10)

(28)

attentively.

it

man.

his enemies.

despised by everybody.
are

to the

written, the

out, my

horse

president.
mailed

man

frightened and

became

to have

been

mistaken

about

to have

been

mistaken

for

me.

them.

me.

manageable.
un-

234

ORAMMAB

verbal

use,

what

construction

of

that

is

the

what

in

the word

as

(")

from

as

in

amasing,

of

of

of

the

of

part

of

transitive

verb,

copula,
copula

similarly

the

struction
con-

construction

of

predicate

about

In

(26)

the

participle.

sign
(28)

the progressing

of

the construction

construction

Use

the

finitive
in-

an

of

Use

[1] direct; [2] predicate ;

"

with

know

adjective,

infinitive

(a)

participles alike
and

direct

with

one

construction

you

word

(")

the

adjective ; (e) a part

infinitive

and

as

how

noun

adjective from

infinitive

(c)

Show

"

what

finite

an

(29)

perplezing,
Bnles

673.

the

of

with

an

resultant

an

participle with

[2] object

apposition.

as

(a)

"

to determine

how

(23) Distinguish,

direct

Tell

an

noun

[4] complement
[6] complement
[7]

infinitives

(a)

participle with

finite verb,

become,

one

Define

as

{d)

of

(26)

"

unlike?

(27)

finite verb ;

participle. (22)

finite verb.

are

interestixig,

resultant

of

Show

(21)

apposition ; (b)

what

In

infinitive.

(e)

of

construction

they

are

the

[3]

form

noun

(24)

participle may

predicate adjective

noun.

or

have

predicate adjective ; (d)

the

of

each

may

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

infinitive

an

progressing
with

of

oses

commonly

adjective; (c)
of

OF

each

enticing, deceiving,

noun,

of

of
of

subject
the

adjective ;

an

[1] subject

"

[3] object
[6] subject
whose

form of

is

of

tion,
preposi-

a
an

tive,
infini-

objective,

following

words:

distseBsing.

Syntax.
SUBJECTS.

FINITE

I.

The

subjectof

VERB.

finite verb

is

in

always

native
the nomi-

case.
INFINITIVE.

II.

The

when
of

subject of

it is not

an

also the

infinitive

subjector

is in the

objectivecase

attributive

complement

finite verb.
PARTICIPLE.

III.
upon
case

When

any
or

other

when

as

in the

word

the

noun

in

participledoes

sentence,

absolute:

nominative

is used
absolute

subject of

the

not

it is in the

possessivewhen

depend

possessive
the participle

dependent construction,

with
participle

its

subjectis

used

and

pendently.
inde-

BULBS

235

SYNTAX.

OF

OBJBCm
.

TRANSITIVE

IV.

The

object of

VERB.

active

an

transitive

verb

is in

the

objectivecase.
PREPOSITION.

V.

The

objectof

prepositionis

in the

objectivecase.

IDENTIFICATION.

ATTRIBUTIVE

VI.

noun

or

copulativeverb
When

"

the

COMPLEMENT.

used

pronoun

is in the

the

as

complement

of

its

subject. Exception,
copulative participleis possessive,
as

case

same

the

subjectof a
complement is nominative.
APPOSITION.

VII.
as

case

noun

or

pronoun

the

noun

or

pronoun

in
it

apposition

noun

different

or

limiting another

in the

ABSOIiUTE

IX.

nominative

noun

or

absolute

pronoun

used

independently is

ADJECTIVES.

nouns

fying
signi-

CASE.

case.

Adjectiveslimit

noun

possessive case.

MODIFIERS.

X.

same

CASE.

pronoun

thing is

the

explains.

POSSESSIVB

VIII.

is in

and

pronouns.

in the

236

GBAMMAB

OF

ENGLISH

THE

SENTENCE.

ADVERBS.

XI.

Adverbs

other

and
(usually)limit verbs, adjectives,

adverbs.
OB

GONNECTIVB

WORDS.

BEIJLTION

CONJUNCTIONS.

XII.

Conjunctions

words,

connect

phrases, and

tences.
sen-

PREPOSITIONS.

XIII.

prepositionshows
the phrase limits.

the word

relation

the

of its

objectto

AOBEEMENT.

PRONOUN.

XIV.

number,

pronoun

and

agrees

with

and

finite verb

in person,

gender.
FINITB

XV.

its antecedent

VERB.

agrees

with

its

subject in

person

number.
AI9^D

INFIXITIYES

XVI.

Infinitives

and
adjectives,

and

PARTICIPIiES.

participles are

used

as

nouns,

adverbs.

INTEBJEOTIONS.

XVII.

An

construction

does
interjection
upon

any

other

not

depend

for

cal
grammati-

word.

EXPIiETTVES.

XVIII.
are

often

The
used

words

merely

and^ that^there^for, and

as

some

introductoryexpletives.

others

237

ANALYSIS.

ANALYSIS.

574.

Orammatical

sentence

675.

(1)

of

Value

It leads

the

parts

to relate

the

determine

One's

always depend
and

upon

the

(4) It cultivates clearness,

facilityof expression.
(5)

It leads

(6)

It is

576.

Form

may
full

577.

see

that

parts of the

analysisof a sentence,
his understanding of
teacher

accuracy,

to compare

ferent
dif-

precision,and

of

of

"

either

oral

or

written.

by diagram.

or

valuable

exercise

neatness,

of it than

its former

in
but

is necessary
seems

is

It
always mental.
Again, written analysis

Analjrsis* Analysis

Analjrsisby diagram

fallen from

of the

to

general analyticthought.
delightfullyinteresting.

spelling,and
require more

habit

to the

be in full

affords

the construction

ideas, and

relations

them.

that express

be also

the

related,

are

principlesgoverning

thought.
(3) It enables the class
understandings.

may

separation of

"

the student

therefore, will
its

its

is such

sentence.

their relations
sentence

how

Analysis :

impresses

of the

(2)

will show

as

It

Analysis

Writing the analysis in

tion,
punctuation, capitalizathe

teacher

to the

end

should

hot

sought.

unfortunately to

have

good standing. It has very largely

from
the schools.
been discarded
Admitting that, like
be overdone, I confidently
any other good thing, it may
charge that all other criticisms I have heard urged against
it are, to put it most
charitably,superficialand unpeda-

238

GRAMMAR

The

gogical.
"You

OF

how

put

when

and

in

sentence

SENTENCE.

of

profound

most

cannot

ENGLISH

THE

these

objections is,
"

know

till you

diagram

is the

of

know

how, what

in the

classification of sentences

doing
This objection(?) holds equally against solving a
it ?
problem in arithmetic, demonstrating a proposition in
geometry, and writing out a translation.
578.
Analysis may be regarded as a kind of abridged
;

you

use

"

It consists

parsing.
their

and

elements.

OLASSIFiaATIOir
579.

580.

(A)

of thoughtin words.
eaypression
are
rank, sentences
Principal or Suboris

Sentence
As

SEVTENOES.

OF

to

an

dinate.

581.

PrincipalSentence

582.

Subordinate

Sentence

used

not

one

is

used

one

modifier,

as

as

an

in

element

principalsentence,
(a)

struck James"

John

^*

simple objective
**

sentence,

verb,

in

as

the

Clause

is

584.

Clauses

of

believe

(2)

or

regarded

is used

Also

as

then

the

as

the

as

cipal
prinof

the

subject

the

clause

is

it is used

as

when

entire

an
a

sentence.

ing
Substantive^ Adjective^Adverbial^ accord-

are

office of

the

of

noun^

an

adjective^

adverb.

an

A
The

Substantive
subject

Industry
The

things.^'' **
(3)

believe,

certain,"

sentence.

subordinate

they perform

585.

(1)

principal

may

is

I
be

I believe

used

is subordinate,

clause

James

^*

noun"

683.

as

James,''

subordinate

struck

of

James'*

last, either

the

struck

the

John

That

inseparable part
predicate

John

When

*^

In

in

but

principal sentence,

struck

element.

I believe

sentence.

is

**John

James/'

struck

John

or

is

The

of

wins

verb
be

to

complement
I believe

object of

Clause

of

"

a
a

verb

good
to be

*'

he

That

copula

his motto

be

may

is

"

thief

is evident."

"We

motto."
:

'^

His

Labor

I believe

that

is,Labor

motto

conquers
he is

all

conquers

things.^"*

thief

all

239

ANALYSIS.

object

The

(4)

Ac

disputingaboiit

are

who

was

question, Are

we

nation

answered

was

Sumner."

by

than

adverb

An

(a)

Adverbial

An

586.

"

run.

You

verb

(6)
(1)

Time-.

(2)

Place

to

express

Condition

Manner

(4)

(6) Purpose

**

Beason

(6)

'*

**

(7) Opposition
ing, however,

(1)

I shall
He

class;

The

the

"

are

as,

in

Solomon,

the

to say:

student

explanatory
authorities

be

588.

slay

yet will I

me,

trust

notmthstand-

should

clauses,
prefer

which

are

very

in
a

the

or

same

give

of

kings."

explanation."
with

that

meaning

of the

last three

kings,
and

are

in

restrictive

clauses

preposition. Then,

of

the

are

built

the

of

the

preceding

names."

BJid. which

who

he

tences
sen-

easily followed

he

meaning

they

and

of

coordinating
they

classes,and

of

the

sparingly

all restrictive

the

an

divided

are

called

into

and
that

expresses

the wisest

was

mathematics,

nouns

the

been

wisest

the

not

of

thought coordinate,

divided

was

distinguishes

or

signs of ideas,

it has

reason

are

"

others

easilyfollowed
a

express

remember

that

the

are

expresses

it will

and

from

built the temple,

who

understood

"Words

predication,

its antecedent

explains

may

But

the

be

may

nouns."

are

for this

we

immediately follows
must

he

Clause

mathematics,

and

man

explanation."
The

here.^^

are

you

by its antecedent

that

"Solomon

"The

sentence

be instructed.''^

by though, although,

names

"Words

way:

ideas."

temple."

direct.^^

may

Though

"

restricts

clause

example,

this

of

faster

try.^^

you

might

he

Words,

explanatory
For

signs

are
one

'*

principalsentence,

clause.

walks

Henry

blooming.'*''

you

because

that

understood

who

man,

(a)

that

as

introduced

that

idea;

An

if

proceed

one

Words

classes."

into

will succeed

concession

(2) Explanatory:
additional

**

drrivesy

the train
are

objects represented

**

' '

am,

roses

I will leave
or

Adjective or Relative

or

as,

when
the

came

Restrictive:

the object

than

as

"

etc.

An

587.

You

clauses

Such

him."

where

""

degree^

"

shall start

Come

*'

modify

may

express

better

are

We

'*

Clause

adjectiveto

or

"

(8)

*'

They

"

"

came.

The

**

apposition ;

In

(6)

preposition :

I left after

"

elected.'*^

of

are

used

clauses.

except

when

the

course,

whom

or

in

all

Best
tive
relawhich

used.

pound^
Simple^ ComPartial-Compound^
Complex^Complete^and Abridged.

(5)

As

to

structure, sentences

are

240

GBAMMAB

589-

Cows

are

it.

"

is a very

interesting

is

Sentence

containing two

one

one

more

cod'rdinate

more

or

or

"

time

They

that

first in

The

(a)

other,

any

is

fleeting.

aimed

He

first shall

were

compound

coordinate

second

first member,

or

as

be

at the

target but

last, and

that

they

he

could
last

were

first

shall be

and

as:

and

long

is

hit

history of America

of equal rank^ joined by

connectives;

not

singlestatement;

you

Compound

sentences

Art

with

came

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

is

The

quadrupeds.

590.

THE

Simple Sentence

Who

story.

OF

member,

they

both

of the principalelements

is

Fartial-Componnd Sentence

and

Mary
John

interview.

are

and

be either

I believe

you

If he

couple.

came

is

and

designated

which
as

came

and

as

either
"

desired

containing one

one

an

the

am

that

economical,

is

sentence

compound.

or

man

more

or

subordinate

The

she

in

one

They

simple, complex,

is industrious

be

may

remained,

sentences.

mistaken,

are

leading sentence^

compound

are

and

Sentence

completesubordinate
itself may

handsome

James

Complex

the

etc.

592.

Or

sentence.

591.

John

is called

sentence

said

you

taken.
mis-

were

prosperity will

crown

efforts.

their

593.
is

She

An

Abridged

participle
;

is

verb is finite
;

whose

one

as

"

musician.

594.
or

Complete Sentence

I believe

her

to

be

Sentence
as

is

one

whose

verb

is

an

tive
infini-

"

musician.

She

being

musician,

we

were

weU

entertained.
2iTe Declarative^ Interroga((7) As to JiBe, sentences
tive^
Exclamatory,,and Imperative.

695.

596.
as

He

Declarative

Sentence

"

is honest.

He

is not

honest.

is

one

that asserts

or

denies

242

GBAMMAB

cannot

The

604.

Subject of

(a)

The

subject is always

(")

The

unmodified

Sugar

of

is called

is and

the

the

and

used
was

The

of

attribute

noun

of the

The
or

verb

"

animals.

are

are

the

copulas

and

sweet

predicates,of
and

animals

noun

(2)

pronoun:

(3)

participle

(4)

An

(6)

(/)

As

"

the

"If

infinitive
clause

"

:
:

adjective

(2)

An-

infinitive

(3)

:
:

prepositional

"

Partial'

reader.

or

contain

word

one

since

one,

as:

"

verb

is

The

is

wealthy."

Many

"He

feel dizzy;"

other

looks

part of the predicate.

always

verbs

sad;"

are

"She

It is

always

used.

so

attribute

is

colonel."

appointed

was

copula

pure

to

be

may

"

merchant.^^

I were

His

the
She

"Oil

"A"."
is

tellinguntruths."

business

is

you

may

be

the
:

?"

man

"

goody

is to be

to

music."

is to teach

is.Are

attribute

phrase

(jB) According
'

He

question

adjective

An

Lying
"

"The

(1)

as,

**

expression

an

is

He

verb

in

predicate that joins the attribute

attributive

substantive

(1)

an

or

is

impure.

or

"He

is the

of the

as, "I
"

agreeable

(6)

Susan

united

predicate.

can

be;

to

adjective

often

are

pure

copulas;

attribute
an

that

is the part

As

606.

copula;as:

animals

alwaysbe

It is either

impure

as

reads

must

speech

copula

considered

(d)
a

predicate

form

some

part that makes

attribute and

an

Birds

are

are

copula

The

subject.

the

of

simple

complex subject.

is the

sentence

the

attributes.

only part

(c)

part that expresses

simple subject^and

is called the

are

Susan

(b)

the

sweet.

and

is sweet

the

(a)

sentence

substantive.

the predication.It consists

are

which

Predicate.

is the

sentence

its modifiers

Predicate

The

which

Suijectand

the

subject

with

subject together

Here

those without

are

BENTEKCfl.

somethingis predicated.

of which

606.

ENGLISH

THE

FrinoipalElements
exist.
They are

603.

that

OF

found

"I

am

in Indiana."

for peaces

form, elements

Compound^

and

Complex.

are

pound^
Simple^ Com-

243

ANALYSIS.

607.

old

because

elements

if

608.

'*

to

and

and

Jones

went

is a

Jones

In

this

modifiers, or

apart from

sidered
con-

one

to Boston

and

to

having

simple

are

compound

Chicago.**

this sentence

In

element

also,the

speaks

simple

modifiers.

their

is

element

and

man

Element

compound

fluently is

eentence

modifiers, and

considered

are

Compound

Smith

Smith

it is without

they

without

one

speaks fluently.**

man

element,

is

its modifiers.

from

apart
*'The

Element

Simple

to Boston

and

Chicago,
A

609.

base is

predicate
work

and

good.**

copula

the

"

performed

was

610.

Complex

and

children

The

(a)
idea.
''

the

the old

base

of

be

The

school.
of the
that

The

is

oak

one

part of whose

vjord,

boy

the

to

is the

girl,and

partial-compound
**The

compound.

dangers.**

not

this

In

that

sentence

or

part

some

part of the base.

In

this

The

sentence

little

elements.

part of it that expresses

its

primary

clause,

a
* *

In this sentence
is the

base

girlis the

of the

will win

is truthful

truthful,is boy,

the

and

element

of

base
to

our

respect,**the base

base

the

truthful,but

that, is, or

base

any

oak.**

to school

boy

that is

is not

or

school.

our

is

whose

one

old

phrase,

attribute

and

complex

are

is the

good

partial-compound element.

is

element

an

little

truthful

is

to

In the sentence, *'A

element,

hardships

ran

littlegirlcame

element

the

by something

to

It may

and

but

Element

little children

The

wise

simple,

is

dangers

of it is modified
"

Here

amidst

hardships and

amidst

is

compound.

is wise

He

**

Partial-Compound Element

of the

entire

element

clause, that

is

truthful.
(b)

When

by

simple

element
**

believe

base of

the

element

that

of
; as,

If it is

and

it

clause.

student

*"

that

and

is

That
that

that

is,if

If it is

grumbles

it is

is attentive

element

his work

is

simple

in

class

compound

complex clause,

when

he will succeed."^^

partial-compound

the form

clause,determine

clause,call it

compound

capa"Ze.**

as, **A teacher

element

the

that he is honest

clause,call
young

an

has

call it

; as,

I understand

complex
makes

^*

pound
partial-com-

**

heavy only

vantage.
great ad-

element

If it is
as,

of the

clause, call it

he is

element

it heavier."

244

GBAMMAB

OF

ENGLISH

THE

SENTENCE.

((7) Aooording to use, elements

Subjective^Adverbial^ Attendant^
jectivcy
611.

612.

An
like

613.

stantive
sub-

one

that

is

one

used

object of

is the

Snbjeotiye Element

An

of

or

infinitive.

an

is

Element

Adverbial
a

subject of

the

as

noun

or

or

pronoun,

modifies

that

one

verb

its

as

thing
any-

subject

object.

or

616.

An

is

Element

Attendant

that

one

has

but
logical,

grammatical, connection.

no

**The
The

sun

but

having risen, we

sun

having
the

expresses

617.
the

is

risen

pursued

our

independent

in

while

Still

passing through

he

Connective
It may

ClasB^ the Second

"

grammatical

the

our

for

this

sentence,

construction,

journey.

onward

road,

I name

so

Dante.

is

joining two parts of

be a conjunction,relative pronoun,
adverb, conjunctive adjective,or
one

base, elements

to

the

Class, or
of the

Element

its

not

wood

Element

conjunctive or relative
preposition.
618.
(Z") According
An

the

In

journey.'*

pursuing

ceas'd

spake,

spirits thick beset.

sentence.

619.

for

logicalreason

We,

Those

Third

First

Class

of

are

the

First

Class.
is

whose

one

base

is

single word.
**The

sentence

620.
a

modifies

verb.

else than

is

ObjeotiYeElement

finite verb
615.

that

one

Connective.

and

adjective.

an

An

transitive
614.

is

Adjeotive Element

Adjective^ Ob-

are

furious
are

An

of

animals
the

The
work.

rapidly away/*

All

the

elements

of this

first class.

Element

prepositionand

ran

of

its

the Second

object,or

city of Indianapolis

is

on

an

White

Class is

whose

one

base is

infinitive.
Biver.

He

tried

to

finish

his

245

ANALYSIS.

An

621.

subordinate

I believe

he will do it.

that

been

Point

622.

describe it :

is

Class

whose

one

base is

sentence.

spherical has

18

of the' Third

Element

will succeed.

If you try, you

T%at

the earth

proved.

each

out

elementy tell what

it

and
modifies^

"

(1)

As

to

Btmctore.

(2)

As

to

use.

(3)

As

to

base.

(1)

The

(2)

man

less

(3)

man

that

(4)

The

children

We

all desire

fulfilled his contract

merchant

diligentin
is honest

business
will be

with

came

would

failed in the

have

enterprise.

respected.

laugh

and

shout,

and

filled the halls with

the

estate.

glee.
(5)

him

to become

minister.

(6) The money

being furnished, he purchased
(7) Twilight is weeping o'er the pensive rose.
(8)
(9)
(10)

While
As

the

approached

we

Tou

robbers

will

please

to

the

she

plundering,

were

top of the hill

speak

that

so

we

we

can

set
saw

hear

fire to the
the

house.

Indian

wigwams.

you.

OONNEOTIVES.
623.

624.

There

is any

Connectiye
are

two

word

that

joinselements.

classes of connectives:

emd

Coordinate

Subordinate.
625.

equal

rank.

but^ or^
626.

of

Coordinate

It may

He

A
will

truthful.

always a

is

that

one

joinselements

of

conjunction; as, and^

coordinate

etc.

nor^

Subordinate

unequal

(1)

It is

Connective

Connective

is

one

that

joinselements

rank.

be

"

subordinate
pay

you

conjunction.
if he

promised.

We

belike

her

because

she

is

246

GRAMMAR

(2)

The
which

my

OF

relative

will

truthful

all

not

was

The

dream.

friends.

make

always
man

toith

whom

will

regret

it.

you

were

had

dream,
is

walking

cousin.

(8)

conjunctive

relative

There

may

he

adverb.

when

time

she

is

There
"Where

(4)
Be

are

SENTENCE.

pronoun.

that

boy

ENGLISH

THE

An

ordinary

you

saints

may.

of

land

delight,

pure

immortal

reign.

adverb.

conjunctive

while

merry

Do

as

are

you

wanted.

(6)
As

A
is

adjective,

conjunctive
the

labor

so

the

reward

(Very
should

rare.)
he.

directed.

Come

when

you

247

DIAGBAMMING.

DIAGRAMMING.

627.

Subject

Predieate

Ji"IS'et.
el.

A6d.

el.

Adv.

Adv,

el,

{infinitive,)

eh

8ubJ.
AtU,

el.

(appoHHve)

Subtjeet,

{eonj, adv,)

Conneetive

628.

The

above

blank

diagram

principlesof
grammed analysis. It may
following
the essential

\ JPredieate,

at

exposes

glance all

straight-line
system of
from
easilyunderstood

the
be

diathe

"

629;

Explanation.

The

"

importance

of the

subjectand

is indicated by the heavy

predicateof the principalsentence
line and
line.
separated
They are written upon the same
by a heavy vertical bar to show that they are of equal rank.
All modifiers
are
placed below and on lighterlines to show
that they are subordinate
to the subjectand predicate.
To distinguishan
objective
element^ let the line on which
it is written
from
that
be brought down
extends
one
the verb.

over
a

line

that

is

The

joined

conjunction is
that

both

its
a

uses.

mbject of

written

also
is,
A

to

parenthesis,an

under

break

modifiermust

dotted

is written
infinitive

drawn

one

in

an

line

in

the

be written

indicates

independent

an

the

infinitive.
A

line.
so

upon

as

nective
con-

to show

ment;
appositiveele-

element,

short

248

GHAMMAB

bar is used

horizontal
also to

OF

relative

to. separate

direction

the

ENGLISH

prepositionand
positionof elements

separate

The

THE

of their

SENTENCE.

copula and
its object.
in

lines

in

the

attribute,

an

sentence

mines
deter-

the

diagram: Word
the left when
to
they precede the term
modifiers turn
modified; to the right when
they follow it. Phrases
(prepositionalor infinitive)always turn to the right.
Clauses turn
convenient.
to the right or
left,as is most
630.

DUaBAHS

(1) Sugar is sweet.

(2) Truth is a virtue.
(3) Grass grows.
(4) The little children, eager
the

AND

ANALTSES.

for the

story, gave

all their attention

speaker.

(6) Smith,
(6) He and
631.

the

merchant,

I went

and

Diagrammed
"

we

is dead.

returned.

Analjrsis.

(1)

(2)
TnOh

is^sweei.

Sugar

"

IT

(4)
(3)
Grass

children

\ gave
a"ten^on

nttie

grows*

their

to-speakeK
The

eageft
aXi

the\
(5)
Smiths

Its^-dead.

(6)
JETe

u
(XfM

ifnerehanti

th^

^ent

we

returned*

to

250

6BAMMAB

OF

THE

of each

ENGLISH

(5)

Give

the

base

(6)

Give

the

complex

(7) Give

the

simple predicate.

SENTENCE.

and

modifier

describe

its modifiers

predicate.
'

Describe

(8)

of the

modifiers

the

predicate

lb)Use.

to

as

(a) Structure.
(c)

(9)

Give

(a)

The

base

the

of each

pupil should
will

In this way

he

receive

of the very

while

to

only
also

one

defeats
very

giving

634.

means

Simple

and

the

of

use

(1)

Flowers

(2)

Dew

as

the utmost

is

inattention

in

in

compound sentences
adjectivesand adverbs

time

same

rapid thinking

particular order

any

in grammar

of carelessness

above,

as

precision.

at the

careful,accurate,

creating

habit

with

following

Base.

its modifiers

analyase,and

to

lesson

of

himself

pupil

the

to

without

far

order

above

of drills in

best

analyze

effective

the

describe

and

readily learn

object so

the

modifier

follow

most

to

attempt

above.

as

concerned,
the

class

thought

for
:

and

not

but

and

is
of

sion.
expres-

illustrating
analysis,

"

bloom.

sparkles.

(8) Frogs leap.

banished.

(4) Napoleon was

(5) Grammarians
(6)

It has

(7)

The

(8)

Little

(9)

will differ.
decided.

been

wind

angry

Arthur

beautiful

marble

elegant

We

both

(12)

We

all consented.

He

(14)

statue

Etruscan

Those

She

murdered.

was

(10)
(11)
(13)

howling.

is

chattered

incessantly.

searched
know

everywhere.
presently.

(17)

deafening

(18)

The

wounded

dash

waves

soldier

The

child

ran

forth

(21) The earth and the

(22) Socrates, Plato,
philosophers
defeat.

of

angrily.

fought bravely.

and

(19) Learning expands

Lord

broken.

are

wept.

The

(23)

vases

spoke eloquently.

(16) They
(16) I shall

(20)

carved.

was

and
moon

and

elevates
kissed
are

the

mind.

its mother.

planets.

Aristotle

were

the

most

distinguished

antiquity.

Comwallis

became

governor

of

Bengal

after

his

disastrous

251

DIAGBAMMIKG.

(24)
island

traded
for

Manhattan

Columbus

(25)
San

Minutes

Peter

of

with

and

bought

the

whole

twenty-four dollars.

crossed

the

Atlantic

with

ninety

and

men,

landed

at

Salvador.

Sentences

635.

and

the
illustrating

phrases :

(1) Gambling

is

Gambling
predicate

I is

of

construction

They

noun.

participles,
tives,
adjec-

stealing.

the

has

of

use

"

Gambling

Indians

the

are

both

saw

the

(2) Stooping down,

"

stealing*

subject

noun,

and

stealing that

of

participles.
serpent, writhing in agony

wounded

of

death.

(2)

H
Mtooping
dawn.

(3)

habit

of

sincerity in acknowledging

faults

is

guard against

them.

Committing

(3)
I is"
AJs.

habit

guard

A}

against

"

eonvmitting

of"9ineerity

in

"

them*

aehnwifledging
fauUB

(4)

He

comes

attended

by

his friends.

(4)
He

comes

"

attended
by"fHend"9

his]

252

GBAMMAB

THE

OF

is

IBeing'i attended

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

passiye participle with

constraction

the

of

predicate adjective.

(6)

This

sentence

after

had

conveys
is

been"]hung
the

having

diagram:

ambiguous,
first

it may

as

him,

hung
the

mob.

the

hung by

man

is

mob

the

sentence

the

saw

that

or

meaning,

either

mean

I witnessed

the

saw

execution.

man

If

object of "ato, and

is the

man

that

the

the

[having

transitive, passive participlein the present perfect tense,

construction

of

This

adjective limiting man.

an

would

be

the

"

(6)

""r

[having been] hung

hy"nu"b.

the\
636.

Analysis.

the

sentence, also, saw

is the

simple

the mob,

the

hung

But

adjective

is modified

is

objective case.
would

(6)

be

the

War

sentence

of

first
first

the m^b,

first class.

object
having

abridged clause,
of

the

I witnessed

the

man

be

by

[having

adverbial

ment
ele-

is modified

subject

hung

by

the

in the

mob,

saw.

been

declared, we

all prepared to

fight

(6)
we

prepared
to

fight.

War

having

War
to

having

prepared.

been

declared

is

been

logically,but

declared.

not

plex
com-

execution, then

is its

man

to

which

noun,

the

by hung

complex

of the

and
present, passive infinitive,

The

class,of

predicate

fied
base, is modi-

class,and

base, mob,

say

the

clarative
de-

which

; of

by the mob^

man,

is the

to

means

the

simple

complex

hung

which

the

of

by by

cla43S ; by mob

if the

[to be] hung

by

man

unmodified

is the

mobj

the

class,of

element

by the, a simple adjective element

(a)

by

first

the

the

is

the mob

hung by

man

simple subject

/ is the

man

of

base,

second

of the

the

simple adjective element

complex

been']hung,

saw

predicate,modified

objective element
by the,

of which

sentence,

saw

(6)

"

grammatically, related

253

DIAGRAMMING.

637.
is

Analysis.

declarative

simple

modified

War

"

by

fights a simple

to

also

is
which

adverbial

element

having

war

of the

is
been

the

element

by having

been

fight

simple predicate, is

the
of

to

second

class.

of the

declared,

It

ically,
grammat-

first

class,of

simple adjective

first class.
in

noun

all prepared

we

declared^ which,

been

attendant

or

base, is modified

the

element

having

Prepared^

complex independent

war,

War

by

declared^

etc.

sentence,

is logically modified

been

having

nominative

the

declared, which

has

subject

case,
construction

the

of

of

the

participle

adjectivelimiting

an

war.

Analyze orallyand

638.
attention

the

to

(1)

On

(2)

God's

italicized
bank

grassy

hy diagram^ giving particular

words.

stood

tall,waving

sound

ash,

to

the

very

core.

balance,

(3) Mistaking
Billy, for

Red

other, they

(4)

There

is

no

harm

in children's

(6)
(6)

There

is

no

harm

in children

regarded

of

pardon

The

horse

(10)
(11)

Her

spending

chief

(12)

Ha

(18)

We

heard

(14)

We

saw

to

lay

the

the

saw

Did

you

(17)

The

horse

is

his

roadside.

being hanged*

his

doing

mischief

untrodden

its brow.

snow.

about

sauntering

was

near

the

neighborhood

rain

beating

vision

scorn

by mistake.

stealing,

of

to the

strong

seen

sold

carriage was

capital was

the

his

by lightning?

struck

tree

hitched

in

thousand

the

The

general having been captured,

(22)
(23)

The

writer

The

writer's

(24)

being

being
of

scholar
a

that

scholar
man

dollars.

weeping

men

residence

for

outrageous.

(21)

heard

and

doorstep,

the

upon

to

city, the

man

moved

lakes.

never

cannot

gossip.

the

see

(18) The burning

(10) Have you not
(20) Having sold
the

called

roadside.

eagle wheeling

an

package opened

the

the

the

by

prevent

laugh'st thou, Lochiel, my

(16)

near

blanket.

sword

business

(15) Gambling

farm

sky.

little fellow

him.

in idle

time
1

him,

prevented

with

madman's

bloodless

her

the

across

playing by
playing

governor

covered

robbing

as

the

(0) Scaling yonder peak,

All

took

me.

(7) I saw a
(8) Taking
be

one

by angels,is hung

watched
for the

is not

the

army

was

doubted.

is not

running

doubted.
for office.

defeated,

to

his

254

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

THE

OF

heard of that man's

(26) I never
(26) The child stood toeepfn^.
limping.
(27) The dog came
(28) The philosopher sat buried

(29)

No

turbulent

one

fat

saw

ever

for

running

heading

riot

or

herding together

in

mobs.

giving
silken

the train fell into the river.

way,

green.

crimson

color

to the

hurrying

cheek

with

meanings.
Infinitives and

639.

the

live is not

(1)

To

(2)
(3)

(4)

It is

(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)

to excel

desire

We

ready

are

He

of life.

in any

worthy

to see

birds

William

deshred

For

him

beginning

are

is yet to

She

the

hurt

gentle to

is too

The

whole

to

me

I believe for

become

midni^t.

fly.

migrate.

to

in such

men

some

at

sun

come,

found

to be

is commendable.

work

time.

go at any

to

impossible

Subjective Elements.

Mason.
is evidence

company

to tell the

truth

(1)
To

office.

thought.

in

men

(30) The bridge at Ashtabula

robed in
(81) Spring comes
the
send
can
(32) A word
many

SENTENCE.

live

I is

to be

an

of his

(2)
whole

^\

desire

is

"

commendable^

toexeel

of -life.
the

in"worh

(3)
worthy

to

go
time.

at"

any

I is"impo88ihle

It

(5)
STe

lisis
I

guilt.

impossibility.

I
"

gentle
to

see

too

to

the\

hurt

fly.

IT

at"

midnight.

255

DIAGBAHMma.

(6)

(J)

birds

beginning

are

lis"

WiUiant

to

come.

The
to

migrate.

(8)

^heXdesired^
beeofne"Maeon,

to

(9)

fJPor)

to he found

(10)

Iia

eviOence

i\Sm^

(For)

(a)

To

live in

(b)

To

excel in

(c)

To

(d)

To

see

(e)

To

hurt

go in

(1) has
(2) has

of

construction

the

of

the construction
of

(3) has the construction

(4) has the construction
in (5) has the construction

an

of

in

of

subject of

noun,

is.

adjective limitingdesire,

an

adverb

limiting ready,
in

noun

apposition with

adverb

an

of

it

ing
degree, limit-

too,

To

(/)

in

migrate

construction

the

(6) has

of

object of

noun,

are

beginning,

(g)

To

(h)

In

(i)

in

in

For

found

in

the

(7) has

(8) the clause,

object

noun,

\o be

come

construction

to become

me

of

predicate adjective.
has

Mason^

the

construction

of

of desired,

(0)

is

such

an

introductory expletive,and
has

company^

the

construction

the
of

clause,for
a

noun,

him

subject

)f is.

(J)

In

(10), the clauise,

for

has

the construction

to tell the

some

men

case,

subject

of the

of the

of

truths has

some
a

the

men

noun,

for is

object of

construction

infinitive to be.

infinitive to tell,and

to tell the truth

an

Men

believe.

of

is in the

noun

to

be

The

an

sibility^
impos-

clause, for

in the

objective

objective case, subject

introductoiyexpletive.

256

GBAHMAB

640.

Analyalft.

declaratiye
which

Mason,

is the

desired

complex

For

(10)
is

Believe
the

is

for

complex

modified

hjfor

some

of

the

be,

to

abridged,

subordinate

the truth,

is

the

first class.

(3)

For

(4)

It is hard

(5)

He

apples

(7) My

task

I wish

(a)

What

to be

not

are

you
is the

simple predicate,

impossibility,a

an

complex

For

some

abridged
bility,
impossi-

of

class ; it is also

first class ; truth, the

element

of

the

simple,

by

some,

of

by

base,

first class.

subjective element

the

to tell the

men

tell,the base, is modified

to

of the

plex
com-

is

To

tell

the

first

simple adjective

introductory expletive.

an

to the

case

work.
will

gi-ammarian

delightfulto

be

eaten.

in the

require much

study.

plow.

to

teach
to

impossibility

an

analyze,givingspecialattention

to teach

to

be

the

simple predicate
by

is modified
is

impossibility

an

"

work
it

simple

a, a

simple adjective element

complex

For

to assist

thinks

(8)

base,

to become

you

(6) My

(3)

remained

He

desire

is

is

teach

pleasant.

teacher, but

grammar.

satisfied.

now

of the

I wish

to be

subject of (1)

preacher.

finite verb,

(2) an

tive,
infini-

participle?

(6)

In

(c)

Name

have

the

and

words

These

an,

the

of the second

men,

element

(1)
(2)

by

be

be

to

is

to

copula, is modified

men,

italicized

truth

impossibility is

modified

truth

believe

be

some

Diagram

by

fied.
simple subject unmodi-

class ; it is also

simple adjective

simple subjective

to

/ is the

the

tell

which

of

to tell the

class, of which

641.

which

objective element

modified, also,by
the

of

believe

sentence, of which

complex

by the,

of

truth

subjective element

truth, a complex

It is also

simple predicate^

attribute,is modified

the second

to

; of

become

to

me

is the

me,

simple

complex predicate,

by

class.

Mason

by

is

unmodified

is the

second

the

modified

of

attribute,is

first class ; and

modified

the

to

men

men

which

Mason

become

to

tell the

predicate,
some

simple subject

of

copula,

sentence,

objective element
sentence,

element

of which

to

men

declarative

Mason

first class.

of the

some

simple

is the

first class ; Mason,

adjective element

become

to

me

simple predicate, modified

is the

to become

of the

element

SBNTENGB.

to become

me

objective

simple abridged sentence,

of which

desired

She

which

also, desired

which

BNGLISH

THE

She

(8)

"

sentence, of

sentence,
of

OF

what

case

and

in addition

is the
illustrate

to

their

complement
three

verbal

use

of

general
?

copulative verb

uses

infinitives and

participles

258

QBAMMAB

643.

Analysis.

is

mend

is the

mourn

that

(1)

"

lacks

complex

time

He

to

ENGLISH

that

declarative

complex

THB

OF

lacks

time

to

the

He

that

simple subject,

simple adjective element

lacks

mourn

sentence, of which

subject ; He,

mourn,

8ENTBNGB.

time

to

time

to

lacks

is modified
third

of the

by

class

;
.

it is also

simple, declarative, subordinate

simple subject ;
that

lacks

time

element
to mourn,

lacks, the

mourn,
time

of

simple

also, lacks

of

the

"

of

class,of

time

the

which

sentence,

of

which

second

first class ; it is
the

the

subordinate

"

had

to

by
cipal
prin-

predicate,
a

plex
com-

class.

given

to

him,

modified

by
a

subordinate

sentence,

to

him,

; of

simple

had

adverbial

simple objective element

connective, joining

to

that

him,

had

(3)

taek

simple declarative

complex predicate

is the

him

of

fied
base, is modi-

simple subject, immodified

class ; also by that,

also

second

class ; it is also

is the

jective
ob-

complex

mend,

to

time, the

that

of which

base, is modified

time

of the

by

complex

by

which

subordinate

class ; of which

is the

class,of

given that

to mourn,

second

is modified

of the third

also, had

antecedent, book,

the

which

clause,

the

predicate,

time, the

mend

to

first

simple predicate, is
the

of

of

complex

by time

is modified

Book

adjective element
sentence,

element

mourn

simple adjective element

AnsdyaiB,

given, the

is the

is the

that

connective, joining

antecedent, He;

simple predicate,

to mourn,

subordinate
which

to

first

the

objective element

644.

its

simple adjective element

sentence,

by

subordinate

to

simple predicate, modified

is the

which

to

also, lacks

sentence,
lacks

is also

that

sentence, of which

given

to

of
its

259

DIAGRAMMING.

645.

is modified

Went

element

adverbial
subordinate

of

of

which

sentence, also,had
had

completed

his task

simple predicate,
first

is the

when

class,of

which

complex

objective
by his,

simple adjective element

of the

simple

adverbial

class ; it is also

completed

by when,

also

by

his

ordinate
sub-

task,

task, the

first class ; had

pleted
com-

first

of the

element

base, is

connective, joining the clause, when

subordinate

of which

complex predicate;

is modified

modified

is modified

the

simple

simple, declaratiye,

element

of

task,

his

simple subject ;

is the

he

completed

the

completed,

had

he

class ; it is also

third

the

sentence,

when

by

he

had

verb, went.

his task, to the

I announced

He

had

tthafj train

arrived.

the

646.

Analysis.

declarative
of which

is also

also, announced

that

which

had

train',the

first class ; of

simple predicate,

(a)

the

is the

plex
com-

of the third

sentence, of which

class ; it
is the

that

subject, of

complex

by

which

by ^he, a simple adjectiveelement

subordinate

which

plex
com-

simple predicate, modified

is the

train

subject, is modified

is

arrived

arrived

had

simple objective element

expletive, and

simple

had

simple subject,unmodified

the train

is the

announced

arrived,

the train

is the

simple, declarative, subordinate

introductory
the

that

announced
He

sentence,

the train

He

sentence, of which

predicate, of
that

"

also,

sentence,

had

of

is the

arrived

unmodified.

substantive

needs

clause

connective.

no

(5)
iJChaf) he

ia-^hief

\ Js-^^JdenL

the

647.

AnalysiB.

"

T?Mt

sentence, of which
also

That

he

thief is

is the

simple, declarative, subordinate

introductory

expletive, he the

predicate,
unmodified,
element

he is the

of

and
the

of

which

thief,the
first class.

simple predicate, of

which

is

simple

thief is

subject, and
simple

attribute, modified
the

is is the

the

sentence,

thief is the
Of

evident

is

of

which

predicate, is the
a

evident

It iS

is the

That

is the thief is the

by the,
and

tive
declara-

simple subject.

principal sentence,
copula

complex

plex
com-

copula,

simple adjective
is evident
the

is the

attribute.

260

GRAMMAR

THE

OF

ENGLISH

SENTENCE.

(6)

648.

Analyais.

of

whicl)

attribute

class

; of

which

predicate,
and
the

was

the

young

subordinate

the

boy^

also,

sentence,

is the

boy

the

too

was

subordinate

simple predicate,

simple predicate,

attribute, modified

by too,

too

was

subject

adverbial

simple

bop^

of the first

complex

copula, unmodified,

the

toas

of which

is the

young

the

young

sentence,

complex

by the, a simple adjective element

modified

young

is the

young

the

that

simple, declarative,

simple subject, is

too

was

and

introductory expletive, and

thctt is the
the

was

boy

copula,

is the

; it is also

the

that

Was

"

element

of

first class.

(7)
I has

It

Ziord
fifccig)

Baeon

eiatmed

been

wrote

uforhg.

Shakespeare's

649.
R

Lord

that

which

AnalysiB.

It, the

Bacon

in

That

Lord

apposition with

modified

simple adjective

Lord

the

Bacon

Bacon

declarative

complex

Shakespeare's

wrote

declarative, subordinate

expletive.
(a)

is

simple subject, is

works,

simple,

This

"

wrote

that

by

element

sentence,

of
of

Lord

the
which

Shakespeare^

works

"

(8)

Bacon

third

which

subject,

of

speare's
Shake-

wrote

class ; it is also

tJmt

is the

tory
introduc-

simple subject, etc.

it.

She

complex

is the

works

of

sentence,

is^-taUer

ihttn
stater.

0"-f"g|^_

is a substantive

clause

261

DlA(iRAMMmG.

650.

Analysis.

adverbial

element

is modified

Taller

"

of the

third

sentence, of which

class

than

by

it is also

is the

her sister is tall,a

than

simple

ordinate
simple, declarative,sub-

connective, etc.

(10)

(9)
\know8_

Indian
It

I waa"coid

:?

ptacB
aretuvUd,

that

'
Mb

fnereury\
fro9B.

where

(a) So

in

(9)

Place

an

adverbial

froze, a simple
(5)

is

of

adverb

adjective element

(c) WJiere
joins its clause

of the

is

third

relative

to the

modified

of the third

element

in (10) is modified

degree,

by

where

by

tJiat the

mercury

class.

his

friends

buried, a simple

are

class.

conjunctive adverb

; it

limits

are

buried

and

place.

noun

(11)

(a)

is modified

Demanded

objective element
or

(6)
No

third

Where

that

is

sentence,

for

is

born,

simple

etc.

but

clause.

substantive

interrogative word

be

tive,
simple, indirect-interroga-

simple, interrogative adverb,

is needed
no

should

ijohere Christ

class ; it is also

responsive, subordinate

connective

remember

of the

by

ever

not

It

may

connective.

connective.
be

well

to

262

GBAMMAB

SBNTENCB.

ENGLISH

THE

OF

(12)
ItttUhe^so

man.

the

As

(a)

predicate adjectives. They

either

(6)
80,

is

sentence,

the

Is

80

IB

the

attribute.

be

cannot

predicate

of the

by As

third class,of which

of the

copula,

and

joining

its subordinate

the

As,

as

adverbs,

for

is, in

is, the copula, and

principali^ntence,

is modified

So

regarded

attributive.

copulative,not

element

responsive, indefinite,descriptive,

correlative,or

are

80

is As

attribute.

As

sentence

to

the

is

is the

is also

boy,

simple

simple predicate, is, the

subordinate

the

adverbial

connective,

80.

(13)

}w^fvork^

We

(a)
element

Will

is modified

work

of the second

preposition, and
subordinate

Jesus

by

till Jesus

class,of which
comes,

the

sentence, of which

till Jesus

object;

Jesus

is the

comes,
comes

it is also

simple

is the
a

adverbial

base, till,the

simple, declarative,

simple subject, and

comes

the

simple predicate.

(5)

Till must

not

be

parsed

(14)

as

conjunctive

adverb

in such

sentences.

263

DIAOBAMMINO.

{d)
is

As
.

simple adverb,

adverb

correlative

are

as

and

limits

; it limits intereaing

responsive adverbs

or

The

profitable.

and

joins its

of

second

subordinate

degree.

a"

is

First

a"

conjunctive

to the first as.

sentence

(15)

is modified

Then

(a)

adverbial

partial-compound,
is the

member

base,
mother

is the

(6)
When

by

When

then
.

is

sentence

my,

conjunctive

to

then, which

my,

adverb
a

correlative
; it limits

simple

adverb

father

and

partialand

is the

father

of which

my
first

of the

mother^

and

joins its

limits

the

first class, etc.

responsive adverbs

forsake,

me,

simple adjective element

member,

or

my

my

simple adjective element

are

is

by

second

forsake

class ; it is also

subject, of which

first class ; my

base, is modified

mother

my

of v^hicb

sentence,

is modified

father,

and

of the third

the

of the

element

complex

compound,

father

my

declarative, subordinate

compound,
mother

by When

of

time.

subordinate

will take.

(16"
Blucher

orHixed

Iof~JWkte"lDO

W^J^ngf"n

I waenweting
om/iauffht

of-J^jgp"leonm
taet

jjsd

264

(a)

GBAMMAB

ilf

joins its
(6)

is

subordinate
is

Just

of

conjunctiye adverb

sentence

simple

; it limits

time

vj"ib

meeting^

and

arrived,

to

adverb

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THB

OF

of

degree,

and

limits

a$.

(17)
\heeanie.''hunMer

he

the

*g

yrcift-fgtoer

The

(a)

The

first theS"d,

joins its subordinate

(b)

and

Humbler
verbs.

second

are

predicate adjectives;

wiser

simple
became

is,He

humbler

; it limits wUer^

degree

and

the,

is

adverb

of

the

meaning

The

to the

sentence

second

The

conjunctiveadverb

of

and

degree,
became
to the

and

limits humbler.
grew,

degree to

copulative

which

fie grew

wiser.

(a)

is

When

its subordinate

(b)

How

limitinghad
(c)
clause

That
to

conjunctive

sentence

is

to

indirect

an

is

relative

of time

; it limits

heard, and

joins

grieved,

was

interrogative or responsive

How

obtained.

adverb

is not

pronoun,

adverb

of

manner,

connective.

used

as

the

object

of bore ; it

joins its

reputation.

651. AnalysiB.
reputation

that

he

"

J
bore

was

grieved when

among

his

I heard

neighbors

is

how

he had

complex

obtained

the

declarative

266

GBAMMAB

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THB

OF

ABRIDGMENT.

Simple Sentence may be changed to one that is

complex by expanding any one of its words or phrases into
A ivise man
will always be sought
a
proposition. Thus,
A

652.

'*

those

by

if
simple sentence
; but
and
the phrase desiringto learn, be exword
panded
mse^
shall have
into propositions,
the complex senwe
tence,
A man
that is tvise will always be sought by those
the same
desire to learn^'*which
thought.
expresses

the

desiring

leam^'^ is

to

"

thxU

653.

Expanflion.

654.

is

This

process

Sentence

may

"

Complex

its

simple by contracting

be

may

called

expansion.,

be

that
changed- to one
subordinate
propositionsinto

the.
Franklin, wh" was
phrases. Thus, "Dr.
bred a printer,'*:
was
useful institutions,
projectorof many
"f^Because
the
truths are
some
of corr^prehension,
difficult
He
guished
that he might see the distinweak
came
rejectthem,"
words

or

"

statesman,^'*are
make

them

clauses

"

complex

may

contracting their subordinate

stitutio
Franklin, the projectorof Tttany useful inbred a printer," Some
truths being difficult

Dr.

"

the weak
of comprehension,

rejectthem,"

"

He

came

to

see

distinguishedstatesman.^^

655.
clauses
called

Abridgment.
are

656.

the

"

changed

77ie
into

by which
equivalentwords or
process

subordinate

phrases

is

abridgment.
SENEBAL

in

we

simple by

was

the

but

sentences;

(1)

The

simple
that

FBINOIPLES

Abridged
sentence

as

Part

the

is, it is either

OF

ABBIDailENT.

has

the

clause

same

in the

construction

complex

or
substantive, adjective,

tence;
sen-

verbial.
ad-

867

ABRIDGMENT.

The

(a)

'

observe

best

construction

the

abridged.

And

the

that

word

the

elements

abridging
joined to the

are

which
or

is

to

it may

be

phrase,

serve
ob-

expanded.

be

the

example above
(Buhjectand predicate)

in

changed

clause

word

it may

from

observed

only the PrincipalElements

are

of

which

into

of

into

phrase

or

construction

clause

be

construction

the

the

of the

It will

(2)

it is

that

of

determine

to

construction

657.

determine

to

way

clause.

The

nate
subordi-

abridged

form

without

alteration.
658.

may

be

kinds

of

clause
two

of

Kinds

Abridgment.

expressed by
abridgment:

Since

"

word

the

or

Word

of

thought
phra%e^there
and

Abridgment

arise
Phrase

Abridgment.
659.

of

Basis

The

word

abridgment

be

may

an

noun^

be seen
from
as
a
participle^
adjective^
ox
abridging
may
the following:
The
our
Jones, who was
doctor^ died."
"The
who is plat/boy that is studious will learn."
man,
ing with the children^ is my uncle."
"

and

and

journey,"

our

the

or

in

thought

The

train

same

and

**

660.

Basis

The

"

as

We

being late,
a

When

the

had

sun

because

the

having risen, we

sun

risen

train

we

late,"

was

pursued

sued
pur-

our

ney,"
jour-

in time."

were

we

of

"

in time

were

*^The

abridged by using participles

are

reason

subjects absolutely. Thus,

their

are

denoting time

Clauses

(a)

"

be

phrase abridgment may

tional
preposi-

that is
man
infinitive
phrase. Thus, "A
He
lied that he
of generosity; and
generous^'* A man
lied to escape punishment,'**
might escape punishment^''"He
an

or

"

"

The

(a)

introduced

(h)
clauses

with

"

On

found

to

iniiiiitive

which

buy my

employed

chiefly to abridge clauses

by

phrase
a

I may
dinner.^

is used

preposition
buy
^

my

*'For

also

and

dinner
which

a
^^

abridge

relative,as
**

to

to

Send

me

strive,"

**

At

certain
^*

to

adjective

Send

some

which

or
abridgments
depend," etc., are contractions
does
not
join
peculiar use of the relative,that is,it

which
a

is

thaU

introduced

money
which

by

The

phrase

inflnitive

"

me

money
to

some

with

shoot,"

in which
to

is

its ante-

26S

OF

GRAMMAR

cedent

limitingclause.

its

antecedent,

but

the

antecedent

of

join it

to

relative,and

to the

word

abridged by omitting
and

**

cLsk

may

I know

*^

whtU

to dOi where

etc.

But

OASE

the

as

in the
Ex.
I and

"

"I

that

the

is ever

DT

itself is the

same

whom,

nective
con-

to

are

infinitive,

an

whom

not

proceed,

to

what, where, when,

expanded

or

in the

abridged

connective.

ABBIDGED

FBOFOSITIOITS.

clause refers to
subjectof a subordinate
subject of the principalclause, it is not
abridgment.

desire

that

I may

"

learn

**

have

we

how

in

element,

manner

begin,

to

substantives

as

as, **I know

the

to

object

adverbial

an

predicate

words

in the

require

not

used

In

the

either

SUBJECT

OF
If the

661.

understood

as

claoaee

send, when

to

interrogativeword

no

infinitive

to oaky

v3hom

not

connectives

not

sentence, for

same

be

the

refers

or

infinitive limits

the

does

relative

The

interrogativeword;

to look, whom

it must

how, etc., are

limits

relates

cases

to it ; for

subject, changing

it the

before

placing

an

interrogative

the

SfiKTfilKCfi.

infinitive

it limits.

that

Indirect

(e) Certain

join anything

not

prepositionalphrase

the

fiKGLIfiH

relative in such

The

does
the

THA

I desire

(See

to learnt

the
tained
re-

Rules

II.)

clause
does
subject of the subordinate
not refer to the same
as the subjectof the principalclause,
is in the nominative
it is retained in the abridgment, and
the objective; as :
absolute case, the possessive,
or
662.

When

the

"

When

**

virtue
his
him

shame

is gone.**

stealing
to be

the

**I heard
money,

merchant,'''^

OASE

OF

663.

The

adjectiveor
664.

is lost, all virtue

If

'''^

that

(See

it is

or

had

Rules

some

of

gone"

that

he

ABBIDOED
a

*'

the

stolen

I, II, and

IN

complement
noun^

he

**I desire

OOMFLEMENT

is

be

Shame
money

"I

merchant'^

heard

all
of

I desire

III.)

FBOFOSITIOITS.
is either

copulative verb

an

expression so used.

adjective,it will remain

adjective and modify the subject of the
abridged proposition.
an

being lost,

predicate

verb

in

the

269

ABRIDGMENT.

665.

If it is

noun

its

pronoun,

or

will

case

be

always

used as the
or
governed by Rule VI : A noun
pronoun
its
case
complement of a copulativeverb is in the same
as
When
the subjectof a copulative
subject. Exception.
is possessive,
the complement is nominative.
participle
"

(a)

in either

She
me

niaatration

her,''^ Me,

is

objective.

subject

the

complement,

same

construction

such

called

form

put in the
above

Man

is

is

an

verb
am

aware

am

unable

to understand

the

subject

realityof
the

the

I may

expressed,
that

**

strike
**

say

expressed

or

also

above

sentence,
word

and

no

little
the
he

be

if
be

can

reasoning

while

he

the

thief taking
both

that

^*

not

supplied

for

be

found

to

entertain

of

is, is also

both

of

finite

same

sentence.

man

last statement,

the

be

not

object

the

of

inconsistent

The

of

subject

have

of

without

taking,

doubts

For

authors

that

say

subject

the

subject

it has

be
about

the

ple,
exam-

be

destroying

thief is both

time

same

inconsistent.

are

the

may

and

verb

one

verb

one

which

money,

my

but

with

be at the

may

money."

my

no

subject

This,

the

subject of taking ; for, if the thief could

would

thief,^^

participlein

taking

that

Thus,

nominative.

the agent of another.

subject

it clear

is

object of

or

statements

the

the

the

object

which

is

complement
called

subject

participle must

every

thief is

will make

the

in

depends.

man

the

that

man

appears

is the

be

; for

is

is

Here

certainly not

and

action

one

all

of

it may

may

it is

complements

is also

man,

sentence

conveyed

understood,"

for
A

the

is

Here

be

supposing

clause

the

may

noun

And

thief

cannot

another,"

of

for

VI,

for

that

thief

subject of
why

to be

I struck

word

Rule

of another.

objector recipient

and

appears

nothing

noun

in the

tive
nomina-

*'

good authority opposing

have

thought

read

same

the

and

**

be used

case.

which

upon

'scholar,

either

the

above,

He,

it to be

reason

the

substantive

and

but

would

to

in the

that

and

no

opinion/'

should

show

absolute

case,

exception

we

since

word

abridged

preposition

or

place

the

as

in-finite verb

would

his

absolute, and

pronoun

dropped,

is

nominative

no

If

him

adjective clauses, like

its

of called,

subject

and

the

in

case.

nominative

relative

case

sentence

however,

same

nominative

general rule stated

take

to

asked

we

wished

He

**

"/ie/*

her, the complement,

objective,and

in the

and

in the

the

thief,

abridged

the

absolute
to the

^^

the

same

abridging certain

In

scholar, its form

as

participlesare

(")

scholar,

is in the

exception

an

being

participle,is

nominative

or

this

of to be, is

be

to

sabject.

is /, the

so

I wished

**

shej^^

were

sabject

He

*^

of the

the

the

nominative,

is

sentence

to be

**If

Rulo."

of

no

the

of

either

In

the

subject,
sentence.

object of struck

consulted

being

in the
the

ter,
mat-

identical

270

GBAHMAB

oljeet that
him

making

and

struck,

was

object of

the

ENGLISH

THE

OF

the

the

only

6ENTENGE.

that

reason

is that

striking

he

could

the

was

give

for

of

the

agent

taking,
it is evident

while

But

(e)

constructions, it
of

it is the

subject of

called

man

subject

of

is

the

the

object
it is the

Bxcoption.

the

being, changing
unchanged.

the

questioned.** His,
is scholar, the

(1) Scholar

change

change

in

does

subject

of

has

is

saw

subject
But

with

of

thief,
the

man,

being
is

the

it does

not

But

the

participle

his, and
has

clause

leaving
been

never

evidently possessive;

but

abridged.

was

of

process

follow

it should

is he, and

is to the

scholar

never

subject becomes

the

has

clause

case.

clause

in the

place

unless

its case,

scholar

possessive

nominative

before

taken

the

His

^*

h^ is

finite verb

the

being,

complement,

possessive,for

It is not

it denote

have,

we

possessive when

(3)

the

saw.

in case

nominative

Jie to

nominative

was

No

become

of

of the subordinate

in the

nominative
Then

scholar

any

object

**That

"

abridged by dropping that, changing

(2)

saw

^*

sentence,
aiid

one

Me

because

not

wants,

in the
of

bat

learn/'

to

finite verb
And

in two

governed by

wants

objective tq agree

is scholar, both

complement

why

be

can

**He

to learn.

this,the subject

In

questioned/*

the

it

be found

may

of called.

(d) Explanation
been

pronoun

sentence,

because

called, is

of

or

that

is both

objective only

complement

the

noun

subject of

infinitive

the

thief,**man

is

called, but

the

it is the

because

nominative,

in

example,

For

them.

remembered

be

must

that

abridgment

the

general

to

cause

rule

and

possessive.

have

the

possessivesign,neither

possession.

(4) Therefore, scholar,

the

or

in

complement

all such

cases,

is nomi-

native.

italicized words:

belief

(1)

The

(2)

There

(3)

The

is

stars

need

opinion

to

"

that

no

analyze^giving particularattention

and

Diagram

666.

suns

are

that

she

the

soul

that

be

is held

by

astronomers.

present.

is immortal

has

almost

been

universally

entertained.

(4)
(6)

Let
The

(6)

The

that

man

into

speeches

the

past.

cannot

fire into

put

this course
his

speeches

longer.

no

should

put

his

the

ginning
be-

fire.

sumptuous

of time
the

that I will pursue

it be understood

are

now

cities that
beheld

lighted

have

only

in

the

the

world

pictures of

since
the

historian

of

271

ABRIDGMBNT.

(7)

smallest

The

(8)
holds

hands

His

in

endeavor

should

We

of

of

Nature

(11)

This

(12)
(13)

Webster

knight

(15)
winds

(16)
attempt

(17)
(18)
to

in

of

atrocious
has

of

that

place

the

heart

loved

that

the

will

country

life in which

Being

the

had

that

the

been

with

remember

will

pride.

live years

the shield

given by touching

was

wished

of

the

to encounter.

the

that

Indians

can

man,

call their

now

own

do

fan.
of

crime

being

spirit of

such

to

palliate

It is not

her.

great mind

decency

charged

always

make

to

easy

honorable

the

which
upon

me,

I shall

deny.

to

nor

young

jingling of the guineas helps the hurt

self

one*s

tJiot honor

just

what

feels.
one

wishes

be.
beneath

(19) He,
prisoner
(20)
(21)

(22)

He

(23)

We

proud

rock-bound

the

on

God

whose

seems

has

three

told

times

him

much

as

what

me

here

are

made

to hear

(25)

The

(26)

Such

(27)

As

"2S)

The

thief

many

(29)

Whoever

wins

(30)

Whatever

(31)
(32)
(33)

Whoever

Toward

little friend

Youth

(36)

It is the hour, when

Seem

away.

stolen.

a"

his father.

heart
of

good

also fortifies it.

others

will himself

be blest.

tried to stop him.

whoever

schoolmaster

walked

over

to the

cottage where

lay sick,

(34)
(35)

There

he had

what

it takes

laugh.

the

the

for what

indications

to shoot

night

before.

satisfied.

same

may

threatened

was.

B.

happy.

are

purifiesthe
seeks

was

is the

sweet

time
time

became

shall say.

in return

were

the

of

you

to divide

came

as

has

son

as

money

what

virtuous

are

as

He

refused

he

what

heard

never

trembled,

footstep Europe
St. Helena.

isle of

to have

(24) Infidelitygives nothing

his

the

to combat

with

neither
The

moment.

Atlantic

the

The

marked

in

single region

universe.

that

man

challenger

the

gentleman

challenge

Not

has

night

that J AckhmM.

occasions

are

whom

the

the

betray

house

was

rapt enjoyment

(14)

the

is the

The

secure

of

ruins

did

never

There

at

children.

her

(10)

meadow

friendship

to

reins

the

(9) Black, smoking

hesitation

the

on

its bosom.

in

sleeping

star

lies

that

dewdrop

when
when

in every

free to roam.

was

the seeds

lovers'

of

vows

whispered

word.

character

are

sown.

272

OBAMMAE

OF

(37) At midnight,In

his guarded tent,

Turk

Should tremble
in the

at his power.

is a coral grove

wave

Where the purplemullet and the

is a land of pure
Where saints immortal
There

(30)

(40) Not

soldier

all the air

Save

where

(44)

knew
saw

farewell shot

hero

buried.

we

stillness holds,

the beetle wheels

She has sent for the

(42)
(43) I

our

solemn

rove.
gold-fish

delight,
reign.

his
discharged

O'er the grave wJiere

(41) And

SENTBNCB.

laydreaming of the hour

Greece, her knee in suppliancebent,

The

When

(38) Deep

ENGLISH

THB

his

droningflight.

lady she believed to be

the man, whom

the man, who we

the

governess.

generalappointedcaptain.

believed

was

(45) The boy

(46) He reached the station justas the
(47) Gather roses while they bloom.
(48) Smile whenever you can.

sick.
darkened

closed the shutters,which

While

train

was

the

room.

starting.

there is

lifethere is hope.
shipsailed beforethe sun rose.

(49)

(50) The
(51) You may wait tillthe train arrives.
(52) You cannot reap until afteryou sow.
as it flies.
(53) Improve each shiningmoment
(54) He has been here ever since his brother came.
ascend.
(55) Oft as the morning dawns should gratitude
(56) He was just about to start when I called him back,
(57) She has not been here since you came.
When

(58)

dies within

of the great every emotion

the tombs

I look upon

of envy

me.

(59) Knowledge

and

timber

should

not

be used

much

tillthey

are

seasoned.

(60) On Linden, when

the

sun

low,

was

All bloodless lay the untrodden

(61) Oh,

what

When

snow.

tangledweb we weave
firstwe practise
to deceive !
a

(62) He sleepswherever nightovertakes

(63) He builds a palaceof ice where the
(64)

Where

(65) As far
our

there^s
as

will there^s

the east

from
transgressioiis

is from

him.
torrents

way.
the west, so

fall.

far

hath

He

removed

us.

_-^i

274

OBAMMAB

(10) Milton
Shdketpeart,
(11) The

has

(13)

fine

woods

The

(12)

OF

The

tories own

The

bounding

Shares

(14)

I told you

(16)

Aristotle

(16)

Tell

he

tells

looks

He
She

is

Qood

thanks

(21)

(22)

Favors

night

pride.

in

block

of marble.

numbers,
dream.

ever.

a"

for

Muller

Maud

on

For

this he

The

fittest

pole

Demosthenes

six

hay.

cell.

of hell.

earthly type

(25) Liberty taught

The

felon^s

extends

day
with

sweet

shares

man.

offends.

once

summer^s

meadows

the

smiles

never

gives to

lustre

to all she

rejects,but

she

kindness.

your

stars, woe

to

to none^

Raked

(24)

the

morning^ gentlemen.

As

(23)

and

"red.

hateful

as

(20) Many

Oft

"r

as

bestride,

lies hurUd

statue

empty

an

eloquence.

feet long,

(26)
was
a foot deep,
(27) The snow
(28) They painted the house white,
(29) She is without a home,
(30) He made the axe sharp,
(31) It is possible that we are wrong,
this course
that I will pursue
no
longer.
(32) Let it be understood
s Progress is that
peculiarity of the Pilgrim''
(33) The characteristic
is the

only

(34)

work

fares

Where

(36)

Poets
Were

kind

the

there

is my
the

own,

the

known

soul

hastening

dead.

land
ills

and

praise they
what

so

strong human

said,

native

accumulates

wealth

it but

hath
my

to

possesses

with

man

land,

lose half

that

himself

to

never

This
HI

was

of

Breathes
Who

(35)

as

was.

not, in mournful

me

maxiy

force.

but

pleasure

the

that

us

so

rest,

pompously

you

his lord

not

troop of horse;

argument

steed

Life is hut

(17)
(18)
(19)

sent

no

who

waters

but

stilL

and

to Oxford

with

SENTENCE.

deBcriptionBof morning,

lake is dark

king

BNGLISH

husked^ the

are

The

THB

?
a

men

would

prey^

decay.
have

got

they discreetlyblot

interest

it

275

ABRIDGMENT.

(37)
than

observed

I have

all ages

part of the

the

adorn

to

men

in

that

have

women

head

that

been

ful
care-

more

generally call

we

the

outside.

(38)
of

long

(39)

man

About

to

came

three-quarters

end

The

God

why

ordained

has

faith

is that his free grace

might

glorified.
But

(40)
(41)

soul

(43)

to the

and

disasters

(48)
(49)

(60)

interminable

ests
for-

of

of

vest

bear

might

company,

implement

of

have

war.

];^ostrikingresemblance

of

chewing

language,

the

what

you

and

would

tobacco

spoil

are, what

you

by

the

haust
ex-

adjectives
made

were

you

of

follow

you

those

that

worth

to

gave

for,

what

business

your

excellent

it leads

it,and

advice

the

great financial

men.

the most

you

from

reaped

of young

dress

your

all sorts

receive

be

to

large crop

that, if

you,

soiled

silver^ace,projected an

martial

habit

the

of

of

know

man

will

You

any

gled
min-

savages

street.

greatest benefits

the

saving

no

to

going

are

of

Let

you

and

use.

occur

ever

you

is the

starves

world

the

the

pocket

magazines

in the

meet

we

further

it

One

that

from

tarnished

in such

the

description of

remember

must

issued

mischievous

filthyadjectives

for
Did

whither

(47)

whole

the

yells of

enormous

au

with
seen

some

plates of

that

proper

all the

being

for

fashion

The

themselves

(46)

gain

the

that

that

ornamented

which, from

humanity

(46)

wind

the flap of

beneath

easily mistaken

(44)

believed

colonists

silk,heavily

instrument,
been

if he

man

lay his head.

to

WesU

From

embossed

where

not

profit a

fitful gust of

every

the

of

hath

Man

alarmed

The

with

of

shall it

what

own

(42)

Son

the

For

lose his

are

before the

it

was

hour,

an

be

How

is.

advice, but you

into a profession

you

feel bound

never

to

give

money.
You

worth

are

society the

to

(61)

The

(62)
(63)
(64)

We

I heard
How

you

(66)

That

the

against him

happiness

knows

Indian
know

why

xchere

he

obtained

the

surprised the

the

(68)

The

decision

(69)

The

general opinion

he

concealed
was

so

his

fatal blow

When
Where

you

imparting.

buried.

are

is

soon

guilt

when

mystery
no

to

evidence

me.
was

found

court.

(66)
(67)

gave

enjoying ;

office.

money

confessed

capable

are

of

of

departed.

the

declined

man

you

capable

are

you

his friends

his life

when

not

he

yourself what

the

is

body

is

matter

a
a

that the prisoner

is that

Morgan

of

subject
was
was

uncertainty.

that is much

guilty.
murdered.

discussed.

276

OBAMMAB

(60)
your

It Ib

OF

THB

8ENTBNGE.

ENGLISH

surprising that you

care

for

liUU

so

the

unproyement

of

mincL

(61)

The

(02)

Bursts

question, Are
the

And

the

nation

herald

now

and

greenwood,

zephyrs play,

vtaving birches

Sweetest

answered.

f is

through gUde

moon

Soft the

we

incense

on

sprinkle

our

way.

(03) I hear that the young prince is an excellent scholar.

(04) To see you here on such a day surprises me.
know
love them.
who
(65) Animals
whom
we
worship.
(06) We know
God
is the Lord.
whose
(07) Blessed is the man
(08) He accepts what others reject.
in dignified
displeasure.
(09) After denying the charge he withdrew
continued
the
march.
sun
rose
we
our
(70) After
lies under
monument
dec"hmarble
a
(71) Many a despicable wretch
rated

with

flatteringepitaph.

2i,

Dante

(72) When
loftyarch the
668.

awful

before

stood

inscription:

Sentences

from

the gates of
All

Hell,he

hope abandon,

Pope's Essay

read

over

ye who

enter

CriticiBm.

on

I.

'Tis with
Go

judgments

our

just alike,yet

as

watches,

our

believes

each

his

none

own.

II.

In

poets

True

true

as

taste

as

genius

seldom

is but

is the

rare,

critic's share.

III.

Some

bewildered

are

And

made

some

in the

coxcombs

maze

nature

of

schools.
but

meant

fools.

IV.

Some

have

Turned

at first for

wits, then

critics next, and

poets, passed.

proved plain

fools

at

last.

V.

Nature
And

to all

wisely

fixed

things

curbed

proud

the

limits

man's

fit.

pretending wit

VI.

Where
The

beams

memory's

of warm
soft

imagination play,

figures melt

away.

portal's
here.

277

SELECTIONS.

VII*
learned

how

Hear
When

to

and

repress,

useful rules

her

Greece
when

indulge

indites,

flights.

our

VIII.

work's your

Homer*s

Be
Bead

by day

them

and

study
meditate

and

delight.

by night

IX.

Of
'

all the

which

causes

Man's

erring judgment,

What

the

Is

head

weak

pride, the

to blind

conspire
and

the

misguide

strongest bias

with

mind,
rules.

of fools.

never-failingvice
X.

Trust

not

yourself;

Make

use

of every

but

defects

your

friend

and

"

know,

to

foe,

every

XI.

little learning is

Drink

deep,

There

shallow

dangerous thing

taste

or

intoxicate

draughts

drinking largely sobers

And

spring

Pierian

the

not

brain,

the

again.

us

XII.

will read

perfect judge

With

the

its author

spiritthat

same

worl^of

wit
writ.

XIII.
Whoever

thinks

Thinks

what

ne^er

faultless
was,

piece to

e^er shall be.

is,nor

nor

see,

XIV.

Poets,
The

naked

With
And

like

painters, thus, unskilled

nature

gold
hide

and

with

and

the

jewels

living grace.

cover

every
their

ornaments

to trace

part,

want

of art.

XV.
But

true

Clears
It

expression, like

and

improves

the

whatever

gildsall objects,but

unchanging
it shines

it alters

none.

sun,

upon

278

OF

GBAMMA"

ENGLISH

THE

SENTENCE.

XVI.
Some

by

old

words

in

phrase,

Ancients
Such

labored

Amaze

the

to fame

made

have
modems

mere

in

nothings,

make

and

unlearned,

in their sense.

strange

so

pretence,

style,

learned

the

smile.

xvn.
Be

first

by

whom

yet the last

to

lay

the

not

Nor

the
old

the

tried.

are

new

aside.

xvni.
True
As

in

ease

those

writing

comes

easiest

move

who

from

art,

have

learned

chance,

not

to dance.

XIX.

We

think

Our

wiser

fathers

our

sons,

we

will think

doubt,

no

wise

fools,^

grow

so.

us

XX.

Some

valuing

Still make

Fondly
When

those

of their

themselves
think

we

but

we

the

praise

merit

ourselves

mind.

or

of mankind

measure

honor

we

side

own

then.

in other

men.

XXI.

When

first that

It draws

up

which

vapors

beams

powerful

too

sun

displays,

its rays.

obscure

XXII.

Be
His

the

thou

praise

first true

is

to befriend

merit

stays till all commend.

lost,who

XXIII.

All
As

infected

seems

all looks

Sentences

that

yellow

from

to

the

the

infected

jaundiced

Pope's Essay

on

spy.
eye.

Han.

I.

Awake,
To

low

my

St. John

ambition,

and

1 leave

the

all

pride

meaner

of

things

kings.

279

SELECTIONS.

II.
Let

free

Expatiate
A
A

mighty

us

o*er all this

scene

about

maze

weeds

of

without

and

flowers

man

plan

promiscuous shoot,
fruit.

forbidden

with

garden, tempting

die,

to

not

but

where

wild,

Or

sapply

and

to look

just

Than

little more

life can

since

us,

ni.

of God
Say first,
What

can

above,

below,

man

from

but

reason

we

or

what

know

we

IV.

Of man,

what

which

From

to reason,

Through

worlds

'Tis

to

ours

his station

but

we

see

which

to

or

him

in

only

Grod

the

though

unnumbered

trace

here.
refer

be

known,

own.

our

VI.
who

He,

through

worlds

See

Observe

on

how
other

What

varied
tell

May

worlds

system

planets

What

immensity

vast

into system

why

runs.

circle other

being peoples
heaven

suns,

star,

every

made

has

universe.

one

compose

pierce.

can

are.

we

as

us

VII.

His

fierycourse,

l^en
Is

shall know

the proud steed

When

now

the

dull ox,

victim, and

shall

Then

man^s

why

the

clod.

comprehend

dulness

and

plain ;

Grod ;

EgypVs

now

pride

breaks

he

now

restrains

man

o*er the

him

drives

or

why

actions',passions\ being's, use and end ;

Why
doing, suffering,checked, impelled ; and
This hour
a deity.
a slave, the next
His

why

VIII.

All

but

page

brutes

From
Or

the

who

could

what

prescribed
men,

suffer

the

hides

all creatures

from

Heaven

of

their present state

from

being

book

here

men

what

below

Fate,
:

spiritsknow

280

QSAMMAB

OF

ENGLISH

THE

SENTENCE.

IX.
Bat

not

em

nature

burning

From
When

suns

from

this

when

livid deaths

earthquakes swallow,

Towns

to one

whole

grave,

gracious end,
descend,

when

or

nations

tempests
to the

sweep

deep

X.

and

Of showers

As

constant
as

desires

cloudless

calm,

temperate,

requires

coarse

of man^s

springs, and

forever

men

sunshine,

eternal

much

As

end

that

much

As

skies,

and

wise.

XI.

rational

Shall he alone, whom

Be

with

pleased

if not

nothing,

call.

we

blessed

with

all?

XII.

has

Why

this

For

not

man

microscopic

plain reason,

is not

man

eye
a

fly.

opening

ears,

XIII.

thundered

If nature
And

stunned

How

would

The

him
he

in his
with

wish

the

that

whispering zephyr,

music

had

heaven
and

of the

sphprps.

left him

still

the purling rill I

XIV.

finds

Who
Alike

not

in what

all

Providence
it

gives, and

good

and

wise,

denies?

what

XV.

And,

if each

Alike

essential to the amazing

system

least confusion

The
That

system

in

but

only,

but

gradation roll.
whole

in one,
the

not

whole

all

must

fall.

XVI.

All

are

Whose

but

body

parts of
nature

one

stupendous whole,

is,and

God

the

souL

XVII.

Know
The

then
proper

thyself,presume
study

of mankind

not

God

is Man.

to scan

282

GBAMMAB

THB

OF

ENGLISH

SENTENCE.

n.

Tet to diflooone

of what

there

good befell,

All else will I relate diacoTer'd

there.

Line

"

in.

How

first I entered

Such

sleepy

dolness

down,

My

senses

But

when

The

valley,that

when

aloft,and

leads

the

say,

weigh'd
I left,

path

trae

pierced

with

heart

my

his shoulders

saw

with

can

instant

foot I reach'd, where

had

Already vested
Who

in that

mountain's

I lookM

it I scarce

clos'd

dread,

broad

planet's beam.

that

all wanderers

safe

through

every

way.

10.

Line

"

IV.

things alone

Those

Are

to be

fear*d, whence

else,for

None

none

evil may

proceed

terrible beside.

are

87,

Line

"

2.

canto

V.

florets,by

As

clos'd,when

and

Bent

down

Rise

all unfolded

So

was

And

as

their

on

heart

undaunted

one

night
has

day

blanched

leaves.

their

restor'd.

new

kindly

such

of

spiry stems

faintingvigor

my
to my

That

frostyair

the

courage

ran.

replied.

soon

Line

"

127.

VI.

Straightway in silence fell the shaggy cheeks

o'er the

Of him, the boatman

Around

whose

livid

lake.

glar'd wheeling flames.

eyes

--

91f canto

Line

^.

VII.

following, till the bough

stillanother

One

all its honors

Strews
E'en

in like

Cast

themselves

Each

at

by

one
as

one

falcon

earth

beneath

evil brood

Adam's

manner

beck,

the

on

down

at his

from

the

shore.

call.

"

Line

105.

"

Line

121.

VIII.
This
So

said, the gloomy region trembling shook

terribly,that yet

Fear

chills my

brow.

with

clammy

dews

288

SELECTIONS.

IX.
Broke
Of

the

deep slumber

heavy thimder,

As

brain

I shook

that

crash

myself,

force rous'd.

main

by

one

in my

Xt'nel,

"

4.

canto

X.

while

We,

Still passing
Those

spake,

he

through

spiritsthick

ceasM

not

the wood

onward

our

; for

so

road,

name

beset

61.

Line

"

XI.

I beheld

So

united

Of him, the monarch

That

o'er the

the

school

bright

of sublimest
like

others

song.

^Line%9.

eagle soars.

an

XII.
Another

My

guide leads

sage

Into

climate

And

to a

from

me,
vez'd

ever

part I

that

with

where

come

way
air serene,

storms

^Line

lightshines.

no

145.

xin.

Minos

There
with

Grinning

ghastly

enter, strict examining

Who
Giyes

sentence, and

According
when

For

he

as

before

It all confesses
Of

feature

foldeth

comes

; and

that

the

Himself
He

of all

crimes,

them

him

him

he,

the

dismisses

sins,consideringwhat

Suits

stands

beneath,

around
the

ill-fated

judge

severe

place

in hell

his tail

transgression,with

so

soul,

oft

encircles,as degrees beneath

it to descend.

dooms

"

Line

4, canto

6.

XIV.
As

And

multitudinous,

The

starlingson

So bears

when

their

in

winter

wings

the tyrannous

large troops
reigns.
borne

are

gust those

abroad,

evil souls.

"

Line

40.

Line

77.

XV.
Soon

Sway'd
**0
With

toward

them

wearied
us, if

spiritsI
by

none

as

us, I thus
come,

and

the

wind

fram'd
hold

else restrain'd."

my

si)eech:

discourse
"

284

QBAMMAB

OF

ENGLISH

THE

SENTENCE.

XVI.
doyea

As
fond

By
And

desire

Cleave

issuM

Thus

along
Dido

affection

ranks.

; with

speeding

prevail'dby strong

cry

will

their

troop, where

ill air

the

wings
returning home,

nests

by

that

from

They through
My

sweet

air, wafted

the

wide

invited, on

firm, to their

such

force

urg^d.

"

Line

80.

Line

87.

Line

99.

XVII.
0

"

gracious

Visiting,through
Us,

who

If, for
Our

to him

pray*r

Since

with

thou

hast

pity

on

for

thy

evil

our

go*st

imbru'd

stain

all,we

of

should

! who

obscure,

bloody

friend, the King

benign

this element

world

the

and

creature

own^d,
arise,

peace

plight."

"

xvni.

Love, that in gentle heart

"

Entangled

him

by
cruel

in such

Ta*en

fair

that
sort

quickly learnt,

is

form,

from

me

still.*'

grieves me

as

"

XIX.
No
Of

greater grief than

joy,

when

remember

to

is at hand

mis'ry

days
I

"

Line

118.

XX.

o'er the

We,
Of

the

Upon

shades

heavy tempest
their

prostrate by the brunt

thrown

emptiness,

passing, set
that

feet

our

substance

seem'd.
"

33,

Line

canto

6.

XXI.

Consult

That,

each

as

It feels

thy knowledge

more

thing

to

sensibly

decides

; that

perfection grows,

more

good

both

and

pain.

"

Line

108.

XXII.

So
On

high,

Heav'n's

there

where

vengeance

the
on

'tis will'd

great archangel pour'd

the

first adulterer

proud.
"

Line

10,

canto

7.

285

SELECTIONS.

xxm.
Thus

Gain*d

dismal

the

on

in of all the

Hems

steep ledge,

fourth

to the

descending

we,

all the

shore, that

woe

universe.

"

Line

16.

Line

65.

XXIV.

Or

Might purchase

for

rest

moon,

toil-worn

been, of these

hath

ever

the

is beneath

gold that

all the

Not

souls

one.

"

XXY.

My

theme

We

reachM

Its

where

and

marked,
the

Return
The

signal, so
catch

could

eye

hung

light

another
that

remote

eyes

our

cressets

two

afar

from

ere

base,

lofty turret's

the

height ascended,

We

I relate that

pursuing,

scarce

its beam.

Line

"

1, canto

8.

XXVI.

above

There
How

many

Who

here

hold

now

wallow

shall

like swine

horrible

them

behind

Leaving

mighty kings

themselves

in the

mire,

dispraise 1

Line

"

47.

XXVII.

The

hue,

Imprinted,
ChasM
And

when

from

that

inwardly

dread

coward

which

saw

on

guide

my

back,

turn

newly they

his which

had

it.

restrained

cheeks

pale

my

worn.
"

Line

1, canto

9.

XXVIII.

frogs

As
the

their foe

Before

serpent through the wave,

Ply swiftly all,till at

Lies

on

heap

Destroyed,
Who

so

passed

than

; more

saw

with

each

ground

the

spirits

thousand

fleeingbefore
feet the

unwet

one

one

Stygian

sound.

"
,

XXIX.

the

utmost

craggy

rocks

Upon
By

Where
And

here

environ'

beneath

woes

to

shun

of

verge

the

more

high bank,
round,
cruel

horrible

we

yet

excess

came.
were

stow'd

Line

?"

286

OV

6RAMHAB

Of

npward

fetid exhalation,

Of

monament

great

the

I have

**

Fhotinus

whom

Tope Anastasius,

lid

the

retirM,

stood

we

this scroll I mark'd

Whereon

From

cast

behind

profound abyss,

the

From

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THB

charge

in

drew

right path."

Line

"

1,

canto

IL

XXX.

The

where

place

We

rough

was

came,

Such

the

descend

to

objectlay,as

and

Alp,

as

every

precipice
its verge

on

would

eye

shun.

Line

"

1, canto

12.

XXXI.
farther

Ere
r

second

the

the

Upon
Around

and

round,

horrid

sand

and

thee,

would

As

such

thou

now

be, till thou

shalt
look

art

things

come

well

therefore

shalt behold.

thou

discredit.

speech

my

know

proceed,

thou

"

Line

19,

canto

13.

"

Line

38.

"

Line

72.

""ne

77.

Line

9a

XXXII.
Men

were

once

that

we,

are

now

rooted

here.

XXXIII.

soul, disdainful

My

Refuge

in death

Just

I was,

as

and

from

disgusted, sought
and

scorn,

toward

unjust

became.

mysell

XXXIV.
And
If any
Clear
Yet

he

world

the

to

from

wrong

prostrate under

of you,

indeed

return

envy's

cruel

lies

that

memory,

my

blow.

"

XXXY.

When

fierce soul

The

Thence

torn

from

asunder

By

Minos

No

place assigned,

Hurls

it,there

It rises to
A

doom'd,

savage

the
to

into
but

departs

body, by itself
the

seventh

the

wood

wheresoever

sprouting,

as

sapling,growing

plant

gulf
it

grain

falls.
chance
of

spelt,

thence
"

287

'

SELECTIONS.

XXXVI.
Attentive
We
A

farther

stood, expecting

The

wild

Of

BtationM

Loud

and

hoar

who

watch,

rustlinground

his

approach

of the

him

when

us

perceives

man

hunt

the

speech,

when

surprised,as

noise

trunk

to listen to the

yet

place

and

heasts

boughs

hears.

Line

"

112.

XXXVII.

Soon

the

as

Collected, and
hoarse

Was

restor'd,who

to him

with

leaves

I the scatterM

bosom,

in my

Wrought

land

of native

charity

now

utterance.

"

Line

1, canto

14.

XXXVIII.
the

limit

third

the

To
We

Divides,

from

which

came,

and

the

of

where

thence

round

second

justiceis display*d

horrible.

Contrivance

"

Line

4,

"

Line

7.

XXXIX.
first

then

Things

Clearlier to manifest, I tell how

plain

we

next

its sterile bed

from

that

reachM,

seen

plant repelPd.

Each

XL.
mournful

The
Its

garland on

Spreads

the

all

sad

wood
round

sides,as

round

waves

the

wood

foss.

"

Line

10.

Line

IS,

Line

26.

Line

37.

XLI.

Of naked
All

spiritsmany

flock

I saw,

weeping piteously, to different

laws

Subjected.

"

XLII.
O'er

all the

Dilated

flakes

On

sand
of

fell

fire,as

Alpine summit,

when

slowly wafting
fiakes

of

down

snow

wind

is hushM.

wretched

hands.

the

"

XLIII.

Unceasing
Now
The

was

this, now

the
that

play of
way

glancing, to shake

heat, still fallingfresh.

off

'
^

288

OBAliMAB

OF

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

XUV.

Straighthe himself,who
My guideof him, exclaimM
dead such now
When
living,

I ask'd

aware

was
'*

Such

as

I waB

I am.**

"

Line

46.

Line

64.

XLV.

This of the

kingswas one,
Who
girtthe Theban walls with siege,and held,
As stillhe seems
to hold,God in disdain.
And sets His highomnipotence at naught.
seven

"

XLVI.

To

where

there

on
Silently
from
the
gushes

A littlebrook,whose

My

crimson'd

we

pass'd

forests^ bound

yet lifts

wave

^-Line

hair with horror.

72.

XLVII.

Of all that I have shown

We

enter'd

thee,since

threshold is to

whose
first,

that gate
none

Denied,naught else so worthy of regard.

As is this river,
has thine eye discerned,
0*er which the flaming
volleyall is quenched.

"

Line 81.

XLVIII.
So
That
The

spake my guide; and I him thence besought,

to know.
havinggiv*nme appetite
food he too would give,that hunger crav'd.
"

Line 86.

XLIX,

A mountain

rises there,

Call'd Ida,joyousonce with leaves and streams,

Deserted now
like a forbidden thing.

Lethe
But

not within

Whither
Whose

this

92.

thou shalt see,

hollow,in the

to lave themselves the

blame

^-Line

hath been

place.
spirits
go.

by penitence remov'd.

"

Line

131

290

QBAMMAB

OF

THE

ENGLISH

SENTENCE.

UX.
But

Our

; for

words

As

each

so

we

pass

language

others, understood

his to

by

waste

nor

on,

him,

is to

none.

Line

"

72,

canto

31.

LX.

O'er better

lightbark

The

to

waves

of my

Well

pleas'd

And

of that second

In which
Is

cruel

so

sail,

Heaven

to

sing,
sinful

spiritfrom

for ascent

purged, and

course

behind

sea

will I

region

human

rapid

lifts the

genius

to leave

the

her

speed

blot

prepares.

"

Line

1,

canto

hour

of

prime.

1, Purgatorio.

LXI.
dawn

The

had

chasM

Which

fled before

the

spy*d

the

from

that

it,so

trembling

matin

of the

afar
stream.

ocean

"

Line

114.

LXII.
sins

My

; but

who

turn

wide

so

goodness infinite,that

Hath
All

horrible

were

arms

it receives

to it.

"

Line

118,

3.

canto

LXIII.
O
If thou
That

to

me

of that

Trac'd
Thou

to the

of

me

foot, and

forth

favor'd

to

view,

tree

myself

crovm

form

shadow^
set

thy

much.

so

the

I may

thoughts

behold

Shalt

impart

realm

happy

in my

Come

of thine

divine

power

leaves.

with

Line

20,

loose

from

"

canto.

1, Paradiso,

LXIV.
Much
Since

he

Who

than

more

returns

doth

vainly

not

such

fishes for the truth

he

he

as

and

forth,

set

wanteth

skill.

^Line
LXV.
Let
As
Or
The

not
one
ere

the
who
the

thorn

people be
reckons
crop
frown

be

too
on

ripe.

svdft

the

For

rudely all

to

blades

judge.
in

I have

the

shores

winter

field,
seen

long

116,

canto

13.

REVIEW

OF

SENTENCES

And

after

And

bark,

Ran

straight and

E*en

bear

the

the

across

way

291

ELEMENTS.

its top ;

upon

all the

that

in the

rose

AND

speedy, perish

sea

at the

last,

liayen^s mouth.

"

Linel2Q.

LXVI.
That
To

all the

world

Christian, and

Would
The

miracle

no

in itself be such
rest

were

not

should

have

been

wrought,

miracle,

hundredth

an

tum*d

been

part

great

so

Line

"

671.

(1)

Seview

Discuss

of Sentences

the

value

of

and

104,

canto

2i.

Elements.
Of Diagrams.

Analysis.

(a)

(Simple
{Adjective
{First
Compound

Complex

Substantive

of mements

Outline

(6)
(c)

(d)
(e)

Adverbial

(/)

Class

(g), word.

Class

Second

Third

Class

(h), phrase.

(Q,

clause.

(2)

Define

and

(A), (0illustrate, (a), (6), (c),(d), (c), (/), (flr),

(3)

Define

and

illustrate:

"

adg, adh,

adi;

aeh,

aei;

aeg,

"

bdi;

hdg, bdh,

beg, beh, bei;

cdg, cdh,

cdi,

ceh, cei.

ceg,

afg, afh, afi; bfg, bfh, bfl; cfg, cfh, qfl.

(4) Referring to

article 75, illustrate

ad,

ae,

af,

"

ag

bd, be, bf, bg ;

cd,

(5) Referring to

ee,

articles 03 and

cf,

eg.

04, illustrate

ad, bd, cd ;
ae,

be,

ce

of, bf, cf.

"

292

OF

ORAHMAB

PREFACE

672.

book

TO

Apology.
has

Sentence

THOUSAND.

only apology

adding another
their object the
fifteen

is that

SENTENCE.

FIRST

THE

The

"

ENQLISH

of

author

long

Grammar

of

to

list of
the

this

books

English

spent in studying the

years

ject,
sub-

pupils of every grade of

the beginning classes of the country
from
advancement,
of logic,from
six to twelve
school to the collegestudent
classes a day,
months
in the year, with
from
to four
one
and
in a class, ought to result
in
to three hundred
one
and

in

teaching

experience useful

an

With

grammar.

this work

realized
673.

Claim

product
the

of

book

But

has

of the

the

to

hope
been

Book.

is

contains

that

such

reluctantlyby

while

the

writer

expressed by great

teacher

result

of

be

may

It is not
much

put forth wholly

of the matter

the

merit.
one

as

itself is

Indeed, if

should

be

cepted
ac-

student.

claims, as the best recommendation

of its

authors

from

the

prepared.

"

most

accumulated

and

student

possibly its greatest

one
new
thing^that

of his book, that much

have

the

originality. Not
this

and

new;

the

it to

the

the

for

for

having

THS

thought

has

been

in substance

teachers, he claims

and

also to

modified, and
variety of sources,
arranged what, it is hoped, is the most valuable text-book
for advanced
students, high schools, normal
schools, and
collegesthat has yet been published on this subject.
is claimed
The author wishes
to emphasize what
by some
that
and
of the greatest educators
denied
by others
is a science and
should be taught as such.
English grammar
and
grammarless tongue^^^
English has been styled the
in the light of other languages.
justlyperhaps,if viewed
a

"

''

PREFACE

If
a

TO

inflection
only^our

means

grammar
grammar

if it is founded

but

thought expressed by a
by, the relative
of

boast

293

THOUSAND.

FIRST

THE

is without

language
the

upon

idea

that

determines, and

sentence

positions of

its

the

mined
is deter-

parts, then

our

excelled

by none.
It has been urged against
674. Objection to Orammar.
that it never
the study of grammar
produces good speakers
This is partlytrue.
and writers.
Language must precede
sponding
precede its correjust as any other art must
grammar,

language

can

grammar
"

science; but

the

without

science

the

would

art

is

that
the
mostly by imitation
in
child
language, ai;id his only
gets his first lessons
teachers.
his parents, playmates, and
tation
books
are
By imialone, with
surroundings, he may
acquire
proper
the most
forcible style; but, with more
elegant and most
probable surroundings, he will acquire by imitation also

remain

the

It

imperfect.

objectionablebrogue, barbarism,

most

675.

How

is Learned.

Language
formed

imitation

If

habits

our

be

would

of

guage
lan-

helpless
that receives with equal facility
the blank
the
as
page
faultless expression and the grossest vulgarism. By
most
imitation
we
good speakers and writers,
might become
were

and

more

and

hear

as

found

will

little

the
one

we

do

the

mixture

could

we

But

such

see

tunities
oppor-

finest fields of literature

of

the

tares

and

discriminatinganalysis of

make

will

our

it clear that

perform

must

acceptionand

language of
can

if

as

the
the

separate them.

to

thought

language
be called

such

require

student

in the

Even

exist.

not

be

may

careful

only,we

easily than in any other way

only the best of language.
do

wheat

by

"

slang.

or

rejection
"

best

and

then

this

can

two
we

to

acquire

processes,
learn

must

speakers and

which

rect
cor-

may

to imitate

writers; this any

we

must

cast

be

done

only by

away

from
the

it its imperfectio

thoughtful

294

GBAHMAB

of

student
in

OF

language,

and
is

there

ward

every

ENGLISH

THE

SENTENCE.

after he

has

idea^ and

an

tliat

fully realized
in every

%entence

thought*
676.

Other

that

of Orammar.

Use
its

But

"

it must

practicalutilityas

be understood

not

of

means

acquiring'

is the

the greatest^ benefit to

be
anly^ or even
derived
from
drill in
grammatical study. As a mental
evident
Nothing is more
logicalthinking,it is unexcelled.
than that carelessness in expression indicates carelessness
in thought.
Careless thinking can
be avoided
only by
This can
be done only
caref ullyanalyzing thought itself.
it is expressed.
No
by analyzing the language in which

language

of the

human

mind

is

superior to that of analysis,

that
and one
is well
can
analyze the English sentence
prepared to analyze anything else.
"Briefly," says Leslie Stephen, "to teach a child to
it for association with
it, to prepare
speak is to educate

power

to all

others, to lay it open

of influences, to

manner

start

of

knowledge already elaborately

organized,
of thinking and
uate
teach it methods
imagining, to insininto its mind
philosophicaland religiousprinciples,

it with
to

and

mass

be

must

it with

inoculate

to

innumerable
in

elements

important

associations, which

the

development

of

its

character."
677.

Diagrams.

this book

the

originated by

The

"

author

and
The

does

Professor

certainlyentitled to
most
ingenious, the

the

claim

not

W.

F.

credit

system

is in the

the

diagramming

used

his

It

as

author

arrangement

own.

Sanders,

L.

and

he

in
was

is

having originated the

of

attractive, the

most

yet the simplest of all the

only change

of

system

most

complete,

methods

of

diagramming.

made

in

Mr,

has

of the

and
infinitive

Sanders's
its

tive
objec-

Bvhject.
It

has

been

somewhat

common

for

certain

class of

PREFACE

to condemn

educators

is

no

he

before

sentence

of his

use

it,and

do

can

thinks

he

altogether,their only
how
know
to diagram

of

see

can

applying

it to

the

propositionsin geometry, to
and algebra,and
problems in arithmetic
of

to exhibit

attempt
the

mind.

that

the

It
mind

well-known

more

deeply

reached

when

through
through either

reached

is to exhibit

to

the

eye

of

of them.

the

is

branch

any

interest

aroused

in

speaks
made

of its

when

than

sentence

This

parts.

give

to

other

is

class

their

correct

to

branch

of

diagrams,
diagrams can

which

in

enthusiasm
other

any

the

to

to

and

point,

anything
most

678.

offered

"There

"

must

be

the

President

described

base; this makes

indispensable.

far

so

an

matter

as

very

as

and

the

sentence

Alfred
to

of
and

be

be

to

Bascom

effort

constantly
of science through
specimens ; since
avail than

more

author

knows,

is the

given, and it
Holbrook.
Every
ever

structure,

careful

not

President

is

eye

This,

originated by
to

class

thought of
comprehensive description."

Analysis.

element

is

experiments,

to the

his

Here

way.

only complete analysis of

was

in

present all the difficult

diagrams, models,

as

every

advantage than in English grammar

; and
that
teacher
adopts and
thoroughly understands
of diagramming will find it a source
good method

the

the

study

to

conceived

diagram

To

the relations

of

of

solutions

to better

used

of

no

stration
demon-

senses

most

there

the

clearlyimpressed

more

for a teacher
satisfactory
way
correct
or
understanding of a sentence
is no
misunderstandings of it. There
do not
make
we
use
study in which

the

foolish

by
psychological principle

and

two

any

how

indeed

has been

what

eye

is
is

the

to

how, there

knows

if he

reader

The

it.

doing

talk is when

such

diagramming
pupil must

the

being, that

reasons

295

THOUSAND.

FIRST

THE

TO

and

as

to

accurate

use,

and

ing
think-

296

679.
will

of

of

method

the

the

it

By

that

teachers

"

approve

book.

confident

feels

author

The

Sjrntax.

SENTENCE.

ENGLISH

THE

OF

GRAMMAR

is

pupil

contained

syntax

compelled
and

principles

grammatical

of

to

his

use

his

also

in

this

knowledge

judgment

in

apply

them.

ing

The

Selections.

680.

selections

used

have

taken

been

"

from

than

more

view

in

the

illustrate

second^
so

firsts

literature.

Two
such

collect

to

possible

while

he

is

learn

also

be

will

been
best

constructions

attractive

the

appreciate

most

will

as

of

the

have

objects
sentences

learning
to

of

many

variety

that

selections

may

and

grammars,

greatest

that
he

language

of

make

to

pupil,

hundred

works

prominent

kept

grammar
the

to

the

of

the

of

beauty

its

literature.
If

this

acquiring

to

in

create

which

shall

book

careful,

them

an

its

of

some

for

interest

is

so

those

those

closely

higher
allied,

Normal

reach

may

and

thought
it

will

then

work.
JONATHAN

Centrax

it

discrimination,

thoughtful

grammar

accomplished

aid

College,

August

6,

1890.

RIGDON.

in
shall

studies
have

298

INDEX.

Btmanti,

Logic,

of, 671.

Stymolofy, 36 (6).
Bzplaiiatory see (Glanse).
XzplotlyM, 35, 37 (e).
XzprMiicm, 10, 36 (a).
FaotitiYe

17 (a).

][an,4.

Mode, 42 (6).
Xodiflcation,

38

(see Property).

Houn,

19, 20, 37 (a), 116-181.

Classes, 117-123.

(see Besaltaiit).

a""dtr,

4-10, 12, 14.

Language,

001-022.

Outline

42 (3), 125, 126, 133-144, 282-

284.

Granutiar, 36.
"nd
of, 36 (a).
Difficulty527.
/Xtn"to?Mo/, 36(6).
Q^ of Aer languages, 528.
Grammatieal
Form, 38 (see Property).

Declension

of, 175.
Parsing of, 176-180.
Properties of, 124-176.
Case, 125, 126, 145-174.
126, 126, 133-144.

Gender,

125, 126, 128-132.

Nomber,
Person.
Review

125-127.

of, 181.

Number,
Idea, 3, 15,
Impreuion,
Inflnitiye

39, 42 (2), 125, 126, 128-132;

282-284, 421.

17.
11.

(see Infinitiye

and

ple).
Partici-

Object, 1, 2, 14, 19, 48-60.

Direct, 162.

InflniUve

and

Participle, 23(a),

37
Are

(6),337,
alike, 661.

Are

urUike, 562.

526-^72.

of, 533-^$35.
Complement
of, 647,

548.

of, 549^554, 567.

Difficultdistinctions
of^
Participles, 565^659.
express

be

536.

what,

modijied

by adverbial

Noun,

Direct

Of

the

ment,
ele-

or

teach,** l"T,
Factitive, 169.

Objective,"
Adverbial, 168.
By enallage, 174, 258.
copula,
ComplemerU
of an infinitive

"

555.

164.

Adjective, 556.
A Predicate
Adjective, 557.
A Resultant
Adjective, 558.
of finite
Progressive form
559.

Properties of, 538-541.

Review
of, 572.
563, 564.
Sign of ir^nitive,
Subject of, 542-546.
What
part of speech, 629-572.
Inflection, 43, 131-181.
Of Verbs, 423-426.

Interjection,33, 34,

**

verb

Resultant

537.

Parsing of, 668-571.

Participle becomes

an

268.

Infinitives, 660.

May
May

ac", 48, 49.

0/
Of

thought^ idea expressed by

the object of a verb.
Of a transitive verb, 48, 49, 53, 6567, 62, 162, 261-264.
Of an intransitive
verb, 163.
Of a preposition, 160 (2), 165, 265-

Claeeea

Constructions

Indirect, 166.

37

(e),522^25.

verb,

Constnictiora, 160.
Cognate, 164.
In apposition, 160(5), 172.
Subject of an infinitive,160(3), 170.
Without
a governing
word, 168.
36
(c).
Orthography,
Outline

Of
Of
Of
Of
Of
Of

"

Substantives, 260.
Adjectives, 320,
Adverbs, Am.
Conjunctions, 516.
Prepositions, 4m,
Verbs, 430.

299

INDEX.

Parsing, 46,
Of
Of
Of
Of

47.

Prosody,

Adjectives, 318, 319.

Adverbs, 4ffl,468.
Conjunctions 614, 615.
Infinitives and
Participles, 668f

671.

Of
Of
Of
Of
Of

Relation
Bestriotive

104-^113.

Words, 37 (d).
(see Clause).

Beview"

Interrogative Pronouns, 216, 216.

Nouns, 176-180.
Prepositions, 483-486.
Personal
Pronouns, 199, 200.
Relative
nouns,
or
Conjunctive Pro247, 248.

O/Fcrfta,
Participle (see Infinitiye
427-429.

Parts

36(c).

Punctuation,

and

ciple).
Parti-

of

Speech, 18-47,115-^73.
Person, 42 (1),125-127, 282-284, 421.
Predicate, 17, 23(c).
Predicate

Adjective,

Predicate

AUributes,

64, 289-272.

Of
Of
Of
Of
Of
Of
Of
Of
Of
Of

Adjectives, 329.
Adverbs, 474.
Conjunctions, 621.
Introduction, 114.
Infinitivesand Participles, 672.
Nouns, 181.
Pronouns,

286.

Prepositions,
Sentences

Verbs,

497.

and

Elements,

671.

432-439.

Besultant"

Adjective, 302-309.
Object, 169.
61, 62, 64-67,
of Syntax, 673.
Bules

302-309.

Predicate

Noun, 161, 162, 269-272.

Preposition, 29, 30, 37 (d), 476-497.
Classes of, 478.
List of, 482.
Outline
of, 486.
Parsing of, 483-485.
Beview
of, 497.
Syntax of, 487-496.
Terms
of, 479-481.
Use of, 488-496.
Phrase, 80-91.
Pronoun, 21, 37(a), 182-285.
Classes

of, 186-260.

Sentence,
Classes
Parts

66-74.

of, 579-600.
of, 17.

Sex, 126, 13.'^144.

Subject, 17, 4"n50.

Of an act
agent, 48, 49.
idea expressed by the
Of a thought
subject of a verb, 17.
Of a finite verb, 48, 49, 261-263.
Of an infinitive,170, 254, 265, 642"

==

645, 661, 662.

Of

participle, 154 (5),156 (3),256-

260.
Personal, 186, 188, 192-201.
Subjective, 614.
Interrogative. 186, 189, 202-217.
Relative
or
Conjunctive, 186, 190, Substantive, 19(6), 37 (a),116.
218-260.
Classes of, 251 (d).
Antecedent
Outline of, 260.
221.
of, 191, 220,
Declension
Substance,
14, 16.
of, 198, 206, 228.
Parsing of, 199, 200, 215,216,247,248.
Synopsis, 44 (c).
Properties of, 197.
Syntax, 36 (6),36(d).
Review
of, 286.
Of Adjectives, 321-329.
Property, 38-46.
Of Adverbs, 470-474.
Of Adjectives= Comparison, 310-317,
Of Conjunctions, 617-621.
326-327.
Of Substantives, 251-286.
Of Adverbs
Comparison, 466.
Of Interjections^524, 526.
Of Infinitives and Participles, 638Of Prepositions, 487-497.
541.
Of Verbs, 431-439.
Of Pronouns, 197.
Rules of, 573.
379-426.
Of Verbs,
Synthesis, 36 (d),36 (/).
"

300

INDEX.

Teiuie,40,

42(7).

Thooglit,

3^

Transitive
16.

13,

58,

and

59,

63,

Inflection
Ytrb,

23,

330

150

Classes

and

Copulative,

60,

61,

and
and

Principal
and

Style

57,

Incomplete,
150,

Irregular,

334-337.

of,
of,
of,

356

Person

360-378.

\d

and

Tense,

e).

Voice,

52,

338-341.

423-426.

430.
427^29.
432-439.

422.

of,

Properties
Mode,

345-359.

Auxiliary,

Weak,

62.

of,
of,

Syntax

Infinite,

and

Outline

Review

342-344.

Complete

Strong

60-

333-378.

160,

and

65,

Regular

S8-61,

Parsing

57-65,

Of,

Finite

4fr^,

ASH

Attributive
64,

(6),

37

24,

Intransitive,

65,

431.

of,

379-426.

391-398.
and

Number,

399-420.
42

(6),

387-590.

150,

421.

53^